EZ SERIES Rev.1.1 PDF

IMAGETEC
EZ / EV
SERIES
TECHNICAL MANUAL
REVISION 1.1
DECEMBER 2007
Copyright: 2007 Riso Kagaku Corporation

All Rights Reserved. This Technical Manual was prepared
and written for the exclusive use of RISO International Group
Certified Dealers. Reproduction and/or transmittal of this
material in any form or by any means, including photocopying
or recording of the information is strictly prohibited without the
consent of a member of RISO International Group.
RISO INTERNATIONAL GROUP
RISO KAGAKU CORPORATION (JAPAN) RISO DEUTSCHLAND GMBH (GERMANY)

RISO, INC. (U.S.A.) RISO FRANCE (FRANCE)
RISO EUROPE LIMITED (U.K.) RISO IBERICA (SPAIN)
RISO HONG KONG LIMITED (HONG KONG) RISO CANADA (CANADA)
RISO U.K. (U.K.) ZHUHAI RISO TECHNOLOGY (CHINA)
RISO THAILAND LIMITED (THAILAND) RISO AFRICA (SOUTH AFRICA)
RISO KOREA LIMITED (KOREA) RISOGRAPH ITALIA (ITALY)
20071221
IMAGETEC
IMAGETEC
RISO Digital Duplicator
EZ2 Series
EZ3 Series
EZ5 Series
CHAPTER 1 : MAINTENANCE
EV2 Series CHAPTER 2 : MACHINE SUMMARY
CHAPTER 3 : MAIN DRIVE
EV3 Serie
CHAPTER 4 : FIRST PAPER FEED
EV5 Series
CHAPTER 5 : - - - - - - - - - - -
CHAPTER 6 : SECOND PAPER FEED
CHAPTER 7 : PRESS SECTION
CHAPTER 8 : PAPER EJECTION
CHAPTER 9 : PRINT DRUM
CHAPTER 10 : CLAMP UNIT
CHAPTER 11 : MASTER REMOVAL
CHAPTER 12 : FB ORIGINAL SCANNING
CHAPTER 13 : AF SCANNING
CHAPTER 14 : - - - - - - - - - - -
CHAPTER 15 : - - - - - - - - - - -
CHAPTER 16 : MASTER MAKING
CHAPTER 17 : PANEL MESSAGE
CHAPTER 18 : TEST MODE
CHAPTER 19 : OTHER PRECAUTIONS
CHAPTER 20 : WIRING DIAGRAM
CHAPTER 21 : ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
CHAPTER 22 : - - - - - - - - - - -
APPENDIX
IMAGETEC
This technical manual includes information on six (6) machine models.

Some of the contents in the book apply only to certain machine models.
O, X or # marks are given under each machine model name in a box to identify which
machine models the explanation in this book applies to.
The ( O ) mark indicates that the explanation given in the book applies to that machine
model.
The ( X ) mark indicates that the explanation given in the book does not apply to that
machine model.
The ( # ) mark indicates that the explanation given within the book applies to that machine
model with certain conditions.
EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

Example 1 : O O O O O O
When ( O ) mark is given under all the machine models, it means that the explanation
given in the book applies to all the machine models indicated.

Example 2 : X O O X O O
When ( X ) mark is given under certain machine models, it means that the explanation
given in the book does not apply to those machine models with the ( X ) mark.
Example 3 : # O O # O O
No Paper feed pressure sensor on EZ2 & EV2.
When ( # ) mark is given under certain machine models, it means that the explanation
given in the book apply to those machine models with the ( # ) mark with certain condition.
In such cases, comments are given under the box.
IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 1: MAINTENANCE
Contents
Preface ......................................................................................................2
CAUTION ..................................................................................................3
Warning .......................................................................................................4
Important Safety Precautions.................................................................4
1. Work Precautions..................................................................................5
2. JIGs ......................................................................................................7
3. Installation location...............................................................................8
4. Exterior Cover Removal........................................................................9
5. Opening the PCB Brackets.................................................................13
6. NOTICE Sheet......................................................................................14
1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

IMAGETEC
Preface
This manual provides Technical Service Information for the digital duplicator Model EZ/EV series.
This manual provides procedures for removing and installing major components. Following these procedures
will minimize machine malfunctions. This information and format will also increase technical representatives'
awareness and experience regarding repairs necessary to insure end-user satisfaction.
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

IMAGETEC
CAUTION
[Handling of Lithium Battery]
Never fail to follow the following instructions when you discard the used
lithium battery.
1. Never let the battery short-circuited.

If the (+) and (-) terminals contact each other or metal materials, the battery will be
short-circuited. If the batteries are collected and stored inorderly or one upon
another, the above-mentioned case will occur.
- DANGER -
If the battery is short-circuited, it will heat up and may in some cases explode into
fire.
2. Never heat up the battery.

- DANGER -
If you heat the battery up to more than 100 degrees Celsius or put it into the fire,
it may burn dangerously or explode.
3. Never disassemble the battery or press it into deformation.

- DANGER -
If you disassemble the battery, the gas pouring out of the inside may hurt your throat
or the negative lithium may heat up into fire.
If the battery is pressed into deformation, the liquid inside may leak out of the sealed
part or the battery may be short-circuited inside an explode.
4. Never fail to keep the battery out of reach of children.

If you put the battery within reach of children, they may swallow it down.
Should they swallow the battery, immediately consult the doctor.
[Replacement of the Lithium Battery]
1. The lithium battery must be replaced by a trained and authorized service

technician.
2. The battery must be replaced only with the same or equivalent type recommended
by the manufacturer.
3. Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer instructions.

IMAGETEC
Warning
!! WARNING !!
Important Safety Precautions
1. Always disconnect electrical supply before placing hands in the machine.
I. To avoid injuries:
Be sure to disconnect the electrical power before disassembling, assembling, or when
making adjustments on the machine.
II. Protection of the machine:

Make sure to turn OFF the power to the machine before plugging or unplugging the electrical
connectors, or when connecting a Meter.

2. Always connect electrical connectors firmly.
I. To avoid electrical failure:

The connectors must be connected firmly together and onto the PCBs.
Press on the ends of the connectors and then on the middle to ensure a firm fit.
II. Protection of the electrical components:

The electrical components may be damaged due to short circuits caused by a loose
connector.
Wire harness connector
FIRST
Press the ends.
THEN
Press the center, firmly.

0101

IMAGETEC
1. Work Precautions
When conducting maintenance work, be careful to avoid injury caused by springs or the sharp edges of
sheet metal.
Inspection
If you discover any defects or problems during an inspection, fix the problems or if necessary take steps
such as replacing a part.
Removal
Check the problem area. At the same time, examine the cause of the problem and determine whether
the part needs to be removed or disassembled. Next proceed according to the procedures presented
in the Technical Manual. In cases where, for example, it is necessary to disassemble areas with large
numbers of parts, parts which are similar to each other, or parts which are the same on the left and right,
sort the parts so that you do not mix them up during reassembly.
Half-pierced section
(1) Carefully sort the removed parts.
(2) Distinguish between parts which are being replaced and those
which will be reused.
(3) When replacing screws, etc., be sure to use the specified sizes.
Assembly and Installation

Unless specified otherwise, perform the removal procedures
in reverse during assembly and installation. In cases where
protrusions or holes are provided to assist in positioning parts, use
them for accurate positioning and securing.
(Protrusions and holes for positioning parts Half pierced section)

0102
Tools
Using tools other than those specified can lead to injury or damage screws and parts. Have all the tools
necessary for the work available.
[ Standard Tool List ]
Type Tip size Shaft length, etc. Type Remarks

No. 2 (250 mm) Steel scale 150 mm
No. 2 (100 mm–150 mm) Feeler gauge
Phillips screwdriver
No. 2 (stubby type) Radial cutting pliers
No. 1 (75 mm–100 mm)
Pliers
6 mm (100 mm–150 mm) Nipper
Standard screwdriver 3 mm (100 mm–150 mm) Small flashlight
1.8 mm (precision type)
Multimeter
Nut driver 8 mm (100 mm–150 mm) Soldering iron 20 W–30 W
(box driver) 7 mm (100 mm–150 mm) File Flat, round
High frequency driver 2.5 mm

0104
5 mm 5.5 mm 7 mm
Spanners 8 mm 10 mm 13 mm
Monkey
5.0 mm 4.0 mm 3.0 mm

Hex wrenches 2.5 mm 2.0 mm 1.5 mm
(For 3.0mm, 2 pieces required )
0103

IMAGETEC
Electrical system work

Wiring bundle bands
> After removing wire bundles, fasten the wires with wire
bundle bands (bar lock ties) during reinstallation so that (bar lock ties)
they will not sag.
> When installing parts, be careful to avoid pinching or
damaging the wire bundles.
> If a fuse blows, always replace it with one with the
specified capacity.
> Using a fuse with a larger capacity can not only damage
parts, but may cause fires.
> Be careful not to drop image scanners, thermal print
heads, and other sensors as they can be easily
damaged.
0105
Sensor types
> Photoelectric sensors may be broadly divided into the
following four types: interrupt types (U-shaped), Interrupt types Actuator types
actuator types, reflective types, and transmitting types.
> Magnetic sensors use Hall ICs, which react to the Receiver
magnetic force in magnets.
> Always turn off the power before plugging or unplugging Receiver
sensor connectors. Sender
Sender
Reflective (prism) types Reflective types

Sender Sender Transmitting types
Sender
Receiver
Receiver Prism Lens Receiver
0106 0107
Switch types
> Micro-switches may be divided between normally open
(N.O.) types and normally closed (N.C.) types.
> With an (N.O.) connection, an internal contact is N.C. N.C.
connected when the switch actuator is pressed. N.O. N.O.
> With an (N.C.) connection, an internal contact is COM COM
disconnected when the switch actuator is pressed.
0108
Note
The machine is comprised of many gears. When inspecting or replacing parts, apply grease to the gears.
If they are not properly greased, the gears may make abnormal sounds, and malfunctions or mechanical
problems may occur.

IMAGETEC
2. JIGs
0109
021-16007-005 Screen Spring (2 pieces required)

Cut the ring end to make into hook, as shown on the
photograph, and attach wire tie bar on the other end.
0110 0111
Jig: 8mm (diameter) x 160mm (length) Jig: 4 mm (diameter) x 120 mm (length)

016-16141-003 024-75064-006
(2 pieces required)

IMAGETEC
3. Installation location
Do not install the machine in any of the following locations.

(1) Those subject to direct sunlight or any bright location such as by a window (If you must install in
such a location, put a curtain or the like over the window.).
(2) Those where the temperature changes drastically.
(3) Those that are too hot, cold, humid, or dry.
RECOMMENDED:
Temperature range: 15 degrees Celsius - 30 degrees Celsius
Humidity range: 40% - 70% No condensation allowed
(4) Those with radiant heat sources and any locations in the direct path of air from air conditioners or
heaters.
(5) Any poorly ventilated location.
(6) Dusty atmosphere.
(7) Any tilted location.
(Installation height difference: 10 mm max. front to rear, 10 mm max. left to right).
Electrical connection
> Plug the plug securely into the socket so that there is no problem with the contact in the power
supply plug section.
> Do not use any triplets or extension cords.
> Do not allow any other machine to stand on or crush the power cord.
Ground connection
> Always ground this machine to prevent electrical shock in case of an electrical leakage.

IMAGETEC
4. Exterior Cover Removal

Front cover
(1) Remove the Front cover together with the Front door by removing screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) (M4
x 10 screw; 2 pcs) (Shoulder screw; 3 pcs).
Caution in mounting the Front cover back on the machine:
Mount the screws in the order from [1] to [9], as indicated on the sketch below.
Master making unit front cover

(1) With the machine power ON, press the green Release button to release the Master making unit and
pull out the unit. Then turn OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) from the Master making unit front cover and remove the
cover.
Master making unit front cover
Front door
[5] (Round hole) [4] (Round hole) [3] (Round hole)
Shoulder screw Shoulder screw Shoulder screw
[9] (Elongated hole)

[2] (Elongated hole)
M4 x 8 screw
M4 x 8 screw
[8] (Round hole)

M4 x 8 screw [1] (Round hole)
M4 x 8 screw
0112
[6] (Elongated hole) [7] (Elongated hole)

Front cover M4 x 10 screw M4 x 10 screw

IMAGETEC
Stage cover
(1) Open the Stage cover, remove a screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc each) from each of the two hinges (right
and left) of the Stage cover, and then attach these two screws in the screw holes behind. Lift the
Stage cover off the machine.
Side cover (paper ejection)

(1) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Side cover (paper ejection).
Rear side cover (paper ejection)

(1) Remove the following covers.
- Rear cover
- Stage cover
- Scanner cover (rear)
- Scanner cover (paper ejection)
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2pcs), and remove the Rear side cover (paper ejection).
Side cover (paper ejection)

Stage cover
Rear side cover (paper ejection)
0113
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1 - 10

IMAGETEC
Rear cover
- Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs), and remove the Rear cover.
Side cover (paper feed)

- Remove the Scanner cover (paper feed).
- Remove screws (M4x8 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Side cover (paper feed).
Rear side cover (paper feed)

(1) Remove the following covers.
- Rear cover
- Stage cover
- Scanner cover (paper feed)
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw: 2 pcs), and remove the Rear side cover (paper feed).
Side cover (paper feed)
0114
Rear cover Rear side cover (paper feed)
1 - 11 EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

IMAGETEC
Scanner cover (paper feed)

- Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Scanner cover (paper feed).
Scanner cover (paper ejection)

- Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs), and remove the Scanner cover (paper ejection).
Scanner cover (rear)

(1) Remove the Stage cover.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 3 pcs), and remove the Scanner cover (rear).
Operation panel
(1) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 3 pcs).
(2) Slide the Operation panel to the front and then lifting it up, unplug the connector and remove the
Operation panel from the machine.
Scanner cover (rear) Scanner cover (paper ejection)
Scanner cover (paper feed) Operation panel
0115

IMAGETEC
5. Opening the PCB Brackets

Mechanical Control PCB Bracket
(1) Switch OFF the power, and remove the Rear cover.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) and slowly swing open the Mechanical control PCB bracket.
Power Supply Unit Bracket

(1) Switch off the power, and remove the Rear cover.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) and slowly swing open the Power supply unit bracket.
Power supply unit bracket Mechanical control PCB bracket
0116

IMAGETEC
6. NOTICE Sheet
お願い／ Notice
必ず下記の手順で設置準備を行ってください。
The following procedures are required when installing the printer.
1 製版ユニットを開け、ミラーマット（2 枚）を取除く。
Open the Master loading unit and remove the Shock
absorbing sheets. ミラーマット
Shock absorbing sheet
2 「取説ケース」を取り付ける。
どこに取り付けるか、お客様の意向を確認した上で、ケース
裏面のテープで架台側面などに取り付けてください。
Attach the User's guide case to the printer.
Remove the adhesive cover sheet on the backside and affix the case
on the printer. Be sure to consult your customer for the attachment
position.
取説ケース
User's Guide case
023-36060-004

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 2: MACHINE SUMMARY
Contents
1. Machine Specification...........................................................................2
1) Optional Accessories for EZ200, EZ220, EZ230, EZ300,
EZ330, EZ370 & EZ390..................................................................2
2) Specification: EZ200........................................................................3
9) Optional Accessories for EZ570 & EZ590....................................10
10) Specification: EZ570......................................................................11
11) Specification: EZ590......................................................................12
12) Optional Accessories for EV2560, EV2590, EV3560,
EV3760, EV3790...........................................................................14
13) Specification: EV2560....................................................................15
18) Optional Accessories for EV5790...................................................20
2. Cross-Sectional Diagram....................................................................22
3. Operation Outline................................................................................23
4. Outline of Paper Feeding, Printing and Paper Ejection
Operations............................................................................................24
5. Outline of Master removal, Master making and Master Loading
Operations............................................................................................25

IMAGETEC
1. Machine Specification
1) Optional Accessories for EZ200, EZ220, EZ230, EZ300, EZ330, EZ370 & EZ390.
Optional Accessories
A variety of optional accessories are available to enhance the capabilities of the machine.
For details about the optional accessories, see their respective user's manuals.
z Color Drum (Cylinder)

A variety of colors (colours) are available, such as blue, red, green, and brown. Store a drum (cylinder) in its own
case.
z Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:NII
Feeds up to 50 sheets of originals automatically.
z Job Separator IV:N
With the Programed Printing function, allows the machine to print and sort into groups separated by tape.
z Key Card Counter IV:N
With a single button press, shows the numbers of printed copies and consumed masters within a given period of
time. This can help you manage costs.
z Card Feed Kit
Use for thick paper such as cards. Replace with this unit when thick paper needs to pass through the machine.
z Envelope Feed Kit
Use for envelopes.
z Ink/Master Holder
A rack kit for storing supply such as ink and masters.
z Stand
z RISO PC Interface Card USB2.0

Use to connect a computer to the machine using a parallel cable.
z RISO Network Card
Use to directly connect the machine to the network.
This comes with the RISO-MONITOR software that allows you to check the status of the machine from computers.
0204

IMAGETEC
2) Specification: EZ200
RISO EZ200
Master-making/printing methods High-speed digital master-making/full automatic stencil printing

Original Type Book (10 kg (22lb) or less), sheet
Original Size (max./min.) When using the Glass Platen : 50 mm × 90 mm (131/32" × 39/16") - 297 mm ×
420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
When using the ADF unit (option) : 100 mm × 148 mm (315/16" × 527/32") -
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Original Paper Weight When using the Glass Platen : 10 kg (22lb) or less
When using the ADF unit (option) : 50g/m2 (14-lb bond) - 128g/m2 (34-lb bond)
Print Paper Size (max./min.) 100 mm × 148 mm (315/16" × 527/32") - 310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Paper Supply Capacity 1000 sheets (64g/m2 (17-lb bond))
Print Paper Weight 46g/m2 (13-lb bond) - 157g/m2 (87-lb index)
Image Processing Mode Line, Photo, Duo, Pencil
Master-making Time Approx. 25 seconds (for A4/portrait/100% reproduction ratio)
Printing Area (max.) 210 mm × 290 mm (81/4" × 117/16")
Print Reproduction Ratio Standard reproduction ratio (enlargement) : 141%, 122%, 116%
Standard reproduction ratio (reduction) : 94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
Print Speed Approx. 60 - 130 sheets per minute (five steps variable)
Print Position Adjustment Vertical : ±15 mm (±1/2") Horizontal : ±10 mm (±3/8")
Ink Supply Full automatic (1000 ml per cartridge)
Master Supply/Disposal Full automatic (approx. 295 sheets per roll)
Master Disposal Capacity 100 sheets
User Interface LED panel with Progress Arrow indicators, front-side operation
Optional Accessories Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:NII, Job Separator IV:N, Key Card Counter
IV:N, Color Drum (Cylinder), Card Feed Kit, Envelop Feed Kit, Ink/Master
Holder, Stand, RISO Network Card, RISO PC Interface Card USB2.0
Power Source EZ200E : 220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ200A : 220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
Dimensions When in use : 1380 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H)
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
When in storage : 775 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H)
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Weight Approx. 100 kg (220lb)
Note:
• The specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
0205

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ220

Original Size (max./min.) When using the Glass Platen : 50 mm × 90 mm (131/32" × 39/16") - 280 mm
× 432 mm (11" × 17")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Printing Area (max.) 216 mm × 280 mm (81/2" × 11")
Print Reproduction Ratio Standard reproduction ratio (enlargement) : 154%, 129%
Standard reproduction ratio (reduction) : 94%, 78%, 65%
Power Source EZ220U:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ220UG:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ220A:220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0206

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ230

× 420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Power Source EZ230E:220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ230U:220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ230A:220-240V~, 1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ230AN:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0207

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ300

× 420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Power Source EZ300E:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0208

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ330

× 420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Print Reproduction Ratio Zoom : 50 - 200%
Standard reproduction ratio (enlargement) : 141%, 122%, 116%
Power Source EZ330A:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0209

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ370

× 420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Master-making Time Approx. 20 seconds (for A4/landscape/100% reproduction ratio)
Power Source EZ370E:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ370A:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ370AN:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0210

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ390

× 432 mm (11" × 17")
310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Power Source EZ390U:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
EZ390UG:100-120/220-240V~, 2.5/1.3A, 50-60Hz
(545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
(3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Note:
0211

IMAGETEC
9) Optional Accessories for EZ570 & EZ590
Optional Accessories
A variety of optional accessories are available to enhance the capabilities of the machine.
For details about the optional accessories, see your dealer (or authorized service representative).
Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:II

Feed up to 50 sheets of originals automatically.
Color Drum (Cylinder)
Simply change the Drum (Cylinder) to print in multiple colors (colours). (Case included)
A4 (Letter) Drum (Cylinder) W
A special drum (cylinder) for A4 or Letter size landscape paper. (Case included)
Wide Stacking Tray
This unit can take paper up to 340 mm × 555 mm (133/8" × 2127/32") in size.
Key Card Counter
With a single button press, shows the numbers of printed copies and consumed masters within a given period of
time. This can help you manage costs.
Job Separator
With the Programed Printing function, allows the machine to print and sort into groups separated by tape.
Sorter TM2500
The sorters should be directly connected to the machine.
TM2500 can sort 25 copies at maximum.
Document Storage Card DM-128CF
A Storage Card for using the Storage Memory function.
Card Feed kit
This unit allows you to feed thicker paper such as cards.
Envelope Feed Kit
This unit allows you to feed envelopes.
Stand
Ink/Master Holder
A rack kit for storing supply such as ink and masters.
RISO Network Card
Use to directly connect the machine to the network.
This comes with the RISO-MONITOR software that allows you to check the status of the machine from computers.
0212

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ570

Original Type Book (10 kg (22 lb) or less), sheet
Original Size (max./min.) When using the Glass Platen :
50 mm × 90 mm (131/32" × 39/16") - 297 mm × 420 mm (1111/16" × 1617/32")
When using the Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:II :
100 mm × 148 mm (315/16" × 527/32") - 310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Original Paper Weight When using the Glass Platen : 10 kg (22 lb) or less
50 g/m2 (14-lb bond) - 128 g/m2 (34-lb bond)
Paper Supply Capacity 1000 sheets (64 g/m2 (17-lb bond))
Image Processing mode Line, Photo (Standard/Portrait/Group), Duo (Line/Photo/Shadow off),
Pencil (Darker/Lighter)
Standard reproduction ratio (enlargement) : 163%, 141%, 122%, 116%
Margin+ : 90 - 99 %
Print Speed Approx. 60 - 130 pages per minute (five steps variable)
User Interface LCD Touch Panel with Progress Arrow indicators, front-side operation
Optional Accessories Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:II, Color Drum (Cylinder), A4 (Letter) Drum
(Cylinder) W, Wide Stacking Tray, Key Card Counter, Job Separator,
Sorter TM2500, Document Storage Card DM-128CF, Card Feed kit,
Envelope Feed Kit, Stand, Ink/Master Holder, RISO Network Card
Power Source EZ570E, EZ570A, EZ570AN: 100-120/220-240V~,50-60Hz<3.4A/1.6A>
Dimensions When in use :
1380 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H) (545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
When in storage :
775 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H) (3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Weight Approx. 103 kg (227 lb)
Note:
• Please note that due to improvements and changes to the machine, some images and explanations in this manual
may not correspond to your machine.
0213

IMAGETEC
RISO EZ590
Original Type Book (10 kg (22 lb) or less), sheet
Original Size (max./min.) When using the Glass Platen :
50 mm × 90 mm (131/32" × 39/16") - 280 mm × 432 mm (11" × 17")
100 mm × 148 mm (315/16" × 527/32") - 310 mm × 432 mm (123/16" × 17")
Original Paper Weight When using the Glass Platen : 10 kg (22 lb) or less
50 g/m2 (14-lb bond) - 128 g/m2 (34-lb bond)
Paper Supply Capacity 1000 sheets (64 g/m2 (17-lb bond))
Print Paper Weight 46 g/m2 (13-lb bond) - 210 g/m2 (110-lb index)
Image Processing mode Line, Photo (Standard/Portrait/Group), Duo (Line/Photo/Shadow off),
Pencil (Darker/Lighter)
Standard reproduction ratio (enlargement) : 200%, 154%, 129%, 121%
Margin+ : 90 - 99 %
Print Speed Approx. 60 - 130 pages per minute (five steps variable)
User Interface LCD Touch Panel with Progress Arrow indicators, front-side operation
Optional Accessories Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:II, Color Drum (Cylinder), A4 (Letter) Drum
(Cylinder) W, Wide Stacking Tray, Key Card Counter, Job Separator, Sorter
TM2500, Document Storage Card DM-128CF, Card Feed kit, Envelope
Feed Kit, Stand, Ink/Master Holder, RISO Network Card
Power Source EZ590U : 100-120/220-240V~, 50-60Hz<3.4A/1.6A>
Dimensions When in use :
1380 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H) (545/16"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
When in storage :
775 mm(W) × 645 mm(D) × 660 mm(H) (3017/32"(W) × 253/8"(D) × 26"(H))
Weight Approx. 103 kg (227 lb)
Note:
• Please note that due to improvements and changes to the machine, some images and explanations in this manual
may not correspond to your machine.
0214

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
12) Optional Accessories for EV2560, EV2590, EV3560, EV3760, EV3790.
䗝䌁䰘ӊ
᳝৘⾡৘ḋⱘ䗝䌁䰘ӊৃ⫼Ѣ๲ᔎᴀᴎࡳ㛑Ǆ
བ䳔᳝݇䗝䌁䰘ӊⱘ䆺㒚ֵᙃˈ䇋খ䯙ᇍᑨⱘՓ⫼᠟‫ݠ‬Ǆ
z ᔽ㡆⒮ㄦ
᳝໮⾡㡆ᔽৃկ䗝ᢽˈབ㪱㡆ǃ㑶㡆ǃ㓓㡆ঞẩ㡆Ǆ⒮ㄦᑨᄬᬒ೼㞾ᏅⱘⲦᄤЁǄ
z 㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:NII
ৃ㞾ࡼկ㒭໮䖒 50 ᓴॳ〓Ǆ
z ߚ义ᴎ IV:N
Փ⫼㓪⿟ॄࠋࡳ㛑ˈৃկᴀᴎ䖯㸠ॄࠋᑊҹ㛊ᏺߚ义៤㒘Ǆ
z ⺕व䅵఼᭄ IV:N
া㽕ᣝϔϾ䬂ˈेৃᰒ⼎ᣛᅮᯊ䯈↉‫ࠋॄⱘݙ‬䞣Ϣ⠜㒌⍜㗫䞣Ǆ䖭᳝ࡽѢ៤ᴀㅵ⧚Ǆ
z ८㒌䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬
կव⠛ㄝ८㒌Փ⫼Ǆ䳔㽕Ңᴀᴎ䗮䖛८㒌ᯊˈ䇋ᤶϞℸᴎ㒘Ǆ
z ֵᇕ䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬
⫼ѢֵᇕǄ
z ⊍๼ / ⠜㒌ᬃᶊ
⫼Ѣ‫ټ‬ᄬ໛ӊ ˄བ⊍๼Ϣ⠜㒌˅ⱘᬃᶊ㒘ӊǄ
z ᶊৄ
z ⧚ᛇ PC ᥹ষव USB2.0C ˄䗖⫼Ѣ EV3760/EV3560/EV2560˅

⫼Ѣҹᑊষ㒓䖲᥹ᴀᴎϢ䅵ㅫᴎǄ
z ⧚ᛇ㔥㒰व C
⫼ѢⳈ᥹ᇚᴀᴎ᥹ܹ㔥㒰Ǆ
ℸ䰘ӊ䰘ᏺ RISO-MONITOR 䕃ӊˈৃ⫼ѢҢ䅵ㅫᴎẔᶹᴀᴎ⢊ᗕǄ
0215

IMAGETEC
13) Specification: EV2560
RISO EV2560
ࠊ⠜ / ॄࠋᮍ⊩ 催䗳᭄ᄫࠊ⠜ / ܼ㞾ࡼ῵⠜ॄࠋ

ॳ〓㉏ൟ кᴀ ˄10 kg ៪ҹϟ˅ǃ〓㒌
ॳ〓ሎᇌ ˄᳔໻ / ᳔ᇣ˅ Փ⫼ᠿᦣৄ⦏⩗ᯊ˖50 mm u 90 mm - 297 mm u 420 mm
Փ⫼㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ㒘 ˄䗝䌁˅ᯊ˖100 mm u 148 mm - 310 mm u 432 mm
ॳ〓㒌ᓴ䞡䞣 Փ⫼ᠿᦣৄ⦏⩗ᯊ˖10 kg ៪ҹϟ
Փ⫼㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ㒘 ˄䗝䌁˅ᯊ˖50g/m2 - 128g/m2
ॄࠋ㒌ᓴሎᇌ ˄᳔໻ / ᳔ᇣ˅ 100 mm u 148 mm - 310 mm u 432 mm
䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64g/m2˅
ॄࠋ㒌ᓴ䞡䞣 46g/m2 - 157g/m2
೒‫ڣ‬໘⧚῵ᓣ ᭛ᄫǃ✻⠛ǃ೒᭛ǃ䪙ヨ
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 25 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ 㒉৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 251 mm u 357 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖141%, 122%, 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
ॄࠋ䗳ᑺ 㑺↣ߚ䩳 60 - 130 ᓴ ˄5 㑻䗳ᑺ䇗㡖˅
ॄࠋԡ㕂䇗ᭈ ൖⳈ˖±15 mmˈ∈ᑇ˖±10 mm
⊍๼կ㒭 ܼ㞾ࡼ
⠜㒌կ㒭 / ಲᬊ ܼ㞾ࡼ
ᑳ⠜Ⲧᆍ䞣 100 ᓴ
⫼᠋⬠䴶 ᏺ䖯ᑺㆁ༈ᣛ⼎♃ⱘ LED 䴶ᵓˈℷ䴶᪡԰
䗝䌁䰘ӊ 㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:NIIǃߚ义ᴎ IV:Nǃ⺕व䅵఼᭄ IV:Nǃᔽ㡆⒮ㄦǃ८㒌
䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃֵᇕ䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃ⊍๼ / ⠜㒌ᬃᶊǃᶊৄǃ⧚ᛇ㔥㒰व Cǃ⧚ᛇ
PC ᥹ষव USB2.0C
⬉⑤ EV2560C˖220-240V~ˈ 1.3Aˈ 50-60Hz
ሎᇌ Փ⫼ᯊ˖1380 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 100 kg
⊼˖
• ҹϞ㾘Ḑབᵰব᳈ᘩϡ঺㸠䗮ⶹǄ
0216

IMAGETEC
RISO EV2590

䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64g/m2˅
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 25 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ 㒉৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 251 mm u 357 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖141%, 122%, 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃֵᇕ䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃ⊍๼ / ⠜㒌ᬃᶊǃᶊৄǃ⧚ᛇ㔥㒰व C
⬉⑤ EV2590C˖220-240V~ˈ 1.3Aˈ 50-60Hz
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 100 kg
⊼˖
0217

IMAGETEC
RISO EV3560

䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64g/m2˅
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 20 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ 㒉৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 251 mm u 357 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ӏᛣᣛᅮ˖50 - 200%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖141%, 122%, 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
⬉⑤ EV3560C˖100-120/220-240V~ˈ 2.5/1.3Aˈ 50-60Hz
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 101 kg
⊼˖
0218

IMAGETEC
RISO EV3760

䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64g/m2˅
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 20 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ ῾৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 291 mm u 413 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ӏᛣᣛᅮ˖50 - 200%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖141%, 122%, 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
⬉⑤ EV3760C˖100-120/220-240V~ˈ 2.5/1.3Aˈ 50-60Hz
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 101 kg
⊼˖
0219

IMAGETEC
ᡔᴃ㾘Ḑ
RISO EV3790

䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64g/m2˅
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 20 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ ῾৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 291 mm u 413 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ӏᛣᣛᅮ˖50 - 200%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖141%, 122%, 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖94%, 87%, 82%, 71%
䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃֵᇕ䖯㒌ऩ‫ܗ‬ǃ⊍๼ / ⠜㒌ᬃᶊǃᶊৄǃ⧚ᛇ㔥㒰व C
⬉⑤ EV3790C˖100-120/220-240V~ˈ 2.5/1.3Aˈ 50-60Hz
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ u 645 mm ˄D˅ u 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 101 kg
⊼˖
0220

IMAGETEC
18) Optional Accessories for EV5790.
䗝䌁䰘ӊ
᳝৘⾡৘ḋⱘ䗝䌁䰘ӊৃ⫼Ѣ๲ᔎᴀᴎࡳ㛑Ǆ
བ䳔њ㾷᳝݇䗝䌁䰘ӊⱘ䆺ᚙˈ䇋㘨㋏ᙼⱘ㒣䫔ଚ ˄៪ᥜᴗ㓈ׂЁᖗ˅Ǆ
㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:II
ৃ㞾ࡼկ㒭໮䖒 50 ᓴॳ〓Ǆ
ᔽ㡆⒮ㄦ
া䳔᳈ᤶ⒮ㄦ֓ৃ⫼໮⾡买㡆ॄࠋǄ˄ࣙ৿໪໇˅
A4 ⒮ㄦ W
A4 ሎᇌ῾৥㒌ᓴⱘ⡍⅞⒮ㄦǄ˄ࣙ৿໪໇˅
ᆑൟේ൯Ⲧ
ᴀऩ‫ܗ‬᳔໻ৃҹᆍ㒇 340 mm× 555 mm ሎᇌⱘ㒌ᓴǄ
⺕व䅵఼᭄
া㽕ᣝϔϾ䬂ˈेৃᰒ⼎ᣛᅮᯊ䯈↉‫ࠋॄⱘݙ‬䞣Ϣ⠜㒌⍜㗫䞣Ǆ䖭᳝ࡽѢ៤ᴀㅵ⧚Ǆ
ߚ义ᴎ
Փ⫼㓪⿟ॄࠋࡳ㛑ˈৃկᴀᴎ䖯㸠ॄࠋᑊҹ㛊ᏺߚ义៤㒘Ǆ
ߚ义ᴎ TM2500
ᑨᇚߚ义ᴎⳈ᥹䖲᥹ࠄᴀᴎǄ
TM2500 ᳔໮ৃҹЎ 25 ӑॄࠋӊߚ义Ǆ
व⠛䖯㒌㒘ӊ
䗮䖛ᴀᴎ㒘ৃҹ䗕ܹ䕗८ⱘ㒌ᓴˈབव⠛Ǆ
ֵᇕ䖯㒌㒘ӊ
䗮䖛ᴀᴎ㒘ৃҹ䗕ֵܹᇕǄ
ᶊৄ
⊍๼ / ⠜㒌ᬃᶊ
⫼Ѣ‫ټ‬ᄬ໛ӊ ˄བ⊍๼Ϣ⠜㒌˅ⱘᬃᶊ㒘ӊǄ
RISO Network Card C
⫼ѢⳈ᥹ᇚᴀᴎ᥹ܹ㔥㒰Ǆ
ℸ䰘ӊ䰘ᏺ RISO-MONITOR 䕃ӊˈৃ⫼ѢҢ䅵ㅫᴎẔᶹᴀᴎ⢊ᗕǄ
0221

IMAGETEC
ᡔᴃ㾘Ḑ
RISO EV5790

ॳ〓ሎᇌ ˄᳔໻ / ᳔ᇣ˅ Փ⫼ᠿᦣৄ⦏⩗ᯊ˖
50 mm × 90 mm - 297 mm × 420 mm
Փ⫼㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:II ᯊ˖
100 mm × 148 mm - 310 mm × 432 mm
Փ⫼㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:II ᯊ˖50 g/m2- 128 g/m2
ॄࠋ㒌ᓴሎᇌ ˄᳔໻ / ᳔ᇣ˅ 100 mm × 148 mm - 310 mm × 432 mm
䖯㒌ᆍ䞣 1000 ᓴ ˄64 g/m2˅
ॄࠋ㒌ᓴ䞡䞣 46 g/m2 - 210 g/m2
೒‫ڣ‬໘⧚῵ᓣ ᭛ᄫǃ✻⠛ ˄ᷛ‫ ޚ‬/ 㙪‫ ڣ‬/ ಶԧ˅ǃ೒᭛ ˄᭛ᄫ / ೒‫ ڣ‬/ ⍜䰸ᑩ♄˅ǃ䪙ヨ
˄䕗⌧ / 䕗⎵˅
ࠊ⠜ᯊ䯈㑺 20 ⾦ ˄ᇍѢ A4/ ῾৥ /100% 㓽ᬒ↨⥛˅
ॄࠋऎඳ ˄᳔໻˅ 291 mm × 413 mm
ॄࠋ㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ᮴‫ס‬㓽ᬒ˖50 - 200%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄ᬒ໻˅˖163%ǃ 141%ǃ 122%ǃ 116%
ᷛ‫ޚ‬㓽ᬒ↨⥛ ˄㓽ᇣ˅˖87%ǃ 82%ǃ 71%ǃ 61%
义䖍ᬒ໻˖90 - 99 %
ॄࠋ䗳ᑺ 㑺↣ߚ䩳 60 - 130 义 ˄5 㑻䗳ᑺ䇗㡖˅
⫼᠋⬠䴶 ᏺ䖯ᑺㆁ༈ᣛ⼎♃ⱘ LCD 㾺ᩌ䴶ᵓˈℷ䴶᪡԰
䗝䌁䰘ӊ 㞾ࡼ䖯〓ᴎ AF-VI:IIǃᔽ㡆⒮ㄦǃ A4 ⒮ㄦ Wǃᆑൟේ൯Ⲧǃ⺕व䅵఼᭄ǃ
ߚ义ᴎǃߚ义ᴎ TM2500ǃव⠛䖯㒌㒘ӊǃֵᇕ䖯㒌㒘ӊǃᶊৄǃ⊍๼ / ⠜
㒌ᬃᶊǃ RISO Network Card C
⬉⑤ EV5790C˖100-120/220-240V~ˈ 50-60Hz<3.4A/1.6A>
ሎᇌ Փ⫼ᯊ˖1,380 mm ˄W˅ × 645 mm ˄D˅ × 660 mm ˄H˅
ᄬ‫ټ‬ᯊ˖775 mm ˄W˅ × 645 mm ˄D˅ × 660 mm ˄H˅
䞡䞣㑺 103 kg
⊼˖
• 䇋⊼ᛣˈ⬅Ѣᴀᴎⱘᬍ䖯Ϣׂᬍˈᴀ᠟‫ݠ‬Ёⱘᶤѯ೒‫ڣ‬Ϣ䇈ᯢৃ㛑Ϣᙼⱘ䗳ॄᴎϡৠǄ
0222

IMAGETEC
2. Cross-Sectional Diagram
Mirror carriage Lens Lamp carriage

CCD
Cutter
⑧
Compression plate Thermal print head
Master disposal box ⑥
⑦
Pickup roller ⑨
Write roller
⑤
Scraper roller
① ②
③
④
Paper feed tray
Guide roller Pressure roller
Timing roller 0201

Paper receiving tray
Suction unit
(1) First paper feed area:

Sends paper from the paper-feed tray one sheet at a time.
(2) Second paper feed area:
Stops the paper sent from the first paper-feed stage, and accurately feeds it to the print drum and
pressure section.
(3) Press section:
The pressure roller presses the paper firmly against the print drum for printing.
(4) Paper ejection section:
Removes the printed paper from the print drum using the separator, and sends it to the paper-
receiving tray.
(5) Print drum:
Supplies ink from the ink cartridge to the surface of the print drum for printing.
(6) Clamp unit:
Clamps the leading edge of a master onto the drum.
(7) Master removal section:
Peels the master from the print drum after use, and discharges it into the master disposal box.
(8) Flatbed section:
The lamp carriage and mirror carriage move, and the CCD unit reads the original on the scanner
table.
(9) Master-making section:
Transports and creates a master using the thermal print head, then sends the produced master to
the print drum, and cuts the master material.

IMAGETEC
3. Operation Outline
Set an original, and press the Start key.
Master removal operation
Removes the used master from

the print drum, and sends it to the
master disposal box.
Master making operation
The original is scanned by the

image sensor, and the image is
transferred onto a master by the
thermal print head.
Master loading operation
The produced master is wound

around the print drum and cut.
The proof-print is printed.
Printing operation
Paper is fed from the paper-feed tray one sheet at

a time for printing. The printed paper is ejected out
onto the paper-receiving tray.

IMAGETEC
4. Outline of Paper Feeding, Printing and Paper Ejection Operations.
Pickup roller
Scraper roller 1) When the print drum rotates, the scraper roller and
pickup roller also turn to feed paper. The stripper
pad allows only one sheet to pass through to the
second paper-feed area.
Stripper pad
Guide roller
2) The paper sent from the first paper feed area
contacts the timing roller and guide roller, and
stops temporarily. This causes slight buckling of
the paper.
Timing roller
3) The timing roller and guide roller start rotating,

feeding paper to the pressure section.
This operation is referred to as the [Second paper
feed]. To prevent tension from being placed on
Pressure roller the end of the paper, the scraper roller and pickup
roller are free to spin.
4) When the paper is fed further in from the second

paper feed area, the pressure roller rises to clamp
the paper between the drum and pressure roller to
start the printing operation.
Separation fan
5) The printed paper is removed from the print drum
by the separator and separation fan. When the
pressure roller rises, the guide roller also moves up
to prevent tension from being placed on the tailing
Separator end of the paper.
Suction belt
6) Then, the suction fan pulls in the air to keep the
paper firmly on the transfer belts while the paper is
carried to the paper-receiving tray.
7) The next sheet of paper is sent to the first paper

feed area, and the guide roller come down to nip
with the timing roller.
0202

IMAGETEC
5. Outline of Master removal, Master making and Master Loading Operations.
Master release bar Master removal operation

Clamp plate
(1) The clamp plate holding the leading edge of
the master opens and the master release bar
rises to lift the master out from under the clap
plate.
Master material
Master removal rollers
(2) The master removal rollers and print drum

rotate, thereby separating the master from
the print drum and sending it to the master
Master disposal box disposal box.
Compression plate
(3) The motion of the compression plate starts,

pressing the master into the master disposal
box.
Thermal print head Master making operation

(1) The CCD reads the original, and the thermal
print head burns the image onto a master
material.
Master loading operation

(1) The leading edge of the master is sent to the
clamp plate on the print drum and the leading
edge of the master material is clamped.
Cutter
(2) The print drum rotates to wind the master
around it.
(3) The cutter cuts the master material.
0203

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 3: MAIN DRIVE
Contents
Mechanism .................................................................................................2
1. Main Drive Mechanism.....................................................................2
2. Print Drum Angle Detection..............................................................3
3. Main Motor Safety Mechanism..........................................................4
Disassembly................................................................................................5
<Precautions to work safely on the drive area >....................................5
1. Removing the Pressure Spring ........................................................6
2. Removing the Main Belt . .................................................................7
3. Removing the Main Motor Pulley Assembly.....................................9
4. Removing the Main Drive Assembly...............................................10
5. Removing the Separation pump unit and its disassembly..............11
Separation pump unit...............................................................11
Piston assembly on the Separation pump unit.........................13
Cylinder....................................................................................14
O-ring........................................................................................14
Piston........................................................................................15
6. Removing the Rear cover safety switch.........................................16
Adjustment ...............................................................................................17
1. Print Drum <Position-A> Adjustment .............................................17
2. Print Drum <Position-B> Stop Position Adjustment........................17

IMAGETEC
Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
1. Main Drive Mechanism

O O O O O O
When the Main motor is turned on, the Motor pulley rotates and the rotation is transmitted to the Main
pulley by the Main belt. The Main motor FG sensor detects the speed and the angle position of the Print
drum.
Main pulley
0301
Main belt
Main motor
Main motor FG sensor
Motor pulley
0302
< Main motor >

IMAGETEC
2. Print Drum Angle Detection EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Print drum angle is calculated by the Main motor FG sensor pulse count from the Position-B of the
machine drive. The Position-B of the machine drive is detected by the Position-B sensor and the
Position-B sensor actuator plate. The Position-B of the machine drive is where the center of the
Position-B sensor actuator plate is at the center of the sensor.
40 degrees Print drum rotation from this Position-B is called the Print drum Position-A.
The Print drum angle is referred as 0 degrees at this Position-A. For a reference, the Main motor FG
count for one Print drum rotation is 2933 pulses.
Position-B actuator plate
Position-B sensor
0303
0304

IMAGETEC
3. Main Motor Safety Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Five safety switches (Rear cover safety switches, Master disposal box safety switch, Master making
unit safety switch and Print drum safety switch) prevent the activation of the following listed motors and
electrical components if any one of the safety switch is deactivated.
- Main motor
- Clamp motor
- Master compression motor
- Master removal motor
- Separation fan
Rear cover safety switch
Master disposal box safety switch
0305
Drum safety switch Master making unit safety switch

IMAGETEC
Disassembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
<Precautions to work safely on the drive area >

O O O O O O
< Following three points must be followed when working on the drive area for SAFETY reasons. >
Working on the Main Drive area and Press Section with the Pressure spring attached on the machine
may cause the moving parts, such as the Gears and Cams, to move suddenly and cause injuries.
Make sure to follow the instructions below before working on the Main Drive and Press Section.
1) When performing maintenance on the main drive section and press section, remove the Pressure
spring at the start of the disassembly, and attach it only at the end of the reassembly. (Refer to the
next page for the spring removal procedure.)
Pressure spring
0307
2) Activate Test Mode No. 892 <Machine Position-B Stop> to stop the machine at Position-B.
<Refer to the comment in blue color given on step-3 below.>
3) Set the vertical print position at center position, and insert 8 mm diameter x 160 mm long JIG shaft
into the Position-B phase alignment hole, located on the paper feed timing area, to prevent the drive
area from moving. <Turn OFF the machine power just before inserting the JIG shaft.>
(The jig shaft holes on the Outer and Inner vertical positioning gears meet once at every 5 turns of
the Inner vertical positioning gear. Repeat Test Mode No. 892 explained on above step-2 until the jig
shaft holes on the two gears meet.)
<CAUTION: Power to the machine should NEVER be applied when the JIG shaft is inserted in the machine.>
Position-B phase
alignment hole on the
Paper feed timing area.
0306

IMAGETEC
1. Removing the Pressure Spring EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# O O # O O
No pressure control mechanism on EZ2 and EV2.
(1) Make confidential master on the Print drum.

(2) Run Test mode No.908 ( Pressure control maintenance positioning adjustment), remove the Print
drum and switch OFF the machine power.
(3) Remove the Rear cover, and swing open the Power supply unit and Mechanical control PCB bracket.
(4) Push the Pressure lever over to the right and unhook the Solenoid lever from the Pressure lever.
Then return the Pressure lever slowly to the left.
(5) Remove the Pressure spring from the Pressure lever after removing the other end from the Pressure
spring tension plate.
Pressure Lever
0309
2 Solenoid lever
Pressure lever
0308
Pressure Spring
Marking 0330
Green marking = EZ5

Red marking = EZ3
No marking = EZ2
0307
Pressure spring tension plate Pressure spring

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Main Belt EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Pressure spring.
(2) Insert 8 mm diameter x160 mm long JIG shaft into the Position-B phase alignment hole on the paper
feed timing area (refer to page No.3-5.)
(3) Unplug the position B sensor connector and remove Reuse band (1 pc) from main cover assembly.
(4) Loosen screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs) on the Tension lever, and release the tension on the Main belt.
(5) Remove the Main motor bearing assembly (M4 x 8 screw; 3 pcs).
(6) Remove the Main cover assembly (M4 x 8 screw; 5 pcs).
* Remove the Main cover assembly slowly, pushing on the Main drive assembly to avoid pulling the Main
drive assembly off the machine.
- continued on next page -
Reuse band Position-B sensor Main drive assembly
Main cover assembly
Main motor bearing
0311
Tension lever

IMAGETEC
(7) Remove the Main belt.
Main drive assembly
Main belt
0312
< Precautions in assembly >

- When putting the Main cover assembly back on the machine, push it firmly against the machine.
- Tighten the screw on the far top right on the Main cover assembly first.

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Main Motor Pulley Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Main belt from the machine (Refer to page No.3-7).
(2) Loosen set screws (M6 x 8 set screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Main motor pulley assembly.
0312
Main motor pulley assembly
< Precaution in assembly >

Align the groove made on the back of the Main motor pulley assembly against the Parallel pin on
the Main motor shaft.
0314 0315
Groove on the back of the Main motor pulley. Parallel pin on the Main motor shaft.

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Main Drive Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove Print drum from the machine.
(2) Insert 8 mm diameter x 160 mm long JIG shaft in the Position-B phase alignment hole on the Paper
feed timing area.
(3) Remove the Main belt from the machine (Refer to page No. 3-7).
(4) Remove both the Separator spring and Follower spring.
(5) Remove the Main drive assembly.
<In assembly, insert 4 mm diameter JIG shaft through the Pressure cam to mount the cam onto the
Main drive assembly if the Pressure cam is removed from the Main drive assembly.>
Pressure cam Main drive assembly Insert 4 mm diameter JIG shaft. Confirm that 8 mm diameter
JIG shaft is inserted.
0316
Separator spring Follower spring

In attaching the Main shaft assembly back on the machine, first insert the 8 mm diameter x 160 mm
JIG shaft in the paper feed drive area to fix the gears at Position-B, and then mount the Main drive
assembly back on the machine while aligning the markings between the Main gear and the Inner vertical
positioning gear.
Main gear
Marking
Inner vertical
positioning gear
0317
IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Separation pump unit and its disassembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Separation pump unit
(1) Remove the Pressure spring (refer to page No. 3-6).
(2) Remove the Separation pump unit by removing screws (M4 x 8 screw; 5 pcs).
(3) Pinch and slide the Power band, and unplug the Air hose from the Separation pump unit.
<Precaution in assembly continues on next page.>
0318
Power band
0310
Air hose

IMAGETEC

- The Separation pump unit should be mounted back on the machine with the marking (elongated
hole) at the position shown on the bottom photograph when the machine drive is at Position-B.
- The Separation pump unit gear should be pushed lightly against the Main motor pulley. (This is
because there is a slight horizontal play in the Separation pump unit mounting position.)
< Separation Pump Unit > 0318
0313
Positioning marking (elongated hole) on the
Separation pump unit gear.

IMAGETEC
Piston assembly on the Separation pump unit

<Piston assembly on the Separation pump unit can be removed with the pump unit on the
machine.>
(1) Turn OFF the machine power, remove the Rear cover, and swing open the Power supply unit and
Mechanical control PCB bracket.
(2) Remove E-ring and remove the Arm from Air pump gear assembly shaft.
(3) Rotate the Piston assembly 90 degrees and pull the Piston to the edge of the Cylinder.
(4) Remove the Air pump gear assembly from the unit by removing E-ring.
(5) Pull the Piston assembly out from the Cylinder.
Pump base
E-ring
0319
Cylinder Arm E-ring Air pump gear assembly
Arm
0320
< Piston Assembly >

IMAGETEC

- The concave side of the groove on the Arm of the Piston should face out when inserting the Piston
into the Cylinder.
- Air pump gear assembly should be mounted on the unit with the machine in Position-B, and the
Positioning marking (elongated hole) on the Separation pump unit gear should meet with the marking
on the Separation pump unit bracket (refer to page No. 3-12).
Cylinder
(6) Remove mounting screws (M4 x 8 screw; 5 pcs) and remove the Pump base.
(7) Remove mounting screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) and remove the Cylinder.
Caution:
Air release valve and Spring will come loose from the Cylinder. Pay caution not to lose these items.
Pulling on the Air release valve

and rotating it will allow the air
to escape and assist the Piston
to slide smoothly in removal and
assembly.
0321
O-ring
(6) Remove the O-ring from the Piston assembly.
O-ring Piston assembly
0322

- Apply white grease onto the O-ring for lubrication.

IMAGETEC
Piston
(6) Remove E-ring, disconnect the Arm and remove the Piston.
Piston
0323
E-ring Arm shaft Arm

- Apply white grease for lubrication.
- The concave side of the groove on the Arm should face toward the Air intake hole on the Piston.
Piston Arm
0324
Air intake hole on the Piston Concave side of the groove

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Rear cover safety switch EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
< Two Rear cover safety switches are used on the machine.> O O O O O O
(1) Turn OFF the machine power, remove Rear cover and Scanner cover (rear).
(2) Unplug the connectors to the Rear cover safety switches.
(3) Remove mounting screws (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc each) and remove the Rear cover safety switch
assembly.
(4) Remove the Rear cover safety switch, together with the mounting bracket, from the assembly by
unhooking the Spring and removing Shoulder screws (1 pc each).
Connector
0325 0326
0327
< Paper Receive Side > < Paper Feed Side >
Rear cover safety switch
Shoulder screw
0328
Spring
< Rear Cover Safety Switch Assembly >

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. Print Drum <Position-A> Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
Checks and adjustment O O O O O O
(1) Open the front door.
(2) Remove screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc) to remove the Master loading cover.
(3) Activate Test mode, and run Test Mode No. 881 (Position-A stop) to rotate and stop the Print drum
at <Position-A>.
(4) Run Test Mode No. 884 (Clamp 3-step movement) to confirm that when the Position-A compensator
arm comes down on the print drum on the 2nd of the 3 steps of the test mode, the Print drum rotates
back a distance of 3 mm maximum or stays still, looking at the Print drum through the opening from
which the Master loading cover was removed.
(5) If Position-A of the Print drum is not within the above specified position, run Test Mode No. 941 (Print
drum position-A adjustment) to adjust the <Position-A> of the Print drum.
(6) Repeat from step (3) until the Print drum Position-A is correctly adjusted.
Master loading cover
0329
2. Print Drum <Position-B> Stop Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
Checks and adjustment
(1) Open the Front door and press the green colored Print drum release button.
(2) Confirm that the Print drum slides out of the machine smoothly when pulled out by hand.
(3) If the Print drum does not come out smoothly, run Test Mode No. 942 (Print drum Position-B
Adjustment) to adjust the Print drum <Position-B> stop position.
(4) Repeat from step (1) until the Print drum <Position-B> stop position is correctly adjusted.

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 4: FIRST PAPER FEED SECTION
Contents
Mechanism ........................................................................................................... 2
1. Paper Feed Tray Mechanism..................................................................... 2
2. Paper Feed Tray Elevation Mechanism..................................................... 3
3. Paper Feed Tray Safety Mechanism ........................................................ 5
4. Paper Feed Pressure Adjustment Mechanism ......................................... 6
5. First Paper Feed Operation ...................................................................... 7
6. ON/OFF Timing Control of Paper Feed Clutch ......................................... 8
Paper Feed Clutch ON Timing Control............................................... 8
Paper Feed Clutch OFF Timing Control............................................. 9
7. Paper Stripping Mechanism..................................................................... 11
Disassembly........................................................................................................ 12
1. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Unit ...................................................... 12
2. Removing the Paper Detection Sensor, Paper Size Detection
Sensor and Paper Width Potentiometer.................................................. 13
3. Removing the Scraper Roller and Pick Up Roller.................................... 15
4. Removing the Paper Feed Roller Assembly............................................ 17
5. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Button and Paper Feed Tray
Upper Safety Switch................................................................................ 18
6. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Upper Limit Sensor and
Paper Feed Pressure Sensor.................................................................. 20
7. Removing the Paper Feed Clutch............................................................ 21
8. Removing the Elevator Motor.................................................................. 22
9. Removing the Lower Limit Sensor and Paper Feed Tray Lower
Safety Switch........................................................................................... 23
10. Removing the Stripper Unit...................................................................... 24
11. Removing the Stripper Pad Assembly..................................................... 25
Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 26
1. Upper Limit Sensor Position Adjustment ................................................ 26
2. Stripper Pad Adjustment.......................................................................... 27
3. Paper Feed Clutch ON Angle Adjustment............................................... 28
4. Paper Feed Clutch OFF Angle Adjustment.............................................. 28
5. Paper Width Potentiometer Adjustment................................................... 28

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. Paper Feed Tray Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Detects paper placed on the Paper Feed Tray
The presence of the paper in the Paper feed tray is detected by the Paper detection sensor.
Print Paper Size detection

The Paper feed tray is equipped with a paper width potentiometer and a Paper size detection sensor
to determine the size of paper placed in the Paper feed tray.
The paper width potentiometer detects the paper width, while the paper size detection sensor identifies
the paper length (whether positioned vertically or horizontally).
Horizontal positioning (horizontal print positioning) of the paper tray

The horizontal printing position can be changed by changing the position of the paper on the Paper feed
tray against the Print drum position.
The Paper feed tray position can be changed horizontally by turning the Adjusting dial by hand.
Paper detection sensor
Paper feed tray
Paper size detection sensor 0401
Paper width potentiometer
Adjusting dial
0402

IMAGETEC
2. Paper Feed Tray Elevation Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# O O # # #
* No Upper limit sensor A on EZ2 and all the EV Series.
* No Paper feed pressure sensor on EZ2 & EV2.
Paper Feed Tray Elevation (Moving Upward)
The Paper feed tray is elevated up or down by the Elevator motor.
With the paper detected on the Paper feed tray, and the Start key is pressed for a print job, the Elevator
motor elevates the paper feed tray up to the upper limit position which is detected by either of the two
Upper limit sensors, A or B. (Refer to page 4-4)
During the printing operation, the Elevator motor keeps switching ON and OFF, to elevate the Paper feed
tray, keeping the upper most paper stock height on the Paper feed tray at a constant height to ensure
good paper feeding. This action is call as [Elevator Servo System].
Paper Feed Tray Elevation (Moving Downward)

When the paper runs out empty from the Paper feed tray, the Paper feed tray comes all the way down to
the lower limit position. The lower limit position is detected by the Lower limit sensor.
Paper Feed Tray Button

When the machine is in idle state, the Paper feed tray can be lowered manually by pressing the green
colored Paper feed tray button.
The tray stops when the finger is released from the button or when the Paper feed tray is detected by the
Lower limit sensor.
When the Paper feed tray is at the lower limit position with paper on the tray, pressing the Paper feed
tray button elevates the tray up.
Elevator motor
Upper limit sensor B Upper limit sensor A
Paper feed tray button
0403
Lower limit sensor

IMAGETEC
Upper-limit Position of the Paper Feed Tray
3 kinds of Upper limit positions

There are two elevator Upper-limit sensors, A and B. The Upper-limit sensor B is paired with the upper-
limit detecting plate (normal), while the Upper-limit sensor A is paired with the upper-limit detecting plate
(card). From the various combination of these two upper-limit sensor detections, three Paper feed tray
upper-limit positions are possible, as shown in the diagram below.
EZ3 & EZ5 Upper limit position

Feed tray down
Blocked
Upper limit sensor A
Open
Blocked
Upper limit sensor B
Open
Custom Normal Card
EZ2 and all EV Series Feed tray down
Blocked
Upper limit sensor B
Open
Upper limit position 0404
Selecting the upper limit position by Test Mode 0740

By selecting [Auto], the default setting, in Test Mode No. 0740 (Elevator upper-limit position selection)
makes it possible to adjust the Paper feed tray upper-limit position using the Paper feed pressure lever.
Selecting settings other than [Auto] by this test mode elevates the Paper feed tray to the specified upper
limit position, which are Card, Normal or Custom position. Card being the highest position and Custom
being the lowest position of the three.
Engaging with the Paper Feed Pressure Lever

When [Auto] is selected by Test Mode No. 0740, setting the Paper feed pressure lever to <Normal> sets
the upper-limit position of the Paper feed tray to the normal position.
Setting the Paper feed pressure lever to <Card> sets the upper-limit position of the Paper feed tray to the
CARD position.
Selecting the upper limit position by the User Mode: (Paper Feed Adjustment in the Function tab.)
Selecting the Paper feed tray upper-limit position to <0> using the [Manual] adjustment, in the Paper
Feed Adjustment within the Function tab of the operation panel, stops the Paper feed tray at the
NORMAL position. Selecting this to <+1> stops the Paper feed tray at the Card position. Selecting <-1>
stops the paper feed tray at the CUSTOM position.

IMAGETEC
Custom upper Adjustable Value
limit position Paper Type Name of Remarks

Test Mode Adjustable Range
adjustment adjustment
Normal Paper feed (0): Automatic (Follow by Paper feed pressure lever) <Default>
Upper limit
Automatic pressure (1): Normal Paper (Paper feed pressure-Normal)
position 0740
adjustment adjustment (2): Card Paper (Paper feed pressure-Higher)
Card selection
lever (3): Custom Paper (Paper feed pressure-Lower)
(-1 ): Normal Paper (Paper feed pressure-Normal) 6 patterns

Manual
Custom Upper limit position ( 0 ): Card Paper (Paper feed pressure-High) <Default> (A-1 to A-6)
adjustment
(+1): Custom Paper (Paper feed pressure-Lower) can be registered
0405
3. Paper Feed Tray Safety Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The Paper feed tray upper safety switch and the Paper feed tray lower safety switch ensure the safety
while the Paper feed tray is being raised or lowered.
If the Paper feed cover is pushed up, the Paper feed tray upper safety switch goes OFF, and if the Lower
limit frame is pressed down, the Paper feed tray lower safety switch goes OFF. If either one of the two
safety switches goes OFF, the Elevator motor is turned off.
Paper feed tray upper safety switch

Paper feed cover
0406
Lower limit frame

Paper feed tray lower safety switch

IMAGETEC

4. Paper Feed Pressure Adjustment Mechanism
# O O # O O
No Paper feed pressure sensor on EZ2 & EV2.
The Paper feed pressure lever is located on the left-hand side of the First paper feed stay assembly.
Switching this lever either to the right or to the left adjusts the paper feed pressure (scraper pressure)
between <Normal> (low) and <Card> (high).
Setting the Paper feed pressure lever to the right for <Card> increases paper feed pressure (scraper
pressure).
The Paper feed pressure sensor checks the position of the Paper feed pressure lever and affects the
following two items.
- Upper limit position of the Paper feed tray.
- Paper ejection wing position.
Paper feed pressure sensor First paper feed stay assembly
Paper feed pressure lever Pickup unit frame body 0407
(Scraper roller located inside)

IMAGETEC
5. First Paper Feed Operation EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
At the start of a print job, the Main motor switches ON and rotates the Print drum.
The Paper feed clutch gear rotates continuously when the Main motor is ON.
When the Print drum rotates from position-A to a certain angle, the Paper feed clutch switches ON,
turning the Scraper and Pickup roller and transporting paper from the Paper feed tray into the machine.
After the paper is fed into the machine and the Paper sensor senses the light, the Paper feed clutch
switches OFF, and the first paper feed operation stops.
In this process, the leading edge of the paper contacts the Guide roller and Timing roller. When paper
transport stops, some buckle on the leading edge of the paper, against the Guide roller and Timing roller.
Additionally, when the Print drum rotates to the paper feed jam detection angle (paper IN jam) after the
paper feed clutch switches ON, the machine checks with the Paper sensor for any no-paper-feed jam.
The Scraper and Pickup roller are equipped with one-way clutch to enable free rotation and to keep the
first paper feed section from halting or slowing down the paper speed after the paper is fed to the second
paper feed section.
Main belt Pickup roller

Scraper roller
0408
Paper feed clutch
Main motor
Guide roller
Pickup roller Paper sensor (receive)
Scraper roller
Stripper pad Timing roller
Paper sensor (send) 0409

IMAGETEC
6. ON/OFF Timing Control of Paper Feed Clutch EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# # O # # O
Custom paper feed adjustment available only on EZ5 & EV5.
The ON/OFF timing of the Paper feed clutch controls the paper transfer from the first paper feed section
to the second paper feed section.
The Paper feed clutch ON/OFF control is explained as follows.
Paper Feed Clutch ON Timing Control

Angle of Paper feed clutch ON Timing = <Standard angle of Paper feed clutch ON timing]> +
<Correction value-Fixed> + <Adjustment value> + <Correction value-Variable>.

<Standard angle of Paper feed clutch ON Timing>
57.1 degrees
<Correction Value-Fixed>
-5 degrees
<Adjustment Value>
Normal Paper: By operating Test Mode No. 0741
Adjustable Range from -20 degrees to +20 degrees
Card Paper: By operating Test Mode No. 0745
<Correction Value-Variable>
Vertical Print Position Correction:
Correction Value = Vertical Print Position (mm) x 0.6623
Chart 1
Adjustment Value
Custom upper Paper feed clutch Correction Correction
limit position Paper Type ON value Adjustable value Remarks
Name of adjustment Test Mode
adjustment standard angle (Fixed) Range (Variable)
Paper feed clutch

Normal 0741
ON angle adjustment
Paper feed
Automatic
pressure
adjustment Paper feed clutch Vertical print position
lever
Card (-5 degrees) ON angle adjustment 0745 correction (degrees)
(-20 to +20
(57.1 degrees) (Card) [Vertical print
degrees)
position (mm) x
0.6623] 6 patterns
Manual Paper feed clutch (A-1 to A-6)
Custom
adjustment ON timing can be
registered
0410

IMAGETEC
Paper Feed Clutch OFF Timing Control

Angle of Paper feed clutch OFF Timing = <Standard Angle of Paper feed clutch OFF Timing]> +
<Correction value-Fixed> + <Adjustment value> + <Correction value-Variable>.

<Standard Angle of Paper feed clutch OFF Timing>
15.2 degrees
<Correction Value-Fixed>
+5 degrees
<Adjustment Value>
Normal Paper: By operating Test Mode No. 0742
Card Paper: By operating Test Mode No. 0744
<Correction Value-Variable>
Refer to chart 3 for the detail.
Chart 2
Adjustment Value
Custom upper Paper feed clutch Correction Correction
limit position Paper Type OFF value Adjustable value Remarks
Name of adjustment Test Mode
adjustment standard angle (Fixed) Range (Variable)
Paper feed clutch

Normal 0742
OFF angle adjustment
Paper feed
Automatic
pressure Paper feed
adjustment Paper feed clutch
lever clutch OFF
Card (+5 degrees) OFF angle adjustment 0744 (-20 to +20
(15.2 degrees) (Refer to
(Card) degrees)
chart 3 shown
below.) 6 patterns
Manual Paper feed clutch (A-1 to A-6)
Custom
adjustment OFF timing can be
registered.
0411
Chart 3
Correction Correction Correction

Print Speed Print Speed Print Speed
Value (degrees) Value (degrees) Value (degrees)
10 rpm (0) 70 rpm (-2.5) 130 rpm (-8.0)
20 rpm (-0.5) 80 rpm (-3.5)
30 rpm (-0.5) 90 rpm (-4.0)
40 rpm (-1.0) 100 rpm (-5.0)
50 rpm (-1.5) 110 rpm (-6.0)
60 rpm (-2.0) 120 rpm (-7.0)

0412

IMAGETEC
Custom Paper Feed Adjustment (from the Function tab of the operation panel)
< Not available on EZ2 and EZ3 >
From the Function tab of the LCD display, chose the Paper Feed Adj. button and open the paper
adjustment screen.
By selecting the Manual button, the screen shown as Fig.1, below, appears. The Paper feed tray upper
limit position and paper buckle amount can be adjusted.
By pressing the Specific button at the bottom-right-hand-corner of the screen (Fig.1), the screen changes
(ref: Fig.2). The Fig.2 screen has the adjustment values for the Paper feed clutch ON and OFF timing
adjustment.
Press OK button after making the adjustment. The screen changes to as shown by Fig.3. The adjusted
values are registered, up to six, by using the <A-1> to <A-6> buttons, as shown on Fig.3.
In printing operation, by recalling one specific button from <A-1> to <A-6>, the selected paper feed
adjustment setting is applied on the printing job.
By press Manual button in the Fig.1 followed by OK button in the Fig.2, regardless of with or without
changing the adjustment value or recalling registered value, the adjustment values show on Fig.1 and
Fig.2 will be maintain until the machine power is turned OFF.
Fig. 1
Adjustments made by the Fig. 1 Screen
< Paper feed tray upper limit position >
Selects the stop position of the Paper feed tray.
+ 1 : Card paper position
0 : Standard paper position
- 1 : Custom paper position
< Paper buckle amount >

0413 Selects the Paper feed clutch OFF timing in regard to the
pre-programmed print drum angle.
Fig. 2
Adjustable range: - 8 degrees to + 8 degrees.
(Adjustable by unit of 2 degrees.)
Adjustments made by the Fig.2 Screen

< Paper feed clutch ON Timing >
Selects the Paper feed clutch ON timing in regard to the
pre-programmed print drum angle
0414
(Adjustable by unit of 1 degree.)
Fig. 3
< Paper feed clutch OFF Timing >
Selects the Paper feed clutch OFF timing in regard to the
pre-programmed print drum angle
(Adjustable by unit of 1 degree.)
0415

IMAGETEC
7. Paper Stripping Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The Scraper and Pickup roller rotate to transport paper from the Paper feed tray to the Stripper pad. The
Pickup roller and the Stripper pad transport only the uppermost sheet into the machine.
The Stripper pad is pressed against the Pickup roller by the Stripper spring, which applies resistance to
the paper being transported to ensure only a single sheet of paper is fed at a time.
Use the Stripper angle adjuster to adjust the Stripper pad angle.
Pickup roller
Stripper pad
Stripper spring
Stripper pad angle adjustment dial
0416
0417
Adjustment of Stripper pad angle

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Unit
O O O O O O
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray all the way down and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Close the Paper feed tray and remove the Hinge cover by removing screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Open the Paper feed tray and remove the Flat wire harness cover by removing screw (M3 x 5 screw;
1 pc).
(4) Remove the Connector cover by removing screw (M3 x 5 screw; 1 pc).
(5) Pull out the Flat wire harness from the connector and unhook the Wire harness holder from the
Paper feed tray mount.
(6) Remove E-rings (1pc each) on the left and right of the Paper feed tray unit, and remove the tray unit
from the machine.
Flat wire cable cover
Connector cover
0418
Paper feed tray unit
Flat wire cable holder
Flat wire cable
Hinge cover
Paper feed tray mount
0419 0420

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Paper Detection Sensor, Paper Size Detection Sensor and Paper Width
Potentiometer

O O O O O O
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray all the way down, switch OFF the power to the machine. Remove the
Paper feed tray unit from the machine. (Refer to the previous page.)
(2) Remove screws (3 x 8 screw; 7 pcs) and remove the Paper feed tray bottom frame.
Paper feed tray mount Paper feed tray bottom frame
0421

IMAGETEC
Removing the Paper Detection Sensor and Paper Size Detection Sensor
(3) Unplug connectors from each sensor and unhook the craws of the sensors and remove from the tray.

Removing the Paper Width Potentiometer
(3) Remove screws (M3 x 8 screw; 2 pcs), unplug the connector, and remove the Paper width
potentiometer.
Paper detection sensor
Paper width potentiometer
Paper size detection sensor
0422

Align the eye mark line on the Fence racks and Spur gear in a straight line and insert the Potentiometer
shaft through the Spur gear. Screw on the Paper width potentiometer on the Paper feed tray with the flat
cut on the shaft hole facing towards the eye mark line on the Spur gear. (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc)
Fence rack
Spur gear
0423
Paper width potentiometer Potentiometer shaft

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Scraper Roller and Pick Up Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O

Removing the Scraper Rollers
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray all the way down, and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Snap ring from the Scraper shaft, and remove the Metal bushing in the front.
(3) Slide the Scraper shaft to the rear and remove the Metal bushing from the Pickup unit frame body,
and remove the Scraper roller together with the Scraper shaft from underneath the Pickup unit frame
body.
(4) Slide out the Scraper roller from the Scraper shaft.
Caution:
Only the rubber wheel of the Scraper roller needs to be replaced if the roller is worn. The plastic core
of the roller can be reused. This is the same with the Pickup roller.
Pickup unit frame body Pickup ��

roller
0424
Scraper roller Snap ring Scraper shaft Snap ring
0425
Scraper roller Metal bushing
Scraper shaft Snap ring

IMAGETEC
Removing the Pickup Roller

(2) Remove the Snap ring from the Pickup shaft.
(3) Slide out the Pickup roller from the Pickup shaft.
Pickup shaft
0426
Pickup roller Snap ring

IMAGETEC

4. Removing the Paper Feed Roller Assembly
# O O # # #
(2) Remove the Paper feed cover by removing screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs).
(3) Remove a cap-screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc) and remove the paper feed roller assembly.
Paper feed cover
Paper feed roller assembly 0427
Cap screw(M4X8)
0428

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Button and Paper Feed Tray Upper Safety Switch
# O O # # #
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray all the way down and turn OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the following components.
- Paper feed cover
- Paper feed roller assembly
(3) Unplug three connectors. (EZ2/EV2 - two connectors)
(4) Remove the Paper feed tray upper safety switch spring.
(5) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screw; 3 pcs) and remove the First paper feed stay assembly.
0429
0430 0431
Upper safety switch spring
Connector
< First paper feed stay assembly > 0432

IMAGETEC
Removing the Paper feed tray button

(6) Unplug the connector and remove the Paper feed tray button after unhooking the hooks ( two
locations).
Removing the Paper feed tray upper safety switch

(6) Unplug the connector, remove screws (M3 x 14 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Upper safety switch.
0432
Paper feed tray button
Paper feed tray upper safety switch 0433

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Paper Feed Tray Upper Limit Sensor and Paper Feed Pressure Sensor
# O O # # #
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray fully down and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Paper feed cover.
(3) Remove the First paper feed stay assembly.
Removing the Paper feed upper limit sensor

(4) Unplug the connector and remove each sensor.
Removing the Paper feed pressure sensor

(4) Set the Paper feed pressure lever to “NORMAL”.
(5) Unplug the connector and remove the Paper feed pressure sensor.
0432
“Normal” side 0434
Paper feed pressure sensor Paper feed pressure lever

0435
Upper limit sensor B Upper limit sensor A

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Paper Feed Clutch EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Rear cover.
(2) Open the SH PCB bracket. (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs)
(3) Remove the mounting screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs) and remove the Pickup clutch bracket.
(5) Unplug the connector and remove the Paper feed clutch.

- Make sure not forget to insert the Clutch stopper on to the Clutch bracket.
Clutch bracket
Clutch stopper
0436

IMAGETEC
8. Removing the Elevator Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove Front cover. (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs) (M4 x 10 screw; 2 pcs) (Shoulder screw; 3 pcs)
(2) Remove Elevator spring on the machine front.
(3) Remove mounting screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc) and disconnect the ground wire.
(4) Unplug connector and remove the reusable band.
(5) Remove the E-ring, remove the mounting screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc), and remove the Elevator motor
unit.
Caution:
When removing the elevator motor unit, grasp the Paper feed tray to prevent the Paper feed tray from
rising abruptly, as the Elevator spring on the rear of the machine is still attached.
(6) Remove mounting screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Elevator motor cover.
(7) Remove mounting screws (M3 x 5 screw; 4 pcs) and remove the Motor cover.
(8) Remove the Helical spur gear.
(9) Unplug the connector, remove the mounting screws (M3 x 5 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Elevator
motor.
Elevator spring
Ground wire
Reuse band
Elevator motor cover
Elevator motor
0437
Elevator motor unit Motor cover
Helical spur gear

0438
IMAGETEC
9. Removing the Lower Limit Sensor and Paper Feed Tray Lower Safety Switch
O O O O O O
(1) Raise the Paper feed tray to the upper-limit position, then switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Rear cover (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs).
(3) Open the SH PCB bracket (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs).
Removing the Lower limit sensor

(4) Unplug the connector and remove the Lower limit sensor.
Removing the Paper feed tray lower safety switch

(5) Remove the Hinge (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs).
(6) Remove the Lower safety switch spring.
(7) Unplug the connector, remove the mounting screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc), and remove the Paper feed
tray lower safety switch together with the bracket.
Bracket for
Lower limit sensor
0439
Lower safety switch spring
Hinge
0440
IMAGETEC
10. Removing the Stripper Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray to the lower-limit position, then switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Lower the Lock knob and release the lock for the Stripper pad unit.
(3) Press the Stripper release lever and remove the Stripper unit.
Lock knob
0441
Stripper unit Stripper release lever

IMAGETEC
11. Removing the Stripper Pad Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Lower the Paper feed tray to the lower-limit position, switch OFF the machine power, and remove the
Stripper unit.
(2) Manually lift and remove the Stripper pad assembly.
< Precautions for installation >

- Position the edge of the Stripper pad (indicated by the arrows) against the Stripper pad base (indicated
by the arrows) when attaching the Stripper pad. <Refer to the sketch on the bottom.>
Stripper pad assembly
Stripper pad
Stripper base 0443
0444
Stripper cover
Stripper unit
0442
Stripper pad
Stripper base 0445

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. Upper Limit Sensor Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# O O # # #

Checks and adjustment procedures
(1) Remove paper from the Paper feed tray and set the Paper feed pressure lever to the <Normal>
position.
(2) Run Test Mode No. 0681 (Paper feed tray maximum up positioning) to lift the Paper feed tray. Bring
to a full stop.
(3) After the Paper feed tray comes to a complete stop, confirm that the gap between the Pickup roller
and the Paper feed tray ranges from 1.5 to 2.5 mm.
(4) If the measured value falls outside this range, adjust by inserting a flat-head screwdriver through the
opening in the Paper feed cover and turn the Upper limit adjustment shaft to move the Upper limit
sensor assembly up or down.
Caution:
Turning the Upper limit adjustment shaft clockwise lowers the Upper limit sensor assembly and
increases the gap.
Symptoms
(1) Setting the Upper limit sensor position too high increases the paper feed pressure and may result in
multiple paper feeds.
(2) Setting the Upper limit sensor position too low decreases paper feed pressure and may result in
paper feed failure.
Upper limit adjusting shaft Paper feed pressure lever Paper feed cover
0427
Pickup roller
1.5 -2.5mm
0429
Upper limit sensor assembly
Paper feed tray

0446

IMAGETEC
2. Stripper Pad Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
Adjustment procedure
(1) Switch the Paper feed pressure lever position to suit the paper type and begin printing.
(2) If a multiple paper feed or paper feed failure occurs, adjust the Stripper pad angle or Stripper pad
pressure.
Countermeasure
1) When multiple paper feeds occur:
- Turn the Stripper pad angle adjuster clockwise to increase the stripper pad angle (increase the angle).
2) When paper feed failures occur:

- Turn the Stripper pad angle adjuster counterclockwise to decrease the Stripper pad angle (decrease
the angle).
Make stripper angle steeper
Normal Stripper pad angle

adjustment dial
Make stripper angle flatter
0447

IMAGETEC
3. Paper Feed Clutch ON Angle Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
Checks and adjustment procedures O O O O O O
(1) Print and confirm that the paper feeds reliably and smoothly.
(2) If the timing is off for the first paper feed, launch test mode for the Paper feed clutch ON angle
adjustment and adjust, based on the paper type selection setting entered by the user. (For setting
procedures and related information, refer to the section on the test modes.)
(3) Repeat the steps from (1).
Caution: Refer page [4-8] for adjustment
Symptoms
If first paper feed timing is off, paper jams or print position deviations may occur.
4. Paper Feed Clutch OFF Angle Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
Checks and adjustment procedures O O O O O O
(1) Print and confirm that printing occurs smoothly.
(2) If the paper slack is excessive or inadequate and results in unsatisfactory printing results, launch test
mode for the Paper feed clutch OFF angle adjustment and make adjustments based on the paper
type selection setting entered by the user. (For setting procedures and related information, refer to
the section on test modes.)
(3) Repeat the steps from (1).
Caution: Refer page [4-8] for adjustment
Symptoms
If the paper slack is excessive or inadequate, paper will not transfer to the second paper feed
section, resulting in paper jams.
5. Paper Width Potentiometer Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Access into protected area test mode by activating Test Mode No. 9874.
(2) Open the paper fence to 105 mm width, and run Test Mode No.1102.
(3) Open the paper fence to 297 mm width, and run Test Mode No.1103.
(4) Open the paper fence to 105 mm width, and run Test Mode No.0721 to confirm whether the
adjustment ended correctly or not. Confirm that the display shows a value between 1020 and 1080
(1050 plus/minus 30).
(5) With Test Mode still in No.721, open the fence to 297 mm width, and make sure the indication shows
a value between 2940 and 3000 (2970 plus/minus 30).

Caution: When setting the fence to the given width for above adjustments, make sure to slide the fence
inward to the given width. Do not set to the given width by opening the fence. The fence must be
moved inward for correct for correct value reading.
Symptoms
If the adjustment is incorrect, the machine judges the paper on the tray to be in a different size. This
would result in either reduced or increased master making area, and may cause the Pressure roller
to become dirty with ink.

IMAGETEC
105 mm line
Fence
297 mm line
Fence
Paper feed tray
297 mm line
105 mm line
0402

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 6: SECOND PAPER FEED SECTION
Contents
Mechanism .................................................................................................2
1. Second Paper Feed Mechanism......................................................2
2. Vertical Print Position Control ..........................................................4
Disassembly................................................................................................6
1. Removing the Guide Roller...............................................................6
2. Removing the Paper Sensor.............................................................7
Removing the Paper Sensor (Receive)......................................7
Removing the Paper Sensor (Send)...........................................8
3. Removing the Timing Roller...........................................................10
<Working on the front of the machine>....................................11
<Working on the rear of the machine>.....................................11
4. Removing the Vertical Print Positioning HP Sensor.......................12
5. Removing the Print positioning Intermediate Gear.........................13
6. Removing the Idler Gear.................................................................14
7. Removing the Paper Feed Drive Unit.............................................15
8. Removing the Print Positioning Pulse Motor..................................18
Adjustment ...............................................................................................19
1. G-lever assembly Mounting Position Adjustment...........................19
2. Paper Feed Skew Adjustment........................................................20
3. Print Start Position Adjustment.......................................................21
4. Paper Sensor Adjustment...............................................................21

IMAGETEC
1. Second Paper Feed Mechanism O O O O O O
During the printing, the Sector gear cam and Timing cam rotate in counterclockwise direction.
The pull of the Sector gear spring pushes the Sector gear cam follower on the Sector gear assembly
against the Sector gear cam. Riding on the Sector gear cam, the Sector gear assembly makes pendulum
(swinging) action when the Sector gear cam rotates. The Sector gear transfers the drive to the Timing
gear.
The Timing gear has a built-in clutch to drive the Timing roller only when the gear rotates in the
counterclockwise direction by the clockwise swing of the Sector gear.
Due to the one-way clutch on the Timing gear, the Timing roller stays stationary when the Sector gear
swings in the counterclockwise direction to rotate the Timing gear in the clockwise direction.
To ensure that the Timing roller stops instantly when the Timing gear ends its counterclockwise rotation,
a Load spring is mounted on the operators side of the Timing roller to apply a brake on the Timing roller.
The Guide roller receives its rotation drive directly from the Timing roller. The Guide roller pressure
spring pulls the Guide roller down against the Timing roller to make the contact. When in contact, the
Guide roller makes its rotation when the Timing roller rotates. When the Timing cam pushes the G-lever
assembly down, the Guide roller rises and releases the contact with the Timing roller.
During the printing, as the first paper feed area sends the paper onto the second paper feed area, the
Guide roller is in contact with the Timing roller and stationary.
As the paper arrives, both the Timing roller and Guide roller rotate to pinch the paper in between and
transfers the paper onto the Print drum area for printing.
During the printing, as the rotation of the Timing roller ends, the Guide roller elevates up to disengage
from the Timing roller to let the paper go through into the printing area freely without any resistance.
Sector gear cam Sector gear assembly

Guide roller
Timing cam
Load spring
Timing roller
Sector gear spring
Timing Gear
0601
G lever assembly
Guide roller pressure spring

IMAGETEC
<At print drum Position-A>

When the Print drum comes Guide roller Timing cam
to its position-A, the G-lever
assembly is pushed down by
the Timing cam and the Guide
roller is raised up.
G lever assembly
0602
<First paper feed starts>

Guide roller Timing cam
When the first paper feed starts,
the Timing cam start rotating
counter-clockwise.
By this action, the G-lever
assembly also rotates counter-
clockwise and the Guide roller
pressure spring pulls the Guide
roller down against the Timing
roller, preventing the paper to
go any further into the machine.
Timing roller G lever assembly
0603
<Second paper feed starts>

When the first paper feed Guide roller Sector gear cam
operation ends, the rotation of
the Sector gear cam swings
the Sector gear assembly in
the clockwise direction. The
clockwise swing of the Sector
gear drives the Timing roller.
The Timing roller drives the
Guide roller with the paper
clamped in between, sending
the paper onto the printing area.
Timing roller Sector gear assembly
0604

IMAGETEC
2. Vertical Print Position Control EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Pressing the or button of the print position key on the Operation panel activates the Vertical print
positioning pulse motor. The rotation of the Vertical print positioning pulse motor swings the Vertical print
positioning assembly either to the clockwise or counterclockwise direction with the pivot on the Cam
shaft. The movement of the Vertical print positioning assembly rotates the Planetary gear. The Planetary
gear then rotates the Outer vertical positioning gear. The rotation of the Outer vertical positioning gear
offsets the position of both the Timing cam and Sector gear cam against the Print drum, causing the
vertical print position on the paper to change.
The vertical default (home) position is checked by the Vertical print positioning HP sensor.
Planetary gear Vertical print positioning pulse motor
Vertical print positioning assembly
Cam shaft
Outer vertical positioning gear

Vertical print
positioning HP sensor
Sector gear cam
Timing cam
0605

IMAGETEC
Pressing the key on the Operation panel (print image up)

When the key is pressed, the Vertical print positioning pulse motor moves the Vertical print
positioning assembly in the counterclockwise direction and the Outer vertical positioning gear in the
clockwise direction. The Sector gear cam, which is screwed onto the Outer vertical positioning gear, also
changes it position in clockwise direction together with the Outer vertical positioning gear.
Noting that the Outer vertical positioning gear and Sector gear cam rotates in the counterclockwise
direction during the printing, the Sector gear cam shifted clockwise from the default position delays the
timing of the Timing roller to start its rotation. The timing of the paper feeding into the printing area delays
and the print position on the paper goes up.
Vertical print positioning pulse motor

Vertical print positioning assembly
Sector gear cam
0606
Pressing the key on the Panel (print image down)

When the key is pressed, the Vertical print positioning pulse motor moves the Vertical print positioning
assembly in the clockwise direction and the Outer vertical positioning gear in the counterclockwise
direction. The Sector gear cam, which is screwed onto the Outer vertical positioning gear, also changes
it position in counterclockwise direction together with the Outer vertical positioning gear. Noting that the
Outer vertical positioning gear and Sector gear cam rotates in the counterclockwise direction during the
printing, the Sector gear cam shifted counterclockwise from the default position quickens the timing of
the Timing roller to start its rotation. The timing of the paper feeding into the printing area starts early and
the print position on the paper goes down.
0607

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Guide Roller O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the Print drum and switch off the machine power.
(2) Remove the Snap ring and Metal bushing then remove the Guide roller out of the machine
[ Precaution in assembly ]
Make sure that the Snap ring fits in the groove in the Guide roller, otherwise the Snap ring gets deformed
and may require replacement.
Guide roller
0608
Snap ring
Metal bushing
0609

IMAGETEC

2. Removing the Paper Sensor
O O O O O O
Removing the Paper Sensor (Receive)

(1) Remove the Print drum out from the machine and turn OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Guide roller.
(3) Remove Screws ( M3 x 8 screw: 2 pcs), and unplug the connector to remove the Guide plate (upper).
0610
Connector of the Paper sensor

(receive)
Guide plate (upper)
Paper sensor (receive)
Connectors of the Paper sensor

(receive)
This picture shows that the connector

unplugged and the Guide plate (upper)
already taken off from the above picture.
0611
Guide plate (upper) 0612

IMAGETEC
Removing the Paper Sensor (Send)

(1) Lower the Paper feed tray all the way down and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Lower the Lock knob to release the lock on the Stripper unit.
(3) Push the Stripper release lever and remove the Stripper unit from the machine.
(4) Remove Screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs) and remove the Stripper rear cover.
(5) Put a hand in the Guide plate, and remove a screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc), unplug the connector and
remove the Paper sensor (send) together with its bracket.
Stripper release lever
Lock Knob
0441
Stripper rear cover

0613
Refer to the 4 photographs on

page 6-9 for more detail.
0614

IMAGETEC
Viewing the Guide plate from the back
Connector of the Paper sensor

Guide Plate (send)
0615
0616
0617
0618

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Timing Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the Print drum and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Rear cover.
<Working on the rear of the machine>

(3) Open the PCB support plate of the Mechanical control PCB.
(4) Remove the Sector gear spring and the Guide roller pressure spring.
(5) Remove the Paper feed drive cover. (M4 x 8 screw; 5 pcs)
(6) Remove the Sector gear assembly by removing the E-ring.
Caution:
- Do not remove the Timing roller bearing plate. If it is removed by mistake, make sure to give enough
backlash between the Timing gear and Sector gear by pulling the Timing roller bearing plate
diagonally down in left-lower direction.
- When mounting the cover back, tighten the two screws first (shown by arrow marks on the photo.)
Paper feed drive cover
Timing roller bearing plate
Sector gear assembly 0619
Sector gear spring
0620

IMAGETEC
<Working on the front of the machine>

(7) Remove a Screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc) from the Load spring collar. Then remove Load spring and
Load spring collar.
(8) Remove the Washer, and also the Bearing from the Timing roller adjusting plate.

To mount the Load spring plate, rotate the Load spring plate in the arrow direction for a tight fit.
Load spring
Load spring collar Timing roller adjusting plate Washer Bearing
Load spring plate
0621 0622
<Working on the rear of the machine>

(9) Remove the E-ring, and disengage the Timing roller bearing assembly from the machine rear frame.
Then pull the bearing assembly out until it almost touches the Timing gear.
(10) Pull out the Timing roller from the opening on the rear frame of the machine.
Timing roller bearing assembly Timing gear
Timing roller
0623 0624
Mount the Sector gear spring and Guide roller pressure spring only at the very last, after the Paper feed
drive cover is mounted. This is to allow the Guide roller shaft to fit correctly in the Paper feed drive cover.

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Vertical Print Positioning HP Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Unplug the connector, and by removing a screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc), remove the Vertical print
positioning HP sensor off the machine together with the sensor bracket.
Vertical print positioning HP sensor
Connector of the Vertical

print positioning HP sensor
0625
0626

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Print positioning Intermediate Gear EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove the E-ring and remove the Print positioning intermediate gear.

When putting the Print positioning intermediate gear back on the machine, insert the 8mm diameter Jig
shaft into the Position-B phase alignment hole on the paper feed area to align the gears in Position-B.
Print positioning intermediate gear
0627
Insert the 8mm diameter Jig

shaft into the Position-B phase
alignment hole on the paper
feed area.
0628

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Idler Gear EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove the Print positioning intermediate gear (Refer to page 6-13).
(4) Remove E-ring and remove the Idler gear together with the Idler spring by unhooking the spring from
the Vertical print positioning base.

Insert the shorter end of the Idler spring into the Idler gear. Then swing the Vertical print positioning
assembly in the counterclockwise direction until it stops. Mount the Idler gear with the small hole on the
gear positioned down and the hole aligned in straight line with the center of the Cam shaft. Finally hook
the longer end of the Idler spring onto the hole on the Vertical print positioning base.
Idler gear
Vertical print positioning base

Idler spring
Idler gear
Idler spring
Vertical print positioning

assembly
Vertical positioning gear
0630
IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Paper Feed Drive Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch off the machine power, remove the Rear cover, and then swing open the PCB bracket of the
Mechanical control PCB.
(2) Insert jig shaft (8mm diameter) into the Position-B phase alignment hole on the Main shaft assembly
of the Main drive.
Jig shaft ( 8 mm diameter)

inserted into position-B
phase alignment hole on
the Main shaft assembly
0626
(3) Remove the following parts :
- Sector gear spring
- Guide roller pressure spring
- Paper feed drive cover Paper feed drive cover Sector gear assembly
- Sector gear assembly
- Continues on next page -
0628
Guide roller pressure spring Sector gear spring

IMAGETEC
(4) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the G-lever assembly.
(5) Unplug the connector of the Vertical print positioning pulse motor.
(6) Unplug the connector of the Vertical print positioning HP sensor, and unhook the Reuse band.
(7) Remove screws ( M4 x 8 screw; 5 pcs) of the Paper feed drive unit. Then unhook the Paper feed
drive unit from the machine while rotating the G-lever assembly to the right by hand, making a way
for the unit to come out. Remove the unit from the machine.
Catch of Vertical print positioning base unit Connector of Vertical print

positioning pulse sensor
Paper feed drive unit
Vertical print positioning

HP sensor
Connector of Vertical print

positioning HP sensor
Reuse band
0631
G lever assembly
<Precaution on assembly>
Refer to the page on the [Adjustment: 1. G-lever assembly Mounting Position Adjustment] on page 6-19
for in mounting the G-lever back on the machine.
- Precaution on assembly continues on next page -

IMAGETEC
<Precaution on assembly>
Mount the Paper feed drive unit on the machine so that one positioning mark on the Main gear aligns in
between the two positioning marks on the Inner vertical positioning gear, making sure that 8mm diameter
jig shafts are inserted into the Position-B phase alignment holes on the Main drive and Paper feed drive
area to align all to the machine Position-B.
Alignment marks
Paper feed drive unit

8mm dia. x 160mm jig
0632
Main Gear Inner vertical positioning gear

IMAGETEC

8. Removing the Print Positioning Pulse Motor
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power, remove the Rear cover, and swing open the PCB bracket of the
Mechanical control PCBs.
(2) Remove the Paper feed drive unit from the machine.
(3) To prevent the Idler spring from moving the Vertical print positioning assembly, insert 8mm diameter
jig shaft into the Position-B phase alignment hole on the Paper feed drive unit.
(4) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screw; 2 pcs) and remove the Vertical print positioning pulse motor.
Vertical print positioning pulse

Vertical print positioning assembly Idler spring
motor
Inner vertical
positioning gear
Outer vertical
positioning gear
< Paper feed drive unit > 0633

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. G-lever assembly Mounting Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Run Test mode No.889 (G-lever mounting position) and then switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Rear cover.
(4) Confirm that a gap between the Timing cam and Bearing of G-lever assembly is less than 0.3mm.
(5) If this gap is out of specification, adjust the position of the G-lever assembly as described on the next
steps (6) and (7).
(6) Loosen the two screws on the G-lever assembly which mounts the G-lever onto the Release base.
(7) Push the G-lever cam follower against the Timing cam and retighten the two screws, making sure
that the G-lever cam follower is touching the Timing cam.
Timing Cam
Bearing of G-lever assembly
G-lever assembly
Release base
0619

IMAGETEC
2. Paper Feed Skew Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
(1) Load A3-size papers on the Paper feed tray, run Test mode No. 81 to make cross-line image, and
make 5 prints, and use the 5th print to check.
(2) Measure the distance (A) from the left edge of the paper to the first vertical line at the top of the
sheet.
(3) Measure the distance (B) from the left edge of the paper to the first vertical line at the bottom of the
sheet.
(4) Measure the total distance (C) from the top horizontal line to the bottom line on the left side of the
sheet.
(5) Confirm that (A - B) / C x 100 is less than 0.5%.
(6) If the skew is more than 0.5%, loosen one screw on the Guide roller adjusting plate and two screws
on the Timing roller adjusting plate, and slide the two plates in the same direction in the same
amount.
* Moving the plates one graduation on the scale changes the paper skew by 0.25%.
* Moving the plates in the F imprint direction moves the image at the bottom of the sheet to the right,
and moving in the R imprint direction moves the image at the bottom of the sheet to the left.
Guide roller adjusting plate
A
TOP
0608
Timing roller adjusting plate
BOTTOM 0634 0621

B

IMAGETEC
3. Print Start Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Important: Before making this adjustment, make sure that both the Master clamp range adjustment
and Write start position adjustment are correctly adjusted. (Refer to the chapter on master making.)
(1) Load A3-size papers on the Paper feed tray, run Test mode No. 80 to make checker-flag image, and
make 10 prints at speed 3 and use the 10th print to check.
(2) Measure the distance from the leading edge of the paper to the top of the image and confirm that the
measurement is 4 mm plus/minus 1 mm.
(3) If the length is out of the specified range, make adjust using Test mode No. 970 (Vertical print
position HP adjustment).
4. Paper Sensor Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
When the Paper sensor is replaced, be sure to make the Paper sensor adjustment by activating Test
Mode as given in the following steps.
Adjustment procedure
(1) Place white (pure white color) sheet of paper, which the customer uses the most, in between the
Paper sensor (send) and the Paper sensor (receive).
(2) Go into test mode and run test mode No. 705 [Automatic paper sensor adjustment].
(3) The adjustment ends automatically with the panel message [END]. After confirming this message,
press the [C] key on the panel. <Still keep the machine in the test mode.>
(4) Run test mode No. 722 and confirm that the panel display shows a number between 236 and 260 (248
plus/minus 12).
(5) If correct number is achieved, the adjustment is finished. Remove the paper out from the machine.

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 7: PRESS SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Press Mechanism.............................................................................2
2. Pressure Control Mechanism...........................................................4
Disassembly ...............................................................................................5
1. Removing the Pressure Roller .........................................................5
2. Removing the Pressure Lever:Spring & Pressure Lever;Cam.........6
3. Removing the Pressure Lever Shock Absorber................................7
4. Removing the Pressure HP Sensor..................................................8
5. Removing the Pressure Control Pulse Motor...................................9
Adjustment ...............................................................................................10
1. Mounting Position of the Pressure Lever.......................................10

IMAGETEC
1. Press Mechanism O O O O O O
At the start of a printing job, the Pressure solenoid turns ON when the Print drum rotates to a given
angle, and tries to unhook the Solenoid lever away from the Pressure lever;cam which is still engaged
until the Print drum makes further rotation.
As the Print drum continues to rotate, the cam follower on the Pressure shaft;cam start to ride on the
high portion of the Pressure cam, making the Pressure lever;cam to swing in the clockwise direction with
its pivot on the Pressure shaft. As the lever starts to ride on the highest point on the cam, it touches and
starts to swing the Pressure lever;spring in the clockwise direction. As the Pressure lever;spring swings
in the clockwise direction with the pivot at the Pressure shaft, the Solenoid lever disengages and allows
the Pressure solenoid to pull the Solenoid lever further in, completely disengaging it from the Pressure
lever:spring.
As the Print drum rotates further, the Pressure lever;cam starts to ride on the lower portion of the
Pressure cam, causing the lever to swing back in the counterclockwise direction. The Pressure
lever;spring, freed from the Pressure lever;cam, is pulled by the Pressure spring to rotates in the
counterclockwise direction, rotating the Pressure shaft in the counterclockwise direction together.
The counterclockwise direction rotation of the Pressure shaft lifts the Pressure roller up and press
against the Print drum.
When the Master clamp base of the Print drum approaches the Pressure roller, the Pressure cam pushes
the Pressure lever;cam in the clockwise direction and lowers the pressure roller so the roller does not hit
the Master clamp base.
The Pressure solenoid is kept ON all through the printing job. The solenoid goes OFF when the Print
drum comes to a given angle at the end of the printing job.
Master clamp base Print drum

Pressure cam
Pressure lever;spring
Pressure spring
Pressure lever;cam
Pressure solenoid
Solenoid lever Pressure shaft
Main motor
0701

IMAGETEC
Pressure roller is raised

Print drum
Pressure cam
Pressure roller
Pressure lever;cam
Pressure shaft
0702
Print drum
Pressure roller is lowered
Master clamp base
0703

IMAGETEC
2. Pressure Control Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

X O O X O O
No pressure control mechanism on EZ2 & EV2.
Pressing the or button of the print density key on the Operation panel activates the Pressure
control pulse motor and moves the Pressure spring tension plate. The movement of the Pressure spring
tension plate changes the tension of the Pressure spring. This changes the amount of the pull applied on
the Pressure lever;spring, and changes the print density by changing how hard the Pressure roller hits
against the Print drum. The Pressure control pulse motor activates only when the machine is in motion.
The printing pressure varies depending on the printing speed, print density settings, ink color, how long
the Print drum was not used and internal temperature of the Print drum. The Pressure HP sensor detects
the home position of the printing pressure.
Pressure control pulse motor Pressure lever;spring
0704
Pressure spring tension plate
Pressure spring
Pressure HP sensor

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Pressure Roller O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the Print drum and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Insert a screwdriver through the hole of the Front frame, and remove the Shouldered screw.
(3) Pull the Pressure roller forward until the Bearing disengages from the Roller adjustment plate, and
then lift the Pressure roller up to remove.
Shoulder screw Pressure roller Bearing Roller adjustment plate
0705
Through the hole of front frame

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Pressure Lever:Spring & Pressure Lever;Cam EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
(1) Remove the Main belt. O O O O O O

(2) Unhook the Follower spring.
(3) Loosen Cap screws (M6 x 10 screw; 2 pcs), and remove the Pressure lever;spring and Pressure
lever;cam from the Pressure shaft.
< Precaution in reassembly >

Make sure to adjust the mounting position of the Pressure lever;spring. (Refer to page 7-10)
Pressure lever;spring Pressure lever;cam
0706
Pressure shaft Follower spring

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Pressure Lever Shock Absorber EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Main cover assembly.
(2) Remove Cap screws (M3 x 6 cap screw; 2 pcs) and then remove the Pressure lever cushion
assembly.
Cap Screws
0707
Pressure lever cushion assembly 0708

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Pressure HP Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X O O X O O
Power supply PCB.
(2) Remove the Pressure HP sensor from the machine together with the sensor bracket by disconnecting
the connector and a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
0704
Pressure HP sensor Connector of the Pressure HP sensor

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Pressure Control Pulse Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X O O X O O
(1) Switch off the machine power, remove the Rear cover, and swing open the PCB bracket of the
Power supply PCB.
(2) Remove the Pressure spring.
(3) Unplug the connector from the Pressure HP sensor and remove the Reuse band.
(4) Unplug the connector from the Pressure control pulse motor.
(5) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 3 pcs), and remove the Pressure control unit from the machine.
(6) Remove the Pressure control pulse motor from the Pressure control unit by removing screws (M3 x 6
screw; 2 pcs).
Connector of Pressure control pulse motor
Pressure control pulse motor
Pressure control unit
Reuse band
Connector of Pressure HP sensor
0704
Pressure control unit 0709

IMAGETEC
Adjustment

1. Mounting Position of the Pressure Lever
O O O O O O
Power supply PCB and Mechanical control PCB.
(2) Remove the Main cover assembly. (Refer to Chapter 3)
(3) Hook the Pressure spring onto the Pressure lever;spring and let the spring hang loose.
(4) Unhook the Solenoid lever from the Pressure lever;spring and allowing the Pressure roller to contact
the Print drum by the weight of the Pressure spring hooked on the Pressure lever;spring.
(5) With the cam follower of the Pressure lever;cam touching the pressure cam, confirm that the
engraved line on the Pressure lever;spring aligns in between the two engraved lines on the Pressure
lever;cam.
Pressure lever;spring Pressure cam Pressure lever;cam
Pressure spring 0706

Solenoid lever
Pressure lever;cam
0711
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 7- 10

IMAGETEC
(6) If step (5) is out of the specification, remove the Pressure spring and loosen the two Cap screws on
the Pressure lever;spring.
(7) Align the hole on the Pressure lever;spring with the position-B phase alignment hole, and insert
the 8mm diameter JIG shaft through the two holes to fix the position of the Pressure lever;spring in
position.
(8) Insert a 4mm Allen wrench through the hole on the tip of the Pressure shaft and rotate the Allen
wrench in the counterclockwise direction as shown on the photograph below, so the Pressure roller
touches the Print drum very lightly. Tighten the two Cap screws on the Pressure lever;spring while
pushing the Pressure lever:spring towards the machine frame. Tighten Cap screw A first and then B.
(9) Recheck whether the Pressure lever;spring is attached in a correct position or not by repeating steps
(3) to (5) on the previous page and if the position is still incorrect, repeat the adjustments listed from (6)
to (8) on this page.
8mm dia. x 160mm jig Pressure lever;spring
4 mm Allen wrench Pressure shaft 0712
Symptoms
- If the engraved line on the Pressure lever;spring goes out to the left of the two lines on the Pressure
lever;cam, the pressure will is too weak and the printing density may become too light. Also the up-and-
down motion of the Pressure roller is out of the correct timing, and it may result in ink leakage from the
Print drum.
- If the engraved line on the Pressure lever;spring goes out to the right of the two lines on the Pressure
lever;cam, the pressure is too strong. Also, the distance in which the Pressure roller escapes from the
Clamp plate base assembly becomes less, and the Pressure roller may hit the Clamp plate. In addition
to the too much pressure, the up-and-down motion of the Pressure roller becomes out of timing, and may
result in ink leakage from the Print drum.
IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 8: PAPER EJECTION SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Paper Ejection Mechanism...............................................................2
2. Paper Separator Mechanism............................................................3
3. Paper-Ejection-Wing Mechanism.....................................................4
Disassembly................................................................................................7
1. Removing the Paper Receiving Tray................................................7
2. Removing the Suction Unit...............................................................8
3. Removing the Paper Ejection Motor and Paper Ejection
Motor FG Sensor............................................................................10
4. Removing the Paper Ejection Wing HP Sensor..............................11
5. Removing the Paper Ejection Wing Pulse Motor............................12
6. Removing the Paper Ejection Sensor.............................................13
7. Removing the Suction Belts............................................................14
8. Removing the Separation Fan Unit.................................................16
9. Removing the Separator.................................................................18
10. Removing the Separation Lever.....................................................19
Adjustment ...............................................................................................20
1. Separator Mounting Position..........................................................20

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. Paper Ejection Mechanism # O O # O O
Only one separation fan on EZ2 & EV2.
The printed paper is removed from the Print drum by the Separator, and air blown from the Separator
and two Separation fans. The papers are then ejected out on the Paper receiving tray by the Suction
belts.
The Suction belts are driven by the Paper ejection motor, and Suction fan located under the Suction belts
pulls the papers onto the Suction belts. There is a Paper ejection sensor on the Suction unit to confirm
whether the paper is correctly received from the Print drum and ejected out on the Paper receiving tray.
The FG sensor disc on the shaft of the Paper ejection motor is monitored by the Paper ejection motor
FG sensor to check the motor rotation speed to ensure that the Suction belts are driven at a speed faster
than the circumferential speed of the Print drum for smooth paper transfer from the Print drum onto the
Paper receiving tray.
Separator
Paper ejection sensor FG disc Paper ejection motor Separation fan

Direction of Paper Flow
Suction belt
Paper ejection wing pulse motor
0801

IMAGETEC
2. Paper Separator Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The tip of the Separator is positioned close to the Print drum surface when separating the paper from
the Print drum. As the Print drum rotates and the Clamp plate base approaches the Separator, the cam
follower on the Separator lever assembly rides on the high part of the cam, which is attached behind the
Main gear.
The high part of the cam on the Main gear pushes the Separator lever assembly down. This action
rotates the Separator shaft and brings the tip of the Separator down, away from the Print drum to clear
the Clamp plate base on the Print drum.
During the removal and insertion of the Print drum into the machine, the tip of the Separator needs to
move away from the Print drum to prevent being hit by the Print drum. Release arm attached on the
Slide rail pushes the Release lever and rotates the Separator shaft to move the tip of the Separator
down, away from the Print drum during the Print drum removal and insertion.
Main gear
Separator lever
assembly
Separator UP Separator DOWN
Separator
0803
0802
Print drum Slide rail
Release arm
Release lever
Separator Separator shaft
0804

IMAGETEC
3. Paper-Ejection-Wing Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

# # O # # O
Manual wing movement on EZ3 & EV3.
Fixed position wings on EZ2 & EV2.
The position of the paper ejection wings are automatically selected by the size of the paper.
The wing position is changed by the M-wing cam and S-wing cam, both rotated by the Paper ejection
wing pulse motor.
The M-wing cam lifts or lowers the two M-wing by moving the Joint plate-M up or down.
The S-wing cam lifts or lowers the two S-wing by moving the Joint plate-S up or down.
The Paper ejection wing HP sensor detects the home position of the wings.
Four wing positions exist. Of the four positions, the three positions are determined by the width of the
paper on the Paper feed tray, and the Paper feed pressure lever position. The fourth position, which
is the custom paper ejecting position, is effective only after the field serviceman inputs data using test
mode No. 780 (Paper ejection wing fixed position). The Paper Feed Adj. setting from the Functions tab
on the operations panel has no link with the paper ejection wing position.
S-wing
M-wing
S-wing M-wing
0805
Joint plate-M Joint plate-S Paper ejection wing pulse motor
W-wing cam
Paper ejection wing HP sensor S-wing cam 0806

IMAGETEC
Automatic paper-ejection-wings <EZ5 & EV5 Only>
(1) Both the M-wing and Belt roller are at high position, and S-wing is lowered. This wing position is
when the Paper feed pressure levers is set to NORMAL and the paper width is wider than B4/Legal.
(Equivalent to 1,434 pulses.)
0807
M-wing Belt roller
(2) Both the M-wing and Belt roller is at low position, and S-wing is raised. This wing position is when
the Paper feed pressure levers is set to NORMAL and the paper width is narrower than B4/Legal.
(Equivalent to 717 pulses.)
0808
S-wing
(3) The M-wing, Belt roller and S-wing are all at low position. This wing position is when the Paper feed
pressure levers is set to CARD for any paper size. (Equivalent to 0 pulse: Home Position.)
0809
(4) Custom paper ejection wing position, to be set by a field serviceman by Test Mode No. 780 (Paper
ejection wing fixed position selection). When the serviceman inputs values on Test Mode No. 780,
the machine operator will be able to select this fixed wing position from the Operation panel through
the [Jump Wing Control] key.

IMAGETEC
Manual paper-ejection-wings <EZ3 & EV3 Only>
0838
0839
Fixed paper-ejection-wings <EZ2 & EV2 Only>
0840

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
O O O O O O
1. Removing the Paper Receiving Tray
(1) Open the Paper receiving tray to an angle of about 45 degrees and lift it vertically upwards to remove
from the machine.
Paper receiving tray
0810

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Suction Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# # O # # O
(1) Pull out the Print drum from the machine.
(2) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Paper receiving tray.
(3) Remove the Paper ejection cover by removing screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs).
(4) Disconnect the connector, remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs) and pull out the Suction unit while
lifting it up.
Connector of the Suction Unit
0811
Suction unit
Suction Unit

IMAGETEC

To mount the Suction unit back on the machine, insert the cutouts of on the Suction unit (Right and Left)
into the shafts on the front side and left side of the Machine frame.
Cutout Cutout
Suction unit 0812
Machine frame shaft
Machine frame;Front 0813 Machine frame;Rear 0814

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Paper Ejection Motor and Paper Ejection Motor FG Sensor
O O O O O O
(1) Switch off the machine power and remove following components .
- Paper receiving tray
- Paper ejection cover
- Suction unit
(2) Remove the Timing belt.
(3) Remove screws (M4 x 5 screw; 2pcs), disconnect the connector and remove the Paper ejection
motor.
(4) Disconnect the connector and remove the Paper ejection motor FG sensor.

To attach the Paper ejection motor, make tension adjustment of the Timing belt.
<Rear view of the Suction Unit> 0812
Timing belt
0815
Paper ejection motor Paper ejection motor FG sensor 0816

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Paper Ejection Wing HP Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X X O X X O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove following components .
- Suction unit
(2) Disconnect the connector, and remove the Paper ejection wing HP sensor.
0812
Connector of the Paper ejection Paper ejection wing HP sensor 0817
wing HP sensor

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Paper Ejection Wing Pulse Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X X O X X O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove following components .
- Suction unit
(2) Remove both the Joint plate-M and Joint plate-S by removing screws (M3 x 8 screws; 2 pcs each).
Joint plate-M Joint plate-S 0812
(3) Remove E-ring and remove the W-wing cam shaft.

(4) Disconnect the connector, and remove the Paper ejection wing pulse motor by removing screws (M3
x 8 screw; 2 pcs).
Connector of the E-ring W-wing cam shaft

0818

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Paper Ejection Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the following components.
- Suction unit
(2) Remove the Suction fan by removing screws (M4 x 40 screw; 3 pcs).
(3) Remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1pc), disconnect the connector, and remove the Paper ejection
sensor together with the sensor bracket.
Suction fan
0812
Paper ejection sensor bracket
0819
Paper ejection sensor
0820
0821

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Suction Belts EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# O O # O O
Joint plate M & S not used on EZ2 & EV2.
(1) Switch off the machine power and remove the following components.
- Suction unit
(2) Remove the Timing belt.
(3) Remove both the Joint plate-M and Joint plate-S by removing screws (M3 x 8 screw; 2 pcs each).
(4) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 4 pcs), disconnect the connector and remove the Suction upper
assembly.
- continues to next page -
Joint plate-M Joint plate-S
Timing belt
0822
Connector of
the Suction
unit
< Suction upper assembly > 0823

IMAGETEC
(5) Remove the Suction box by removing screws (M3 x 8 screw; 4 pcs).
(6) Lift the Driven shaft assembly with a finger, unhook it from the Suction upper assembly and remove
the Driven shaft assembly.
(7) Remove the Suction belts by first dropping them in the gap between the S-wing and transfer base to
ease the tension of the belts.
Caution: In attaching the Suction belts, the shiny side of the belt shout face outside.
Suction box
Suction unit top plate 0823
0824 0825
Driven shaft assembly S-wing Suction belts
Suction unit top

plate
0826

IMAGETEC
8. Removing the Separation Fan Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
# O O # O O
Only one Separation fan used on EZ2 & EV2
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Paper receiving tray.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screw; 2 pcs), unplug the connector, and remove the Separation fan.
Separation fan unit
0827
Connector of
the Separation
fan unit
<Separation fan unit> 0828

IMAGETEC
< Precautions in Reassembly >

(1) Insert the cutouts on the Separation fan unit into the shafts on the front side and left side of the
Machine frame.
(2) Fit the flat pins on the Machine frame into the small rectangular holes on the far right and far left of
the Separation fan unit to mount the Separation fan unit on the machine.
Machine frame shaft
Machine frame;Front 0813 Machine frame;Rear 0814
Cutout Cutout
0829
<Separation fan unit> 0828 <Cutout; detail view>
Flat pins on the machine frame inserted through the rectangular holes on the separation fan unit.
0827

IMAGETEC
9. Removing the Separator EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the following components.
- Separation fan unit
(2) Pinch the Power-band, slide it away from the Separator, and pull the Air hose off the Separator.
(3) Remove the Cap screws (M3 x 8 cap screw; 2 pcs) and remove the Separator from the shaft.

The pinch knobs on the Power band should face towards you, as shown on the photograph when
mounting it on the Air hose.
Separator
0830
Power band Air hose

IMAGETEC
10. Removing the Separation Lever EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Main shaft assembly. (Refer to chapter 3)
(2) Remove the Cap screw (M3 x 10 cap screw; 1 pc) and remove the Separator lever assembly.
0827
Separator lever Pressure lever;spring

IMAGETEC
Adjustment

1. Separator Mounting Position
O O O O O O

(1) Using Test Chart No.15, create a master and make prints. Confirm that neither paper jamming on
the drum nor black thin line appears on the prints (5mm white margin is given on top of the prints to
check the paper jamming on the drum).
(2) If paper jams on the Drum or a thin black line appears on the prints, remove the Print drum from
the machine and remove the Print drum front cover. Return the Print drum back in the machine and
switch OFF the machine power.
(3) Loosen the two mounting screws on the Separator adjusting plate (one located at the right of the
Print drum and the other on the Machine frame inside the machine on the paper receiving side).
- continues on next page -
Master making unit

0832
Mounting screw
0833
Print drum
<View of the front of the machine in between the Print drum and Master making unit.>
Separator adjusting plate
Mounting screw
0834
<View from the paper receiving area>
IMAGETEC
(4) Move the Separator adjusting plate up or down to adjust the position of the Separator against the
Print drum, looking at the gap between the Print drum and the tip of the Separator through the hole
on the Drum front frame of the Print drum. The gap between the Separator and Print drum should
be adjusted to within 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm
Tighten two mounting screws after the adjustment.
NOTE:
1. Make the adjustment with the Print drum at Position-B.
2. One scale marking on the Separator adjusting plate changes the Separator position by 1 mm.
Drum front frame
Print drum
0835 0836
Separator
Print drum
Separator adjusting plate
Scale marking
1m
m+
Separator
- 0.
5m
m
0837
Symptoms
(1) If the tip of the Separator touches the Print drum surface, the surface of the master is scratched,
causing a black line in the center of the prints.
(2) If the gap is too wide, the Separator does not lift the paper off the Print drum and causes paper jam
on the Print drum.

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 9: PRINT DRUM SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Master on the Drum Check Mechanism (Before Printing)................2
2. Print Drum Set Mechanism ..............................................................3
3. Print Drum Rotation Mechanism ......................................................4
4. Inking Mechanism.............................................................................5
Disassembly................................................................................................6
1. Removing the Print Drum Lock Sensor, Print Drum Lock Solenoid,
Drum Safety Switch..........................................................................6
Removing the Print drum lock sensor.........................................6
Removing the Print drum lock solenoid......................................7
Removing the Drum safety switch..............................................7
2. Removing the Screen Assembly.......................................................8
3. Removing the Master Clamp Base Assembly................................10
4. Removing the Drum Body . ............................................................11
5. Removing the Ink Scraper F & R....................................................14
6. Removing the Ink Pump Assembly.................................................15
7. Removing the Ink Bottle Guide Assembly......................................16
8. Removing the Ink Bottle Lock Assembly & Antenna PCB..............17
Removing the Ink Bottle Lock Assembly..................................17
Removing the Antenna Module................................................17
9. Removing the Ink Sensor PCB.......................................................19
10. Removing the Drum PCB...............................................................21
11. Removing the Drum Joint . ............................................................22
12. Removing the Flange R.................................................................23
13. Removing the Flange F..................................................................24
14. Removing the Squeegee Roller.....................................................25
Adjustment................................................................................................30
1. Squeegee Gap Adjustment . ..........................................................30
2. Squeegee Pressure Balance Adjustment ......................................32
Adjustment in the FRONT........................................................32
Adjustment in the REAR...........................................................33

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. Master on the Drum Check Mechanism (Before Printing) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The machine checks for the presence of the master on the Print drum at the start of a print job.
With a push of the Start key to begin the printing operation, the Print drum starts to rotate and at drum
angle 56.5 degrees from the position-A, the Master loading sensor checks if a master is wrapped on the
Print drum or not.
Once the master is detected on the Print drum, the information is memorized on the machine and Master
loading sensor no longer checks for the master on the Print drum from the next printing job until the Print
drum is pulled out of the machine, or the power to the machine is turned OFF.
If the machine already knows that there is master on the Print drum, the machine goes immediately to
printing without looking for the master on the Print drum.
If the Master loading sensor does not detect master on the Print drum at drum angle 56.5 degrees, the
printing job does not start.
Print drum at 56.5

degrees from
Reflection preventing cloth
position-A
Master loading sensor
0901

IMAGETEC
2. Print Drum Set Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The removal and insertion of the Print drum is done at Position-B.
Whether the Print drum is set in the machine or not is checked by the Drawer connector of the Print
drum, Drum safety switch and Print drum lock sensor.
When the Drum safety switch is OFF, the Main motor, Clamp motor, Master removal motor, Master
compression motor and Separation fan motor will not go ON.
0902
Drawer connector Print drum lock sensor Drum safety switch

IMAGETEC
3. Print Drum Rotation Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
When the Main motor rotates, the drive is transferred in following sequence.
The Main motor drive is transferred to the Main shaft assembly via main belt, and via the Drive joint the
Drum joint receives the drive and rotates the Flange R of the Print drum.
The Flange gear on the Flange R drives the Squeegee idle gear and the drive is transferred to the
Squeegee drive gear to rotate the Squeegee roller.
As the Squeegee roller rotates, the Squeegee gear attached on the Squeegee roller shaft rotates and
transfers the drive to the Ink driving shaft gear and rotates the Ink driving shaft.
The Squeegee drive gear contains a one-way clutch to prevent the Squeegee roller from rotating in the
reverse direction if by accidentally the Print drum is rotated in the opposite direction by hand.
Flange R
Drum joint
Main shaft assembly
Flange R
Drive joint 0903 Flange gear
Doctor roller
Ink driving shaft
Squeegee idle gear
Squeegee drive gear
Ink driving shaft gear

Squeegee roller
Squeegee gear 0904

IMAGETEC
4. Inking Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The ink is pumped into the Print drum from the Ink bottle when the Ink sensor in the Print drum no longer
detects the ink in the drum while the Print drum is rotating with the Main motor ON.
The pumped ink is distributed on to the Squeegee roller from the holes on the Ink distributor.
The ink distributed on the Squeegee roller makes a long ink bead around the Ink driving shaft located
between the Squeegee roller and Doctor roller. Once the bead of ink touches the Ink sensor the Inking
motor deactivates to stop the inking action.
There is a small gap made between the Doctor roller and Squeegee roller. From this gap, the ink from
the bead transfers onto the inner surface of the Print drum via the squeegee roller.
The Overflow sensor is located in the Print drum to stop the machine to prevent ink overflow in the case
the bead of ink for some reasons becomes too large.
Inking motor
Ink sensor
Overflow sensor
Doctor roller
Ink distributor
Squeegee roller 0905
Ink driving shaft

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Print Drum Lock Sensor, Print Drum Lock Solenoid, Drum Safety Switch
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Print drum from the machine, switch OFF the machine power and remove the Front
cover.
(2) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 3 pcs), unplug connectors (3 locations), and remove the Drum lock
unit.
Drum lock unit
0906
Removing the Print drum lock sensor

(3) Remove a Screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Print drum lock sensor from the Drum lock
unit together with the sensor bracket.
Print drum lock sensor
< Drum lock unit > 0907 < Rear view of A > 0908

IMAGETEC
Removing the Print drum lock solenoid

(3) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Print drum lock solenoid.
Removing the Drum safety switch

(3) Unhook the Torsion spring, remove the E-ring, and remove the Drum safety switch together with the
switch bracket.
Print drum lock solenoid
0907
Drum safety switch
0909
Torsion spring E-ring
0910

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Screen Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Make a confidential master on the Print drum and pull the Print drum out of the machine.
(2) Remove Screws from the End hanger (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs).
(3) Remove Screws from the Top hanger (M3 x 6 screws; 4 pcs) and remove the Screen assembly from
the Print drum.
< CAUTION: Do not fold or bend the Screen assembly during the removal or installation >
Screen assembly
0911
End hanger
0912 0913
Top hanger

IMAGETEC

(1) Mount and screw the Top hanger on the Print drum and wrap the Screen around the Print drum.
Then tentatively attach the screws on the End hanger, very lightly.
(2) Hook the Screen jigs through the holes on the left and right of the End hanger, pull the Screen jig
and hook the loop end of the jigs on the short pillars on the left and right Drum flanges, located close
to where the Top hanger is. This is to tension the Screen assembly tightly and evenly around the
Print drum.
(3) With the Screen assembly tightly wrapped around the Print drum by the Screen jig, tighten the
screws on the End hanger.
(4) Remove the two Screen jigs from the Print drum once the screws on the End hanger are tightened.
< Screen jig > 0914
End hanger Screen jig Top hanger
< Rear side > 0915
End hanger Screen jig Top hanger
< Front side > 0916

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Master Clamp Base Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Make a confidential master on the Print drum and pull out the Print drum from the machine.
(2) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 4 pcs) and remove the Master clamp base assembly from the Print
drum.
< CAUTION: To attach the Master clamp base assembly, put screws in alphabetic order (refer to figures
shown below>
Master clamp base assembly
0917
D C
B A
0918 0919
< Master clamp base assembly >

0920

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Drum Body EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
- Screen assembly
- Master clamp base assembly
(3) Loosen screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs) on the potbelly-shaped hole towards the tail end of the Drum
body (indicated by the arrow marks on the photograph), and remove all other remaining screws (M3
x 6 screws; 10pcs).
(4) Holding the Drum body, so it does not pop open, peel off the tape which holds the top edge of the
Drum body onto the tail end of the Drum body. (The tape will be reused in assembly.)
(5) Slide the Drum body and unhook the potbelly-shaped holes from the two loosened screws, and
remove the Drum body.
Drum body
Tape
Joint section of the drum body
0921
< Enlarged View > 0922

IMAGETEC
< Precaution in Reassembly >

(1) On the outskirts of the tail end of the Drum body, close to the Drum flanges are marked with arrow
marks and F & R imprints. The F imprint should face the Flange F, and R imprint should face the
Flange R. With the Drum body in this direction, hook the potbelly shaped holes of the Drum body
onto the two loosened existing screws on the Drum flanges F and R.
(2) Tentatively place one screw each on the screw holes which the arrow marks point to.
0923 0924
(3) Hook the Screen jigs into the holes on the Drum body located at the inner edge of the top of the
Drum body, and hook the loop ends of the jig on the pillars on the Drum flanges F and R.
(4) Push the Flange F and Flange R tightly against the Drum body, and tighten the two screws at the
arrow marks which were previously tentatively mounted.
(5) Likewise, push the Flange F and Flange R tightly against the Drum body and tighten the two loose
screws at the potbelly holes of the Drum body, and then mount and tighten all the remaining screws
around the Drum body while pushing the Flanges tightly against the Drum body.
Screen jig Drum body Screen jig
Flange R 0925 Flange F 0926

IMAGETEC
(6) On the second screw holes from the top at the top edge of the Drum body, use Screws (M3 x 6
screws; 2 pcs) from another part of the Print drum to tighten the Drum body onto the Drum flanges.
0927 0928
(7) Remove the Screen jigs off the Print drum, and place the adhesive tape back on the joint section of
the Drum body while pushing down the joint section for a tight hold by the tape.
If the joint is not held firmly by the tape, that will cause the master to wrinkle during the master
loading on the Print drum or generate noise during the Print drum rotation in printing.
(8) Remove the two screws used by above step (6).
< Holes to hook the Screen jigs on the Drum body >
0929
Adhesive tape

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Ink Scraper F & R EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Master clamp base assembly
-Drum body
(3) Remove Screws (M3 x 8 screws; 1pc each), and remove the Ink scraper F & R.
Ink scraper R 0930 < Ink scraper R > 0931
< Ink scraper F > 0932 Ink scraper F 0933

When attach the Ink scraper F & R back on the drum, make sure to put them on correct place. Refer to
the drum size imprint as shown in the photograph. Use the A3 imprint position for A3/Ledger machine.

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Ink Pump Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
(3) Disconnect the Inking motor FG sensor connector and the Inking motor connector. Then remove
screws (M4 x 8 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Ink pump assembly.
Inking motor connector
0934
Inking motor FG sensor connector Ink pump assembly

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Ink Bottle Guide Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Ink pump assembly
(3) Remove the Inspection cap from the inside of the Ink bottle guide.
(4) Gently pull out the connector pin from the Antenna PCB. Then disconnect the Ink bottle set switch
connector and remove the two Reusable bands from the Print drum frame.
(5) Remove screws (M3 x 8 screws; 4 pcs), and lift out the Ink bottle guide assembly from the Print drum
after sliding it towards the center of the drum.
Connector of the Antenna module
0975
Inspection cap
0976
Ink bottle guide assembly
0934
Reuse band
Connector of the Ink bottle set switch

0937

IMAGETEC
8. Removing the Ink Bottle Lock Assembly & Antenna PCB EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Ink pump assembly
-Ink bottle guide assembly
Removing the Ink Bottle Lock Assembly

(3) Remove screws (M3 x 8 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Ink bottle lock assembly from the Ink bottle
guide assembly.
0977
Ink bottle lock assembly Ink bottle guide assembly
Removing the Antenna Module

(3) Remove the Antenna module from the PCB holder (Rear) by unhooking the claws.
Ink bottle guide (Upper) Antenna module Module holder (Rear)
Ink bottle guide (Lower)
0978

IMAGETEC
0979
Antenna module
0980 0981
Module holder
0982
Module holder (Rear)
0983
0984
IMAGETEC
9. Removing the Ink Sensor PCB EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Ink pump assembly
-Ink bottle guide assembly
(3) Disconnect the Ink sensor PCB connector, remove screws (M3 x 8 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the
Ink sensor PCB.
Ink sensor PCB connector Ink sensor PCB
0942
For A3/Ledger Print drum
For A4/B4/Legal & Letter

Print drum
< Ink sensor PCB > 0943

IMAGETEC

When attach the Ink sensor, make sure to place the Ink sensor antenna position to that explained as
following figure (gap = 3.5 to 4.5 mm).
Ink sensor
Antenna
Gap: 3.5 mm to 4.5 mm
Doctor roller
Ink driving shaft
Squeegee roller 0944

IMAGETEC
10. Removing the Drum PCB EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Print drum from the machine, and remove the Drum cover from the Print drum by
removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 4 pcs).
(2) Remove the Drum grip cover by removing Screws (M3 x 8 screws; 2 pcs).
(3) Disconnect connectors (4 locations), remove screws (M3 x 8 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Drum
PCB.
< CAUTION: Refer to Chapter 18 in replacing the Drum PCB >
Drum grip cover
0945
0985
Drum PCB
0986
< Drum PCB > 0987

IMAGETEC
11. Removing the Drum Joint EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Print drum from the machine.
(2) Remove both the left and right Drum side frames by removing screws (M4 x 8 screws; 2 pcs each).
(3) Gently pull out the Drum rear frame assembly off the Drum joint.
(4) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 3 pcs) and remove the Drum joint.
Drum side frame Drum side frame
Drum rear frame assembly
0946
Drum side frame
< Rear side > 0947 < Front side > 0948
Drum joint
0949
IMAGETEC
12. Removing the Flange R EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Drum side frames (2 pcs)
-Drum rear frame assembly
-Drum joint
(3) Remove the C-ring (20 mm diameter; 1 pc) and remove the Flange R.
0950 C-ring
Flange R
0951

IMAGETEC
13. Removing the Flange F EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Drum side frames (2 pcs)
(3) Disconnect two connectors from the Print drum PCB, remove one Reusable band from the Drum
front frame assembly and remove the Drum front frame assembly by removing screws (M4 x 8
screws; 5 pcs).
(4) Remove the Snap ring on the Flange support roller found at the bottom of the Print drum, and
remove the Flange support roller.
(5) Remove the Flange F.
< NOTE: Remaining two Flange support rollers can be removed after removing the flange-F >
Front frame assembly Position-B lock lever
0952
0953
Snap ring Flange support roller Flange F

When attach the Drum front frame assembly, push the Position-B lock lever to avoiding the tip of the
Postion-B lock lever from going into any of the wrong holes on the Flange F.

IMAGETEC
14. Removing the Squeegee Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
-Screen assembly -Master clamp base assembly
-Drum body -Drum cover
-Drum side frames (2 pcs) -Drum rear frame assembly
-Drum joint -Flange R
-Drum front frame assembly -Flange F
-Doctor roller spring (2 pcs)
(3) Remove the Drive shaft lock plate by removing a Screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Remove the Ink driving shaft gear.
(5) Remove the Squeegee gear by removing an E-ring.
Doctor roller spring
Drive shaft lock plate
Ink driving shaft gear
Squeegee gear
0954
< Front side >
(6) Remove the Squeegee idle gear by removing an E-ring (6 mm diameter; 1 pc).
(7) Remove the Squeegee drive gear by removing an E-ring. (6 mm diameter; 1 pc).
Squeegee idle gear
Squeegee drive gear
0955
< Rear side >
IMAGETEC
< NOTE >

For A3/Ledger Print drum, remove the Packing stopper, Washer and Rubber packing by removing a
screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc). Make sure that remove these parts in the Front side and the Rear side.
0956
Bearing
Rubber packing
Washer
Packing stopper plate
0957

IMAGETEC
(8) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 3 pcs) and also the Shoulder screw from the front of the Print drum.
Shoulder screw
0958
(9) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 2 pcs) and also the Shoulder screw from the rear of the Print drum.
Shoulder screw
0959

IMAGETEC
(10) Remove the Squeegee unit from the Print drum by unhooking the hook portion on the Squeegee unit
from the Squeegee gap cam in the front and rear of the Print drum.
Squeegee gap cam
Squeegee side frame-F
<Front side>
0960
Squeegee gap cam
Squeegee side frame-R
<Rear side>
0961
<Squeegee unit> 0962

IMAGETEC
(11) Pull out the Ink driving shaft from the Squeegee unit.
Be careful not to lose the bearing metal and O-ring as these will come off together with the shaft.
(12) Pull the Squeegee side frames F & R off from the ends of the Squeegee unit to free the Squeegee
roller.
The Doctor roller, pressed tightly fit into the Ink block F & R, will also come loose.
Ink block-R
0963
Doctor roller
Squeegee roller
0962
Ink block-F
Ink driving shaft
0964

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. Squeegee Gap Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Print drum from the machine and remove following components off the Print drum.
-Screen assembly
-Drum body
-Drum cover
-Drum grip cover
-Drum handle lever
(2) Clean out the ink on the Squeegee unit.
(3) Use a Feeler gauge to check the gap between the Squeegee roller and Doctor roller.
-The gap should be 0.06mm plus/minus 0.02mm (0.04 to 0.08mm) for A3/Ledger drums.
-The gap should be 0.08mm plus/minus 0.02mm (0.06 to 0.10mm) for B4/Legal/A4/Letter drums.
(4) If the gap is out of the specified range, loosen the Securing screw on the Squeegee gap adjustment
plate.
(5) Insert a flat-head screw driver in the groove on the Squeegee gap adjustment plate and move the
plate to adjust the squeegee gap.
(6) Tighten the Securing screw on the Squeegee gap adjustment plate to end the adjustment.
Narrower
Wider
0965
0966
Squeegee gap adjustment plate
< Front View > 0967
Securing screw on the Squeegee gap adjustment plate
0968

IMAGETEC
0969
< Rear View >

Flange R
0970
Securing screw on the Squeegee gap adjustment plate
Symptoms:
(1) If the squeegee gap is too wide, too much ink is transferred onto the inner surface of the Print drum
and may result in ink leakage from the Print drum. Other problems, such as the master slipping out
from the Clamp plate and horizontal line images may start to rip on the master.
(2) If the squeegee gap is too narrow, not enough ink is transferred onto the inner surface of the Print
drum and may cause the images on the prints to be too light or images missing from the prints due to
lack of ink on the drum surface, and more than necessary quantity of prints may have to be printed
before the image transfers completely on the printing paper.

IMAGETEC
2. Squeegee Pressure Balance Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O

(1) Create a master using Test chart No.14 and make prints. Check the left and right of the prints to
compare the print density and confirm that the density is even between the two sides.
(2) Also check the squeegee pressure by pushing the Drum body by fingers against the Pressure roller.
The gap between the Drum body and the Squeegee roller by the feel of the fingers should be equal
throughout the length of the Print drum. The gap should be within the following range.
-The gap should be 0.2mm plus/minus 0.05mm (0.15 to 0.25mm) for A3/Ledger drums.
-The gap should be 0.3mm plus/minus 0.05mm (0.25 to 0.35mm) for B4/Legal/A4/Letter drums.
If the gap is not within the above mentioned range, make the following adjustment.
Adjustment in the FRONT

(3) Remove the Print drum from the machine, pull out the Ink bottle and remove following components.
-Drum cover
-Drum grip cover
-Drum handle lever
(4) Loosen the three securing screws (indicated by three arrow marks on the photograph) on the
Squeegee side frame F found through the holes on the Drum front frame assembly.
(5) Also from the hole on the Drum front frame assembly, using a flat-head screwdriver, rotate the
Squeegee gap cam until correct gap is obtained between the Squeegee roller and Drum body.
(6) Tighten the three securing screws on the Squeegee side frame F to finish the adjustment on the front
side of the Print drum.
Refer to the CAUTION on the next page.
Squeegee gap cam

Narrower
Wider
0971 0972
0967
Squeegee gap cam
0967
IMAGETEC
Adjustment in the REAR

(3) Remove the Print drum from the machine.
(4) Looking at the rear of the Print drum, find two securing screws of the Squeegee side frame R (indicated
by the arrow marks on the photograph) and loosen the two screws.
(5) Insert a flat-head screwdriver through the opening on the Drum rear frame assembly, rotate the
Squeegee gap cam until correct gap is obtained between the Squeegee roller and Drum body.
(6) Tighten the two securing screws on the Squeegee side frame R to finish the adjustment on the rear
side of the Print drum.
< CAUTION -- For both FRONT & REAR >

Make sure to loosen the two securing screws before rotating the Squeegee gap cam, if not, the
Squeegee gap cam will be damaged . >
Squeegee gap cam
< Rear View > 0973
0974
Symptoms
(1) Difference in the squeegee pressure between the front and rear of the Print drum will result in
uneven density between the right and left of the prints.
(2) If the squeegee pressure is too strong (the gap too small), too much ink is transferred onto the inner
surface of the Print drum and may result in ink leakage from the Print drum. Other problems, such
as the master slipping out from the Clamp plate and horizontal line images may start to rip on the
master.
(3) If the squeegee pressure is too weak (the gap too large), not enough ink is transferred onto the inner
surface of the Print drum and may cause the images on the prints to be too light or images missing
from the prints due to lack of ink on the drum surface, and more than necessary quantity of prints
may have to be printed before the image transfers completely on the paper.

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 10: CLAMP UNIT
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Clamp Unit Home Positioning Mechanism.......................................2
2. Clamp Plate Opening Mechanism ...................................................3
3. Drum Position-A Compensation.......................................................4
4. Clamp Plate Master Clamp Mechanism...........................................5
Disassembly ...............................................................................................6
1. Removing the Clamp Unit.................................................................6
2. Removing the Clamp Motor..............................................................7
3. Removing the Clamp Sensors A & B................................................8
10 - EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. Clamp Unit Home Positioning Mechanism O O O O O O
The Clamp unit is checked if the unit is at home position or not each time the machine power is turned
ON or the Reset key is pressed.
The unit is judged to be at home position when the Clamp sensor A is detecting the Clamp opening cam
(the Clamp opening cam is at the maximum up position) and the Clamp sensor B is not detecting the
actuator disc.
If the unit is not at the home position when the power is turned ON or the Reset key is pressed, the
Clamp motor is activated to rotate the Clamp cam is rotated to bring the Position-A compensation plate
and Clamp opening cam to the home position.
Position-A compensation plate Clamp sensor A
Clamp opening cam
1001
Clamp motor Clamp sensor B
1002
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 10 -

IMAGETEC
2. Clamp Plate Opening Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
When the START key is pressed for the master making or confidential master making, the Print drum
starts to rotate from its Position-B. After the presence of the master on the Print drum is checked and as
the Print drum returns to the Position-B, the Print drum stops once and starts the Clamp plate opening
action.
The Clamp motor activates and rotates the Clamp cam until the light path of the Clamp sensor B is
blocked by the disc. This action brings the Clamp opening cam down.
The Print drum then rotates to start the master removal action. The Clamp opening cam, at its lowered
position, opens the Clamp plate first, and then lifts the Master release bar to eject the leading edge of the
master out from the Clamp plate.
Clamp cam
Clamp opening cam

Clamp sensor B
Clamp plate
Master release bar
Master
1003
1004
1004
1006
1005

IMAGETEC
3. Drum Position-A Compensation EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The Print drum rotates to remove the master and as it comes back to Position-A, the Clamp opening cam
at its lowered position opens the Clamp plate and lifts the Master release bar.
As the Print drum stops at Position-A, the Clamp motor turns ON to rotate the Clamp cam until the
light path of the Clamp sensor B becomes unblocked by the disc. This action brings the Position-A
compensation plate down to catch the plastic compensator shaft on the Print drum to hold the Print drum
at Position-A.
Clamp sensor B
Clamp cam
Position-A compensation plate
Clamp opening cam
Clamp plate Master release bar
1007
1004
1008

IMAGETEC
4. Clamp Plate Master Clamp Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Once the Load pulse motor on the master making area feeds a set length of the master material towards
the Print drum, the Clamp motor activates to rotate the Clamp cam until the light path of the Clamp
sensor A is blocked by the disc and the light path of the Clamp sensor B becomes unblocked. This action
brings the Clamp opening cam up and closes both the Master release bar and the Clamp plate down to
clamp the master material under the Clamp plate. At this stage the Clamp opening cam and Position-A
compensation plate are both brought back to their home position.
Clamp sensor A Clamp sensor B
Position-A compensation plate

Clamp cam
Clamp opening cam
Clamp plate Master release bar
Master material
1009
1004
1004
1010 1011

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Clamp Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Disconnect the Clamp motor connector and Relay connector. Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 3 pcs)
and remove the Clamp unit from the machine.
Clamp motor connector Relay connector
1012
Clamp unit
< Clamp unit > 1002

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Clamp Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Clamp unit.
(3) Remove the Flat pinion gear and Spur gear by removing an E-ring on the Flat pinion gear.
(4) Remove the Clamp motor by unplugging the Clamp motor connector and removing the screws (M3 x
5 screws; 2 pcs).
Clamp motor Clamp motor connector
1002
Flat pinion gear Spur gear

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Clamp Sensors A & B EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Clamp unit.
(3) Unplug the Reuse band (1 pc) from the Clamp unit.
(4) Remove a screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Clamp sensor plate with the two sensors
attached.
(5) Unplug the connectors and unhook and remove each sensor from the Clamp sensor plate.
Clamp sensor A
Reuse band
1013
Clamp sensor plate Clamp sensor B

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 11: MASTER REMOVAL SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Master Removal Mechanism............................................................2
2. Master on the Print Drum Check Mechanism (Before Master Removal)......3
3. Removed Master Vertical Transport Mechanism..............................4
4. Disposed Master Compression Mechanism.....................................5
5. Master Disposal Box Safety SW.......................................................6
6. Protect function.................................................................................7
Disassembly ...............................................................................................8
1. Removing the Master Disposal Box . ...............................................8
2. Removing the Compression FG Sensor...........................................9
3. Removing the Master Compression Motor.....................................10
4. Removing the Master Removal Unit...............................................12
5. Removing the Master Removal Sensor & Master Loading Sensor........ 13
6. Removing the Master Removal Motor & FG sensor ......................14
7. Removing the Master Compression HP Sensor ............................16
8. Removing the Master Disposal Box Safety Switch ........................17
9. Removing the Master Disposal Box Set Sensor.............................18
10. Removing the Master Removal Roller (lower) ...............................19
11. Removing the Master Removal Roller (Upper) ..............................21
12. Removing the Pulley Shaft.............................................................22
13. Removing the Round Belts ............................................................23
14. Removing the Master Removal Housing Assembly........................24
15. Removing the Master Compression Plate .....................................26

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. Master Removal Mechanism O O O O O O
Master on the Print drum is removed from the Print drum and disposed in following sequence.
(1) At the start of master removal, the Master loading sensor checks for the presence of master on the
Print drum as the Print drum makes one rotation.
(2) After the Print drum returns to Position-B, the Clamp unit operates to bring the Clamp opening cam
down. The Print drum rotates to position-A and both the Clamp plate and the Master release bar
opens up to release the master out from the Clamp plate of the Print drum.
(3) The Master removal roller rotates and catches the leading edge of the master and pulls the master
away from the Print drum as the Print drum continues to rotate.
(4) As the whole length of the removed master enters into the Master disposal box, the Master
compressing plate pushes the removed master deep into the Master disposal box.
* Above step-(1) is made only when the machine does not have the memory of the master on the Print
drum.
* Even with no master is found on the drum, the master removal action takes place, except that the
Master removal sensor detection is not functional.
* Both the master compressing action and master loading action takes place at the same time. The
Master guiding plate prevents the tail edge of the master being loaded on the Print drum from
touching the Master removal rollers and getting the ink transferred.
Master release bar
1101
Master disposal box
1102
Master compression plate Master guiding plate
Tail edge of the

master material.
Master disposal box
1103

IMAGETEC
2. Master on the Print Drum Check Mechanism (Before Master Removal)

O O O O O O
When creating a confidential or normal master, the Print drum makes one rotation from its Position-B.
During this rotation, the Master loading sensor checks for the presence of the master on the Print drum
at 56.5 degrees turn from position-A. If a master is found on the Drum, the machine makes the master
removal action with the Master removal sensor active. If no master is found, the master removal action is
made with the Master removal sensor deactivated.
If the machine already knows that there is a master on the Print drum before going into master making
operation, the master on the Print drum check action is skipped, and the Print drum starting the rotation
from the Position-B goes immediately into master removal action.
Print drum at 56.5

degrees from
position-A Reflection preventing cloth
1104

IMAGETEC
3. Removed Master Vertical Transport Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
At the start of the Clamp plate opening action to remove the master from the Drum, the Master removal
motor activates to rotate the Master removal rollers to catch the leading edge of the removed master
from the Drum. With the continued rotation of the Print drum, the removed master is transferred into the
Master disposal box by the Master removal rollers.
Once the master removal action has started and the Print drum rotates to position-A, the Main motor
stops, and also the Master removal motor deactivates within seconds later (It varies with paper size).
Whether the master has arrived into the master disposal area or not is checked by the Master removal
sensor at drum angles 120 degrees and 180 degrees during the master removal action.
The Master removal roller speed is checked by the Master removal motor FG sensor, and the speed can
be adjusted by test mode No. 578.
Master compression plate Master removal roller (upper) Master removal sensor
Master removal pulley Pulley shaft
Master removal roller (lower)
1102
Master removal motor FG sensor Master compression plate
Master removal motor

Pulley shaft
Master removal roller (upper)
Master removal pulley
Master removal sensor
Master compression HP sensor

1105
IMAGETEC
4. Disposed Master Compression Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
1) Initializing movement
The initialization action of the Master compression plate is made in two occasions.
- If the Master compression plate HP sensor is found opened when the machine power is turned ON
or when the Reset key is pressed, the Master compression motor rotates in the return direction until
the light path of the Master compression plate HP sensor becomes blocked. If the light path of the
Master compression plate HP sensor is blocked from the start, the initializing operation of the Master
compression plate is not performed.
- If the light path of the Master compression plate HP sensor is opened at the start of the master
compressing operation, the Master compression motor rotates in the return direction until the light path
is blocked. If the light path of the sensor is blocked from the start, the initializing operation of the Master
compression plate is not performed.
2) Master compressing movement
- With only a small amount of removed master in the Master disposal box, the Master compression
plate makes full compressing action. The plate stops at the maximum down position for 6 seconds and
then returns to the fully raised home position. The maximum down position is 147 pulse count by the
Compression FG sensor (adjustable by test mode No.573).
The Compression FG sensor, starts counting the pulses when the Master compression plate clears from
the Master compression plate HP sensor. The plate then returns to the home position.
- As the removed master in the Master disposal box increases, the resistance to the Master compression
plate increases, causing the plate to slow down during the compression movement. If the time intervals
between each pulse exceeds 40 ms (adjustable by test mode No.575), the compression plate ends the
compression action and stops for 6 seconds. The Compression FG sensor, starts counting the pulses
when the Master compression plate clears from the Master compression plate HP sensor. The plate then
returns to the home position.
- As the amount of the removed master increases, the resistance against the Compression plate
increases during the compressing movement. If the time interval exceeds more than 40 ms (adjustable
by test mode No.575) between each FG count within the Compression plate arrives at 120 pulse (A3/
Ledger) or 146 pulse (A4/Letter, B4/Legal) count from the home position (adjustable by test mode
No.576), the Master disposal box is detected to be full. The LED lamp on the operation panel lights to
give the FULL message. In the default setting, the disposed master is counted by software counter and
the FULL message LED lamp lights when the software counter counts 100 disposed masters.
1102
Removal master Master compression plate Master compression HP sensor
1103

IMAGETEC
5. Master Disposal Box Safety SW EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The Master disposal box safety switch checks whether the Master disposal box is correctly set in the
machine.
When the Master disposal box is not set in the machine, the Master disposal safety switch prevents the
Main motor, Clamp motor, Master compression motor, Master removal motor and Separation fan from
turning ON.
In the case the Master disposal box FULL indication LED lights up on the Operation panel, the Master
disposal box needs to be removed from the machine to switch OFF the Master disposal box safety switch
for 5 seconds to reset and clear the LED indication.
FRONT
Master disposal box safety switch
1106
Master disposal box set sensor
Master disposal box guide (Rear) REAR 1107

IMAGETEC
6. Protect function EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The protect function is to prevent prints to be made from previously made master which may contain
classified information, especially when the operator leaves the machine.
ON/OFF selection of the protect function

The activation and deactivation of the protect function is done by the user-mode Admin. display.
Automatic confidential master making

When the Protect Function is selected to ON, after an elapse of certain period of time from the finish of
one printing job, the machine display asks whether to do confidential master making. When selected
[YES], the machine goes into confidential master making.
Master disposal box lock mechanism

- When the protect function is selected to ON, after each master disposal movement finishes, the Master
compression plate in the Master disposal unit comes down a little from the horizontal home position.
The Master compression plate, when down from the home position, locks the Master disposal box in
place. The Master disposal box cannot be pulled out, so that the removed master from the Print drum
cannot be taken out and looked at.
- With the protect function selected to ON, the only time the Master disposal box can be removed
out from the machine is when an error, in which the Master disposal box must be removed out of the
machine to make the correction, appears. These error conditions are Master Disposal Box Full, Master
Disposal Jam Error, etc. In these error conditions, the master compression plate goes back to the
horizontal home position and allows the master disposal box to be removed.
- Even with the protect function OFF, the Master disposal box can be locked in position by using a
padlock on the slide lever on the Master disposal box handle [refer to the photograph below].
1108

IMAGETEC
Disassembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
1. Removing the Master Disposal Box O O O O O O
When the Master disposal box is locked in the machine, either by a padlock or by the user mode protect
function, the Master disposal box cannot be removed unless the following steps are taken.
In either case, a permission from the customer is needed in order to remove the Master disposal box
when the box is purposely locked in position.
When a padlock is used

If a Padlock is used, a key for that Padlock is needed to unlock the key to remove the Master disposal
box out of the machine. If the key is lost, the only way to get the Master disposal box is to break the box
at the handle where the Padlock is hooked on.
When the Master compression plate is locking the box. [Protect Function]
If the test mode can be activated, use test mode No. 0490 to raise the Master compression plate up to
the home position, and then remove the Master disposal box out.
If the machine is non-operational and the test mode cannot be used, then take the following steps to get
the Master disposal box out.
(1) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the Front cover.
(2) Remove the Flat pinion gear by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc).
(4) Rotate the Compression gear all the way in the counterclockwise direction to raise the Master
compression plate, and remove the Master disposal box out of the machine.
Flat pinion gear
Compression gear cover
Compression gear
1109
1110
< Master disposal box >

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Compression FG Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Front cover.
(2) Disconnect the connector to the sensor and unplug the Reuse band from the sensor bracket.
(3) Remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Compression FG sensor together with the
bracket.
Reuse band
Compression FG sensor
1111
1109

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Master Compression Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Front cover.
(2) Remove the Flat pinion gear by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc).
(3) Let the Master compression plate swings down by its own weight.
(4) Remove a screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Lock boss bracket assembly.
(5) Remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Compression gear cover.
(6) Remove the Spur gear.
(7) Remove the Compression FG sensor assembly. (Refer to the previous page.)
(8) Remove the Encoder disc by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc).
(9) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 3 pcs) and remove the Master compression motor, together with
the motor bracket.
(10) Remove the motor from the bracket by removing screws (M3 x 5 screws; 2 pcs).
Compression FG sensor assembly Flat pinion gear Master compression motor
Encoder disc
Compression gear cover
Lock boss bracket assembly
1112
Compression gear

IMAGETEC
Master compression
motor bracket
Spur gear
1113
1114
Master compression
motor bracket
1115
Master compression motor

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Master Removal Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power, remove the Master disposal box and remove the Front cover.
(2) Remove the Master removal covers F & R by removing screws (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc each).
(3) Remove the screws (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc each) found after removing the Master removal covers F & R.
(4) On the operators side of the machine (front), disconnect three connectors and remove one screw (M4
x 8 screw; 1 pc) located on the top right, and slide the Master removal unit out toward the operators
side of the machine.
Master disposal box

Master removal
cover F
Master removal
cover R 1116
Mounting screw
Mounting screw
1117
Master removal unit
Mounting screw
1118
Connector Connector Connector

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Master Removal Sensor & Master Loading Sensor

O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Master removal unit from the machine.
Removing the Master removal sensor

(2) Disconnect the sensor connector, remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc), and remove the Master
removal sensor together with the sensor bracket.
Removing the Master loading sensor

(2) Disconnect the sensor connector, remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) by inserting a screwdriver
through a hole on the Master removal housing, and remove the Master loading sensor.
Master loading sensor Master removal housing Master removal sensor
1119 1120
FRONT REAR
< Master removal unit > 1121

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Master Removal Motor & FG sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Removing the Master removal motor
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Master removal unit. (Refer to the previous pages.)
(2) Remove the Compression FG sensor assembly. (Refer to the previous pages.)
(3) Remove the Master compression motor. (Refer to the previous pages.)
(4) Disconnect the motor connector, remove screws (M3 x 5 screws; 2 pcs), and remove the Master
removal motor.
Removing the Master removal motor FG sensor

(5) Disconnect the sensor connector and remove the master removal motor FG sensor together with the
bracket by removing a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(6) Remove the Master removal motor FG sensor from the sensor bracket.
FRONT REAR
1122
Master removal motor
Master removal motor FG

sensor
1123

IMAGETEC
1124
Timing belt
1125

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Master Compression HP Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Master removal unit.
(2) Unplug the sensor connector and remove the Master compression HP sensor together with the
bracket by removing a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Remove the Master compression HP sensor from the sensor bracket.

Mount the Master compression plate at its home position during the assembly.
FRONT REAR
1122
Master compression HP sensor
Master compression plate
1126

IMAGETEC
8. Removing the Master Disposal Box Safety Switch EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Master disposal box lock lever.
(3) Remove screws (M3 x 8 screws; 3 pcs) and remove the Master disposal box guide plate.
(4) Remove the Switch spring.
(5) Disconnect the switch connector, remove a Shoulder screw and remove the Master disposal box
safety switch together with switch bracket.
(6) Remove the Master disposal box safety switch from the switch bracket by removing a screw (M3 x 8
screw; 1 pc).
FRONT
Mounting screw
1127
Master removal box lock lever Master disposal box guide plate
Switch spring
1129
1128
< View from outside of the unit > Master disposal box safety switch Switch bracket

IMAGETEC
9. Removing the Master Disposal Box Set Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Master disposal box guide (Rear) by removing a screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the Master disposal box set sensor.

Mount the sensor bracket by sliding the bracket all the way to the left. (Refer to the second photograph below.)
REAR
Master disposal box guide (Rear)
1107
Mount the sensor bracket by

sliding the bracket all the way to
Master disposal box set sensor the left.
Master disposal box set sensor

1130
1131
Master disposal box guide
(Rear) is hooked onto the
Master removal unit.
1132
IMAGETEC
10. Removing the Master Removal Roller (lower) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1)
Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Master removal unit.
(2)
Remove the Master removal gear mount bracket by removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 3 pcs).
(3)
Remove the Spur gear.
(4)
Press the Master removal roller release lever to drop the Master removal roller (lower).
(5)
Remove the Master removal roller (lower) gear.
(6)
Remove the Master removal guide assembly by removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs).
(7)
Remove E-rings (6mm diameter E-rings; 2 pcs) and Metal bushings, and remove the Master removal
roller (lower).
< Refer to the photographs on the next page. >
FRONT
Master removal gear mount bracket
Spur gear
1133
Master removal roller (lower) gear
1134
< Master removal roller (lower) in dropped position >

IMAGETEC
Master removal guide assembly
1135
Master removal guide assembly
1136
Pulley shaft
FRONT 1137 REAR 1138

IMAGETEC
11. Removing the Master Removal Roller (Upper) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Press the Master removal roller release lever to release the Master removal roller (lower).
(3) Remove the Flanged gear from the front (operator`s side) by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1
pc).
(4) Remove the AF spring and AR spring from the Master removal unit.
(5) Unhook the Round belts from the pulleys on the Master removal roller (upper).
(6) Remove a snap ring from the front (operator’s side) of the Master removal roller (upper). Slide the
shaft of the roller to the front to free the rear side of the roller off the frame of the Master removal
unit. Pull the master removal roller (upper) out through the Round belts.
(7) Remove two Sliding shaft holders from the Master removal roller (upper).
AF spring AR spring
Drum grip cover
Flanged gear
E-ring
Snap ring
Sliding shaft holder
FRONT 1137 REAR 1138
Round belt
1139

IMAGETEC
12. Removing the Pulley Shaft EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Unhook the Round belts from the pulleys on the Pulley shaft.
(3) Also on the operator’s side of the unit, remove a snap ring and unhook the Metal bushing from the
frame and slide inward. Remove the pulley shaft from the unit by pulling it out though the Round
belts.
Snap ring
FRONT
Pulley shaft
Round belt
1140

IMAGETEC
13. Removing the Round Belts EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Removing the following two components enable the Round belts to be removed.
- Master removal roller (upper)
- Pulley shaft
(4) Remove the Round belts from the Master removal pulley assembly.
Round belt
1140

IMAGETEC
14. Removing the Master Removal Housing Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove both Roller hook springs F & R.
(4) Disconnect the connector from the Master removal side frame F, and by removing screws (M3 x 6
screws; 2 pcs each) from the front and rear, remove the Master removal housing assembly.

Make sure to position the boss of the Release lever in the hook portion of the Master removal roller hook F.
(Refer to the three photographs on the next page.)
FRONT
1141
Master removal housing assembly
1142 Roller hook spring R 1143

Roller hook spring F

IMAGETEC
< Master removal housing assembly >
Hook portion of the

Master removal roller
hook F
1144
Master removal side frame F
Boss of the Release lever
1145
Make sure to position the boss of the

Release lever in the hook portion of
the Master removal roller hook F.
1146
IMAGETEC
15. Removing the Master Compression Plate EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Compression gear cover and Spur gear, and swing down the Master compression plate.
- Compression FG sensor
- Master compression motor
- Master removal gear mount bracket (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs)
- Master removal housing assembly
- Master disposal box guide (Rear) (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc)
- Master removal roller assembly (6 mm diameter E-rings; 2 pcs and metal bushings; 2 pcs).
(4) Remove a screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc) from the front of the unit and remove the Compression gear.
(5) Remove an E-ring (8mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc) and metal bushing from the rear of the unit.
(6) Remove an E-ring (8mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc) and metal bushing from the front of the unit and
remove the Master compression plate.
< Refer to the photographs to continue on the next three pages. >
1112
Master removal housing assembly
Master removal gear mount bracket
1147
IMAGETEC
< Master removal housing assembly >

1148
Master disposal box guide (Rear) 1107
REAR Metal bushing FRONT Metal bushing
1149 1150
Master removal roller assembly

< The photograph shows the shaft removed. >
1151

IMAGETEC
Compression gear 1152
FRONT REAR
Master compression plate 1153 Master compression plate 1154
< Master compression plate > 1155

IMAGETEC
1156
< View of the Master removal unit after removing the Master compression plate >

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 12: FB ORIGINAL SCANNING SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. Original Scanning Mechanism..........................................................2
2. Flatbed Initialization Movement .......................................................4
3. Stage-Glass Original Detection Mechanism.....................................5
4. FB Auto-Base-Control.......................................................................5
5. FB Scanning Movement...................................................................6
Disassembly................................................................................................7
1. Removing the Scanner Unit .............................................................7
2. Removing the Stage Glass.............................................................10
3. Removing the FB Original Detection Sensor .................................11
4. Removing the Scanner Lamp.........................................................12
5. Removing the CCD Unit.................................................................13
< CCD Unit Installation Procedure >........................................13
6. Removing the FB/AF HP Sensor....................................................14
7. Removing the FB Read Pulse Motor .............................................15
Adjustment................................................................................................17
1. FB Read Pulse Motor Speed Adjustment (Image Elongation &
Shrinkage in Scanning)...................................................................17
2. FB Scan Start Position Adjustment . ..............................................17
3. FB Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment .......................................17

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
O O O O O O
1. Original Scanning Mechanism
The scanner scans the image on the original by means of three movable mirrors reflecting the image to a
fixed position CCD.
The image on the original is lit by a fluorescent lamp and a reflector, and three mirrors catch the image.
The three mirrors, Mirror No.1, No2 and No.3, reflects the image to the CCD in this given order.
These three mirrors are mounted on two carriages. The first carriage is the Lamp carriage in which the
fluorescent lamp, reflector, lamp inverter and Mirror No.1 is mounted. The second is the Lamp carriage
in which the Mirror No.2 and No.3 are mounted.
The two carriages are driven by FB Read pulse motor via Wire spool pulley and wire. The wire is
synchronized between the front and rear to slide the two carriage straight without skewing.
The drive of the FB Read pulse motor is transferred to the front and rear Wire spool pulleys via Timing
belts 1 and 2 and two speed reduction pulleys to slide the two carriages.
The Pulley 1 and Pulley 2 of the Mirror carriage is hooked in a way so that the distance in which the
Mirror carriage move is half the distance in which the Lamp carriage moves. This results in keeping the
distance between the original and the CCD the same throughout the scanning process.
If this fixed distance between the original and the CCD changes during the scanning, the scanned image
loses the focus and the image becomes unclear.
The Stage without the Stage glass FB read pulse motor

Pulley 2
1201
Lamp carriage CCD unit
Mirror carriage
Lamp inverter CCD PCB

IMAGETEC
Drive system diagram
FB read pulse motor Timing belt 1 Timing belt 2
Pulley 1 Lamp carriage
Pulley Pulley 2 Mirror carriage Wire Wire spool pulley 1202
Optical system diagram
Mirror No.2 Reflector Original illumination lamp
Lamp carriage
Mirror carriage Mirror No.1

CCD assembly
Mirror No.3 Lens CCD 1203

IMAGETEC
2. Flatbed Initialization Movement EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
Initialization is performed in the following situations to bring the Flatbed unit to the home position.
- When the machine power is switched ON.
- When recovering from the sleep mode (wake-up).
- When RESET button is pressed.
Initialization operation
(1) If any of the above three action is taken when the FB/AF HP sensor is detecting the Lamp carriage,
the FB read pulse motor rotates in the scanning direction in 15mm to move the Lamp carriage out
of the sensor detection. Then the FB read pulse motor rotates in the return direction until the sensor
detects the Lamp carriage again, and then keeps on moving until the Lamp carriage moves 10mm
further from the detected position and stops. This is the home position of the Lamp carriage.
(2) If any of the above three action is taken when the FB/AF HP sensor is not detecting the Lamp
carriage, the FB read pulse motor rotates in the reverse direction to move the carriage back 10mm
and stops. If the HP sensor detects the carriage during this movement, the initialization movement
explained in the above paragraph (1) takes place. If the carriage was not detected during the 10mm
reverse movement, the FB read pulse motor rotates in the forward direction to move the carriage
10mm in the scanning direction. Then the FB read pulse motor rotates in the reverse direction to
bring the carriage back until the HP sensor detects the carriage and stops after the carriage moves
10mm from the detected position (home position).
FB/AF HP sensor
Lamp carriage FB read pulse motor

1204
The photograph shows the scanner covers and Stage glass removed. 1201

IMAGETEC
3. Stage-Glass Original Detection Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The FB original detection sensor checks whether an original has been placed on the Stage glass. As
soon as the Stage cover is closed halfway, blocking the light path to the Stage cover sensor, the FB
original detection sensor checks whether there is an original on the Stage glass.
If the FB original detection sensor is receiving light (original present), when the Stage cover is half
closed, the indication on the Operation panel changes to [Master Making] and the initial movement takes
place. Then the offset adjustment, gain adjustment, shading-compensation and auto-base-control
adjustment are performed. The Lamp carriage is then moved to the scanning standby position with the
Scanner lamp turned on. If the Start key is pressed within 60 seconds, the scanning operation starts.
If the Start key is not pressed within 60 seconds, the Scanner lamp turns off and the Lamp carriage
returns back to the home position.
4. FB Auto-Base-Control EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
When an original is set and the Stage cover is closed, and if the original scanning density is set to AUTO,
the auto-base-control, which is explained below, is conducted.
With an original set on the Scanner table and when the Stage cover sensor detects the Stage cover
closed, or when the Start key is pressed, the FB read pulse motor rotates in the scanning direction. At a
distance of 10mm after the Lamp carriage escapes from the FB/AF HP sensor, the Lamp carriage stops
for a very short period and black shading compensation action takes place and then the Scanner lamp
turns on. From the distance 44mm from the FB/AF HP sensor, white shading compensation action is
made. Scanner moves for another 23mm (10mm inside of the leading edge of the original) and the first
auto-base-control scanning is made. Two more auto-base-control scanning is made the each time the
Lamp carriage moves 2.5mm in the scanning direction. (Total of 3 auto-base control scanning is made.)
During the auto-base-control scanning, the CCD reads the color density of the original background.
The FB read pulse motor then rotates in the reverse direction to bring the Lamp carriage back to the
scanning standby position and starts the original scanning.
Shading compensating area Auto-base-control scanning position (3 times)
OO OO
OO
OO OO
OO OO OO
Home position Scanning standby position
FB/AF HP sensor position 1205

IMAGETEC
5. FB Scanning Movement EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
When the Start key is pressed, the FB read pulse motor activates to move the Lamp carriage in the
scanning direction. After the top 4 mm of the original is skipped, the read signal turns ON and the
original scanning operation starts.
Once the scanning is made for a specific given distance, the Scanner lamp turns off to end the scanning
operation.
The Lamp carriage returns back to the home position after the scanning operation is finished.

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Scanner Unit O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the following covers.
- Stage cover
- Operation panel
- Rear cover
- USB connector bracket (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc)
- Stage cover sensor (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc)
- Flat cable mounting plate (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc)
- Two Hinge brackets (M4 x 8 screws; 2 pcs each)
(3) Disconnect the Relay PCB connector.
(4) Disconnect the FB read pulse motor connector.
(5) Disconnect the Scanner wire harness (flat cable) connector from the Mechanical control PCB.
(6) Remove screws (M4 x 8 screws; 6 pcs) securing the Scanner bracket onto the machine, and lift and
remove the Scanner unit. (This is approximately 10 kilogram precision component. Handle with
care.)
< Precautions in Assembly >

(1) When replacing with a new Scanner unit, make sure to remove the large screw which fixes the Mirror
carriage onto the Scanner unit for the transportation purpose.
(2) Before mounting the new Scanner unit on the machine, memo down the information label located on
the top right of the Scanner unit which lists the necessary Test Mode settings for the Scanner unit.
1206
USB connector bracket

IMAGETEC
Hinge bracket FB read pulse motor connector Stage cover sensor
Scanner bracket screw 1207
Flat cable mounting plate
Scanner wire harness (flat cable)
1208
Relay PCB connector

(Behind of Flat cable
mounting plate)
1209

IMAGETEC
Original stopper
Vibration absorption
material
Scanner unit
1210
Fixed screw
When replacing with a new Scanner unit, make sure to remove the large screw which fixes the Mirror
carriage on the Scanner unit for the transportation purpose.
Mirror carriage
Fixed position of the

Fixed screw
Hole for the Fixed screw

Scanner unit
1211

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Stage Glass EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the following covers.
- Stage cover
(2) Remove two Shoulder screws and remove the Original stopper.
(3) Remove the Plate springs F & R by removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs each).
(4) Lift and remove the Stage glass.
Stage glass
Plate spring R
1213
Scanner unit
Plate spring F
1212 1214
1212
Original stopper
< Stage-glass installation procedure >

(1) Put the Stage glass on the Scanner unit.
(2) Install the Original stopper.
(3) Push and slide the Stage glass against the Original stopper.
(4) Install the Plate springs F & R, pushing tightly against the Stage glass, and secure with screws.
(5) Reinstall the covers.

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the FB Original Detection Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Stage glass.
(2) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 3 pcs), lift the Sensor cover, disconnect the sensor connector, and
remove the Sensor cover with the FB original detection sensor attached.
(3) Disengage the claws (3 locations) on the FB original detection sensor from the Sensor cover to
remove the FB original detection sensor.
Sensor connector
FB original detection sensor Sensor cover FB original detection sensor
1215 1216
Sensor craws
< FB original detection sensor > 1217

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Scanner Lamp EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Run Test Mode No.287 (scanner lamp replace positioning) and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Stage glass.
(3) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Inverter cover.
(4) Unhook the Wire harness to the Scanner lamp from the Cord clamps (2 locations), and disconnect
the connector from the Inverter.
(5) By lifting the Film on the cutout section of the Scanner unit, remove screws (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc
each) from the both sides, and remove the Scanner lamp.
Scanner lamp CCD cover Inverter cover
Cutout section 1218

Connector Cord clamps
Cutout section
Film
Scanner lamp
1219
Scanner lamp Wire harness
1220

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the CCD Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 4 pcs) and remove the CCD cover.
(3) Disconnect the CCD cable from the CCD PCB while supporting the PCB firmly by hand.
(4) Remove screws (M3 x 6 screws; 3 pcs) and remove the CCD unit.
< CCD Unit Installation Procedure >

(1) The replacement CCD unit is pre-adjusted at the factory with the Positioning brackets attached
on the left and right of the unit for a correct positioning. Therefore, fit the holes on the Positioning
brackets into the positioning pins on the Scanner unit, and secure the CCD unit in place using three
screws.
(2) After the CCD unit is firmly screwed onto the scanner unit, unscrew and remove the Positioning
brackets off the left and right of the CCD unit.
(3) Connect the CCD cable onto the CCD PCB while supporting the PCB firmly by hand.
< Precautions in Assembly >

To prevent damages to the CCD PCB, firmly support the PCB by hand while connecting or disconnecting
the CCD cable to the PCB.
CCD PCB
CCD cable CCD unit 1221

CCD PCB
Positioning bracket Positioning bracket
Positioning hole Positioning hole
CCD cable CCD unit 1222

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the FB/AF HP Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Switch OFF the machine power and remove the Scanner cover (paper feed).
(2) Remove the FB/AF HP sensor, together with the Sensor bracket, from the Scanner unit by removing
screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc), and disconnect the connector to the FB/AF HP sensor.
(3) Disengage the claws on the FB/AF HP sensor from the Sensor bracket to remove the FB/AF HP
sensor.
Sensor bracket
Connector
0927
1208

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the FB Read Pulse Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Wire bracket by removing a screw (M4 x 8 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Remove the Mounting screws (M3 x 6 screws; 4 pcs) of the FB read pulse motor mounting bracket,
unhook the Timing belt located inside the Scanner unit and remove the FB read pulse motor with the
mounting bracket attached.
(4) Remove the FB read pulse motor from the mounting bracket by removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2
pcs).
Refer to the next page for the assembly procedure.
Hinge bracket Intermediate pulley bracket
1207
FB read pulse motor Motor bracket Bent edge
Wire bracket
1223

IMAGETEC
< Assembly Procedure >

(1) Loosen 4 screws indicated by 4 red arrows, then pull the Intermediate pulley bracket in the direction
indicated by black arrows on the photographs below to apply adequate tension on the Timing belt,
then tighten the 4 screws.
Hinge bracket Intermediate pulley bracket
Timing belt
1207 1223
Intermediate pulley
< Inner view> 1224
(2) Loosen 4 screws indicated by 4 red arrows, then pull the Motor bracket in the direction indicated by
black arrows on the photographs below to apply adequate tension on the Timing belt, then tighten
the 4 screws.
Motor bracket
Bent edge
Timing belt
1223
1207
FB read pulse motor
< Inner view> 1224

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. FB Read Pulse Motor Speed Adjustment (Image Elongation & Shrinkage in Scanning)
O O O O O O
(1) Set A3-size papers on the Paper feed tray and place Test Chart No.11 on the Stage glass. Make a
master and print.
(2) Lay the printed paper on top of the test chart original to check that the image elongation and
shrinkage. Confirm that the elongation or the shrinkage is within plus/minus 1.4% compared from
the top to the 350mm line of the test chart original.
(3) If the elongation or shrinkage is over the specified range, make an adjustment using Test Mode No.
382 (FB Scanning Speed Adjustment).
<CAUTION>
Make sure that master-making elongation/shrinkage adjustment is already made prior to this
scanning adjustment.>

2. FB Scan Start Position Adjustment
O O O O O O
(1) Set A3-size papers on the paper feed tray and place Test Chart No.11 on the Stage glass. Make a
master and print.
(2) Check the prints and confirm that 4mm plus/minus 2mm of the scaled line on top of the test chart is
erased on the prints (the scanning is omitted for this distance).
(3) If the scanning start position is out of the specified range, make an adjustment using Test Mode No.
381 (FB Scan Start Position Adjustment).

3. FB Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment
O O O O O O
(1) Set A3-size papers on the paper feed tray and place Test Chart No.14 on the Stage glass. Make a
master and print.
(2) Look at the master made on the Print drum. Confirm that all the [e] images are made on the right
and left of the master on the print drum.
(3) If any of the [e] images are omitted, make an adjustment using Test Mode No. 380 (FB Horizontal
Scan Position Adjustment).

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 13: AF SCANNING SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................2
1. AF Original Set Mechanism..............................................................2
2. AF Original Scanning Mechanism (with Automatic Base Control)....4
3. AF Original Scanning Mechanism....................................................4
4. AF Original Size-Detection Mechanism............................................5
Removal and Assembly.............................................................................6
1. Removing the Original Feed Roller Assembly..................................6
2. Removing the Pickup Roller.............................................................8
3. Removing the Stripper Roller............................................................9
4. Removing the AF Read Sensor......................................................10
5. Removing the AF Read Pulse Motor..............................................11
6. Removing Other Rollers.................................................................12
Removing the Registration roller..............................................15
Removing the Read Roller No. 1..............................................16
Removing the Read Roller No. 2..............................................17
Removing the Original Ejection Roller......................................18
7. Removing the AF Original Width Potentiometer Assembly............19
Adjustment................................................................................................21
1. AF Scan Start-Position Adjustment................................................21
2. AF Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment........................................21
3. AF Scanning Speed Adjustment.....................................................21
4. AF Original Guide Fence Potentiometer Adjustment......................22
5. AF Read Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment.........................................22

IMAGETEC
Mechanism
1. AF Original Set Mechanism O O O O O O
When an original is set along the Original guide fence and against the Original stopper gate, the AF
original detection sensor turns ON (receives light) and the Master-Making/Print indication on the Panel
changes to [Master Making].
After a set length of time, the AF read pulse motor operates in the reverse direction, lowering the Pickup
roller in the direction indicated by the arrow (Refer Fig. 1302 on next page) and lifts the Original stopper
gate upward. (In this step, the one-way clutch incorporated between the Registration roller gear and
Registration roller shaft prevents the registration roller from rotating.)
When the Pickup roller goes down and presses against the original, the Pickup roller and Original stripper
roller rotate in the original transport direction, and a single piece of original is fed forward by the action of
the Original stripper roller and the Original stripper pad. This turns ON the AF original registration sensor
(light blocked), and the edge of the original is stopped by the Registration roller.
As the AF original registration sensor turns ON, after a preset length of time the AF read pulse motor
starts rotating in the forward direction. This raises the Pickup roller and rotates the Registration roller, the
two Read rollers, the White roller, and the Original ejection roller, all of which are linked by the Timing
belt, in the feed direction.
The original stops temporarily when it moves 90 mm from the original set position.
Meanwhile, when the AF original detection sensor turns ON, the Lamp carriage in the Scanner unit
conducts a series of operations from Lamp illumination to shading compensation, then moves to the AF
scan start-position and stops in the standby mode.
If the Start key is pressed within 60 seconds, the scanning operation starts immediately if the original
scanning density is not set to AUTO. If it is set to AUTO, the Lamp carriage returns to the home position,
and the shading-compensation and auto-base-control operations are performed before the scanning
operation starts.
If the Start key is not pressed within 60 seconds, the Lamp turns off and the Lamp carriage returns to the
home position. The shading compensation operation is done again when the Start key is pressed (as
well as the auto-base-control operation if the original scanning density is set to AUTO), and the scanning
operation begins.
AF Auto-base-control Shading-compensation
White roller position operation area Original stopper (AF)
3mm 5mm
3mm
10mm 55mm
1301
AF scan start-position Home position

IMAGETEC
Original ejection roller Stripper roller Original stopper
AF registration sensor Pickup roller
Registration roller
Read roller 2
Original feed
direction
AF original detection sensor
1302
White roller Read roller 1 Stripper pad
AF registration sensor Stripper roller AF original detection sensor Pickup roller
White roller
Original ejection roller
Read roller 1
1303
Registration roller Original stopper Original guide fence

IMAGETEC
2. AF Original Scanning Mechanism (with Automatic Base Control)

O O O O O O
(This operation only occurs when the original scanning density is set to [Auto].)
Once the AF original set operation is complete, pressing the Start key moves the Lamp carriage to the
shading position. After performing the shading compensation operation, the Lamp carriage moves to
the AF Auto-base-control position. Meanwhile, the AF read pulse motor rotates in the forward direction,
rotating the Registration roller, the two Read rollers, the White roller, and the Original ejection roller all in
the feed direction. After the AF read sensor turns ON (light blocked), the original is fed for a distance of
22.5 mm and stops. At this position (AF Auto-base-control position), the Image sensor scans the color
density of the original background. Then, the FB read pulse motor moves the Lamp carriage back by 3
mm in the return direction to the AF scan start-position.
The AF read pulse motor immediately rotates in the forward direction and, at the same time, the read
signal turns ON and the original scanning operation starts.
When a preset length of time elapses after the AF read sensor turns OFF (receives light) as the original
passes out through the sensor, the read signal turns OFF. As soon as the scanning operation is
completed, the AF read pulse motor operates at high speed to eject the the original.
When the AF original ejection sensor turns OFF, indicating that the original has passed out through the
sensor, the original is sent for a preset distance and the AF read pulse motor stops. The Lamp carriage
returns to the home position, and the AF read operation ends.
The Auto-base-control function is inactive in the Photo, Duo, and Dot-screening modes.
3. AF Original Scanning Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
When the Start key is pressed after the AF original set operation is completed, the AF read pulse motor
rotates in the forward direction, turning the Registration roller, the two Read rollers, the White roller, and
the Paper ejection roller all in the feed direction. When the AF read sensor turns ON (light blocked),
the original is sent for a distance of 25.5 mm, and the read signal turns ON and the original scanning
operation starts. (The Pickup roller returns to the standby position.)
When a preset length of time elapses after the AF read sensor turns OFF (receives light) as the original
passes out through the sensor, the read signal turns OFF. As soon as the scanning operation is
completed, the AF read pulse motor operates at high speed to eject the the original.
When the AF original ejection sensor turns OFF, indicating that the original has passed out through the
sensor, the original is sent for a preset distance and the AF read pulse motor stops. The Lamp carriage
returns to the home position, and the AF read operation ends.
Original ejection roller AF read sensor Registration roller
AF original ejection
sensor
1304
Read roller 2 White roller Read roller 1

IMAGETEC
AF read pulse motor Registration roller
AF original ejection
sensor
1303
AF read sensor White roller Read roller 1

4. AF Original Size-Detection Mechanism O O O O O O
The width of the original is detected by the AF guide potentiometer linked to Original guide fences, which
are aligned with the original. The length of the original is detected by AF original size sensor 1 and AF
original size sensor 2.

IMAGETEC
Removal and Assembly

1. Removing the Original Feed Roller Assembly O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Top cover by loosing the screws (M4 x 6 screws; 3 pcs) on the surface of the Top cover
and removing the screws (M4 x 10 screws; 2 pcs) from the underneath.
(2) Disconnect the two connectors and the Reuse band, remove the screws (M3 x 4 screws; 2 pcs), and
remove the Sensor bracket assembly.
Top cover
1305
1306
Reuse band Sensor bracket assembly

IMAGETEC
(3) Remove the Plastic clips from both sides, slide the Metal bushings toward the inside, and remove the
Original feed roller assembly by passing the drive gear on the rear of the assembly through the hole
on the side frame.
Metal bushing Plastic clip Plastic clip Metal bushing
1307 1308
Original feed roller assembly
REAR FRONT
1309
< Original feed roller assembly > 1310

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Pickup Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Original feed roller assembly (refer to the removal instructions in this Chapter).
(2) Remove the Plastic clip, open the end of the K-holder, and remove the Pickup roller. (Note that the
K-holder C and Parallel pin may fall during disassembly.)
K-holder Plasti clip Pickup roller K-holder
1311
K-holder C Parallel pin
< Original feed roller assembly > 1310

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the Stripper Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Original feed roller assembly (refer to the removal instructions in this Chapter).
(2) Remove the K-holder C, Parallel pin, and Pickup roller (refer to the removal instructions in this
Chapter).
(3) Remove the Plastic clip from the rear of the Stripper roller, and move the Stripper roller in the
direction indicated by the arrow.
(4) Remove the E-ring, move the K-holder F assembly slightly in the direction indicated by the arrow,
pull out the Parallel pin holding the K-holder F assembly in place from the shaft, and remove the
K-holder F assembly.
(5) Remove the Stripper roller.

- When installing the Parallel pin to hold the K-holder F assembly in place, be sure to insert it into the
shallower groove on the K-holder F assembly.
- The Stripper roller must be installed with the correct orientation. Make sure that the gear on the
Stripper roller faces the front of the machine.
Plastic clip Stripper roller K-holder F assembly
REAR FRONT
1312
E-ring
K-holder F assembly
Parallel pin
1313
< View of the K-holder F assembly and Parallel pin >

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the AF Read Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the screw (M3 x 8 screw; 1 pc), disconnect the connector, and remove the AF read sensor.
AF read sensor
1314

After the reassembly, adjust the AF read sensor by using Test Mode No. 3044 (AF Read Sensor
Sensitivity Adjustment).

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the AF Read Pulse Motor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove a screw (M4 x 6 screw; 1 pc), and move the Harness-bracket assembly to the side.
(3) Remove the Open lever together with the Open lever spring.
(4) Remove the Tension spring, mounting screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs), and then remove the AF read
pulse motor together with the Motor tension bracket.
AF read pulse motor
Open lever
1315
Harness-bracket assembly
Open lever spring 1316
Tension spring Motor tension bracket
AF read pulse motor 1317

IMAGETEC
6. Removing Other Rollers EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
(1) Remove the AF unit from the machine.
(3) Disconnect the connector, and remove the Control PCB by removing screws (M3 x 6 screws; 2 pcs).
(4) Cut the band indicated by the arrow on the photograph, remove the mounting screws (M4 x 10
screws; 7 pcs), (M4 x 10 screws + Washer; 2 pcs on the front), and remove the AF mechanism unit.
1318
AF control PCB
< AF Mechanism Unit > 1319

IMAGETEC
(5) Disconnect the AF cover set sensor connector and AF read pulse motor connector, and remove the
Ground wire by removing screw (M3 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(6) Remove the Reuse band, remove the harness from the three harness clamps, and move the harness
to the side.
(7) Remove the Ground wire from the Harness-bracket assembly by removing screw (M4 x 6 screw; 1
pc).
(8) Remove the Harness-bracket assembly by removing screw (M4 x 6 screw; 1 pc).
(9) Remove the Open Lever together with the Open lever spring.
(10) Remove the Motor bracket assembly by removing screws (M4 x 6 screws; 4 pcs).
(11) Loosen the Idler assembly securing screws, and remove the Idler spring.
(12) Remove the Plastic clip, Spur gear, E-ring, Gear assembly, and Timing belt No.1, in that order.

The Gear assembly has a built-in one-way clutch. Be sure to install the Gear assembly with the stamped
surface facing the front.
Ground wire
Reuse band
Motor bracket assembly
AF read pulse motor

connector
Open lever
Harness-bracket assembly AF cover set sensor
ground wire connector
Open lever spring
1320
Harness-bracket assembly
Plastic clip Idler gear
Idler assembly
Spur gear
Gear assembly Timing belt No.1
1321

IMAGETEC
< Layout of the rollers >
White roller Read roller 1 Read roller 2 Original ejection roller
FRONT REAR
1322
Registration roller

IMAGETEC
Removing the Registration roller

(13) Remove the Timing pulley from the rear end of the Registration roller. Also remove the Parallel pin
at the same time.
(14) Remove the E-ring, and remove the Metal bushing.
(15) Remove the Plastic clip from the front of the roller, and remove the Metal bushing.
(16) Remove the Registration roller.
Metal bushing
Timing pulley
Registration roller
Registration roller
Plastic clip
1323 FRONT 1324

REAR
REAR FRONT
1325
Timing pulley Parallel pin Registration roller Plastic clip

IMAGETEC
Removing the Read Roller No. 1

< CAUTION: Before removing the Read roller No. 1, remove the Registration roller in advance. >
(13) Remove the Plastic clip from the rear side of the roller, and remove the Timing pulley. Also remove
the Parallel pin at the same time.
(15) Remove the E-ring from the front end of the roller, and remove the Dial. Also remove the Parallel pin
at the same time.
(16) Remove the Timing pulley assembly, remove the E-ring, and remove the Metal bushing.
(17) Remove the Read roller No. 1.

The Timing pulley assembly has a built-in one-way clutch. Be sure to install the Gear assembly with the
stamped face toward the front.
Dial
Timing pulley
Read roller 1
Plastic clip
REAR 1326 Read roller 1 FRONT 1327
Read roller 1
REAR FRONT
1328
Plastic clip Timing pulley Parallel pin Timing pulley Parallel pin Dial
assembly

IMAGETEC
Removing the Read Roller No. 2

(13) Remove the Plastic clip from the rear end of the roller, and remove the Timing pulley. Also remove
(15) Remove the Plastic clip from the front end of the roller, and remove the Metal bushing.
(16) Remove the Read roller No. 2.
Timing pulley
Read roller 2
Read roller 2
Plastic clip
Plastic clip
1329 1330
REAR Read roller 2 FRONT
1331
Plastic clip Timing pulley Parallel pin Plastic clip

IMAGETEC
Removing the Original Ejection Roller

(13) Remove the Plastic clip from the rear end of the roller, and remove the Timing pulley. Also remove
(15) Remove the Plastic clip from the front end of the roller, and remove the Metal bushing.
(16) Remove the Original ejection roller.
Timing pulley
Plastic clip
Plastic clip
1332 1333
REAR Original ejection roller FRONT
1334
Plastic clip Timing pulley Parallel pin Plastic clip

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the AF Original Width Potentiometer Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Open the AF unit.
(2) Remove the Stage cover assembly by removing screws (M3 x 10 screws+Plastic washer; 2 pcs).
(3) Remove the Bottom cover by removing screw (M4 x 10 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Unplug connector, and remove the AF original width potentiometer assembly by removing screws (M3
x 10 screws; 2 pcs).
Stage cover assembly
Bottom cover
1335
AF original width potentiometer assembly
1336
Connector
1337

IMAGETEC

- Before putting back the Original width potentiometer assembly, slide the Original guide fences to the
innermost (closed) position, and rotate the gear of the Original width potentiometer assembly in the
counterclockwise direction all the way. Then rotate it back one tooth and mount the Original width
potentiometer assembly back on the AF unit.
- After the assembly is back on the AF unit, activate test mode No.3045 [AF-guide min.-width VR value]
with the Original guide fence closed all the way. Then activate test mode No.3046 [AF-guide max.-
width VR value] with the Original guide fence opened wide all the way.
Gear of the Original width potentiometer
1338

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. AF Scan Start-Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O

Checks and procedure
(1) Place A3 size printing paper on the Paper feed tray. Make 1 to 1 size master using test chart No.11
on the AF unit, and make prints.
(2) Examine the prints to confirm that the AF scan start-position is at 5 mm ± 2 mm on the top vertical
scale on the test chart No.11 printed image.
(3) If the AF scan start-position does not fall within above specification, make an adjustment using test
mode No.3073 (AF Scan Start Position Adjustment).
2. AF Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
on the AF unit.
(2) Examine the master created on the Print drum, and confirm that the [e] images on the left and right
of the original is not missing on the created master.
(3) If not all the [e] images are made on the master, make adjustment using test mode No.3072 (AF
Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment).
3. AF Scanning Speed Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
on the AF unit, and make prints.
(2) Lay the print on top of the original to confirm that the image elongation or shrinkage is within ±1.0%
at the 350mm line of the test chart image.
(3) If the elongation and shrinkage does not fall within this specification, make an adjustment using test
mode No.3074 (AF Scanning Speed Adjustment).
<CAUTION>
Make sure that master-making elongation/shrinkage adjustment is already made prior to this
scanning adjustment.

IMAGETEC
4. AF Original Guide Fence Potentiometer Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Adjustment
(1) Slide the Original guide fence to the innermost (closed) position, and run test mode No.3045 [AF-guide
min.-width VR value].
(2) Then slide the Original guide fence to the outermost (opened) position, and run test mode No.3046
[AF-guide max.-width VR value].
5. AF Read Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Adjustment
(1) Without an original, execute Test Mode No. 3044 [AF Read Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment]. This will
automatically adjust the sensitivity of the sensor.

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 16: MASTER MAKING SECTION
Contents
Mechanism..................................................................................................3
1. Master Making Mechanism...............................................................3
2. Set Detection Mechanism.................................................................4
Master making unit set detection mechanism............................4
Master making unit upper cover detection mechanism .............4
Master end detection..................................................................4
3. Master Cutting Mechanism (Rotary Cutter)......................................5
4. Master Cutting Mechanism (Shuttle Cutter)......................................6
5. TPH (Thermal Print Head) Elevation Mechanism ............................7
6. Master Set Mechanism....................................................................8
7. Master Making Movement................................................................9
Disassembly..............................................................................................10
1. Removing the Master Making Unit Lock Sensor . ..........................10
2. Removing the Print Drum, Master Making Unit Release Button,
Lock Solenoid, and Safety Switch..................................................11
Removing the Print drum release button and
Master making unit release button ....................................11
Removing the Master making unit lock solenoid......................11
Removing the Master making unit safety switch......................12
3. Removing the TPH (Thermal Print Head) Assembly......................13
4. Removing the Thermal Pressure Motor Assembly.........................15
5. Removing the Thermal Pressure Motor FG Sensor.......................17
6. Removing the Master End Sensor (receive) Assembly..................18
7. Removing the Master Detection Sensor and
Master End Sensor (send)..............................................................19
- continued on next page -

IMAGETEC
- continued from previous page -
8. Removing the Antenna Module......................................................21

9. Removing the Write Pulse Motor Assembly...................................22
10. Removing the Write Roller..............................................................23
11. Removing the Load Pulse Motor Assembly....................................24
12. Removing the Cutter Cover Assembly............................................25
13. Removing the Master Making Unit Upper Cover Safety Switch.....26
14. Removing the Master Positioning Sensor.......................................27
15. Removing the Master Loading Roller.............................................28
16. Removing the Cutter Guide Assembly............................................29
17. Removing the Master Positioning Sensor.......................................30
18. Removing the Cutter Unit...............................................................31
19. Removing the Load Roller (Bottom)...............................................33
20. Removing the Master Making Unit..................................................34
21. Removing the Master Stocker Roller (bottom)................................37
Adjustment ...............................................................................................38
1. Thermal Power of Thermal Print Head ..........................................38
2. Master Clamp Range Adjustment ..................................................38
3. Write Start Position Adjustment .....................................................38
4. Horizontal Write Position Adjustment.............................................39
5. Master cut length adjustment..........................................................39
6. Master making image Elongation and Shrinkage adjustment . ......40
7. Master making length adjustment ..................................................40
8. Master Positioning Sensor sensitivity adjustment . ........................41

IMAGETEC

# # O # O O
1. Master Making Mechanism The cutter unit shown on the sketch below is a rotary cutter.
Shuttle cutter is used on EZ3 with Print Drums smaller than
A3/Ledger size and on all RZ2 and RV2 series.
TPH (Thermal print head)
Master end sensor (receive)

Thermal pressure motor
Thermal pressure sensor
Master stocker roller (top)
Load roller (top)

Master stocker roller
Load roller (bottom) (bottom)
Master positioning sensor
Master loading roller Write roller
Master making unit

safety switch
Load pulse motor
Master roll
Cutter motor
Cutter (Rotary)
Write pulse motor Master detection sensor & Master end sensor (send)
< Two sensors on one sensor PCB >
1601

IMAGETEC
2. Set Detection Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
Master making unit set detection mechanism
The Master making unit is a pull-out type.
The pulling out and insertion of the Master making unit are conducted at Position-B. The Master making
unit safety switch and Master making unit lock sensor confirm that the Master making unit is set.
When the Master making unit safety switch is OFF, the Main motor, Clamp motor, Master compression
motor, Master removal motor and Separation fan are electrically designed not to go activate.
Master making unit safety switch
Master making unit lock sensor
1602 1603
Master making unit
Master making unit upper cover detection mechanism

The Master making unit upper cover safety switch confirms that the Master making unit upper cover
is set, and the master setting operation is performed once the cover is set. When the Master making
unit upper cover safety switch turns OFF, the Thermal pressure motor is electrically designed not to go
activate.
Master making unit upper

cover safety switch
1671
Master end detection

The end of the Master roll is detected by the Master end sensor by detecting the black end mark
attached on the tail end of the master material on the Master roll. The Master end sensor checks the
master material every 10 ms while the master is transported, and the master roll replace message is
indicated when the end mark is detected twice in succession.

IMAGETEC
3. Master Cutting Mechanism (Rotary Cutter) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X # O X O O
Shuttle cutter is used on EZ3 with Print Drums smaller
than A3/Ledger size and on all RZ2 and RV2 series.
The master is cut by the rotary cutter of the Cutter unit, which is rotated by the Cutter motor. The Cutter
motor rotates in one direction.
The Cutter HP SW confirms the home position of the rotary cutter. The Cutter is at the home position
when the switch is not pressed.
As the Cutter motor activates, the gears turn to rotate the Rotary blade. The cam on the metal gear
pushes against the actuator of the Cutter HP SW and after one rotation of the cam, the switch actuator
arrives back to the flat-cut on the cam. The switch actuator, no longer pressed by the cam, stops the
Cutter motor.
Cutter HP switch
Rotary blade
1604
1605
Cutter motor

IMAGETEC
4. Master Cutting Mechanism (Shuttle Cutter) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O # X O X X
Rotary cutter is used on EZ3 with Print Drum size of
A3/Ledger and on all EZ5, EV5 and EV3 series.
The master is cut by the shuttle (rotary blade include in the unit) of the Cutter unit back and forth motion
driven by the Cutter motor.
The Cutter HP switch and the Cutter stop position switch both confirm the shuttle position of the Cutter
unit.
The Cutter is at the home position when the Cutter HP switch is pressed. As the Cutter motor activates,
the Shuttle moves in cutting direction. When the shuttle presses the Cutter stop position switch, the
Cutter motor stops. After that the Cutter motor rotates in reverse and the Shuttle moves to the cutter
home position. The Cutter HP switch depressed, stops the Cutter motor.
Shuttle
Rotary blade
Cutter stop position switch

1672
Cu
ttin
gd
ire Cutter HP switch
cti
on
1673
Cutter motor

IMAGETEC
5. TPH (Thermal Print Head) Elevation Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
When the machine is in standby or when loading the master onto the Print drum after master making, the
TPH is elevated away from the Write roller. The TPH is lowered against the Write roller only during the
master making and in master transport operation.
The up and down movement of the TPH is made by the rotation of the Thermal pressure cam (Eccentric
cam) driven by the Thermal pressure motor.
The stop position of the TPH, whether going up or down, is detected by the combination of the Thermal
pressure sensor and Sensor disc.
When the machine power is switched ON or when the Reset button is pressed, the initialization
movement of the machine elevates the TPH away from the Write roller.
Sensor disc Thermal pressure cam TPH bracket
Thermal pressure sensor
TPH (Thermal print head)
Write roller
1606
< TPH at elevated position >
Thermal pressure spring
1607
< TPH at lowered position, touching against the Write roller >

IMAGETEC
6. Master Set Mechanism EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

# # O # O O
The cutter unit shown on the sketch below is a rotary cutter.
When the Master making unit upper cover safety switch detects the Master making unit upper cover
closed, the master set operation, described below takes place.
First, the TPH is elevated down against the write roller, with the master material pinched in between.
Then the Write pulse motor rotates both the Write roller and Master stocker roller to feed the master
material forward until the leading edge of the master material is detected by the Master positioning
sensor. The Write pulse motor stops and the TPH is elevated up away from the Write roller. Then the
Write pulse motor rotates again to advance the master material 20 mm forward by the rotation of the
Master stocker roller, and the Write pulse motor stops.
The TPH is elevated down against the Write roller again and the Write pulse motor rotates in the reverse
direction to bring the master material back. From the point when the leading edge of the master material
clears away from the Master positioning sensor, the master material continues to come back 5 mm in
distance. The Write pulse motor stops, and the TPH is elevated up. This distance can be adjusted by
test mode No. 540 [Master front-end position adjustment]. The master set operation ends and the Master
making unit waits for the master making operation to start.
The master set operation is also performed after each master cut operation, as described below.
After the cutter operates to cut the master material, the TPH elevates down against the Write roller. The
Write pulse motor activates to send the master material forward until the leading edge of the master
material is detected by the Master positioning sensor. The Write pulse motor stops once, and then
rotates in the reverse direction for 5 mm from the point the leading edge of the master material escapes
from the Master positioning sensor (Can be adjustable by test mode No. 540). The Write pulse motor
stops and the TPH is elevated up. The master set operation ends and the master making unit waits for
the master making operation to start.
Master positioning sensor TPH (Thermal print head)
Master stocker roller (bottom) Write roller
1608
Master roll

IMAGETEC

7. Master Making Movement
# # O # O O
The cutter unit shown on the sketch below is a rotary cutter.
The start of master making to the master loading on the Print drum is explained in sequence below.
(1) At the start of the master making, the TPH comes
down to pinch the master material between the
TPH and the Write roller. The Write pulse motor
activates to rotate the Write roller and Master
stocker roller in the forward direction to feed the
master material to the Master positioning sensor.
(2) The Write pulse motor rotates in the reverse

direction to bring the master material back away
from the Master positioning sensor for a given
distance and waits for the scanning to proceed.
(3) With the master making start signal, both the

Load pulse motor and Write pulse motor rotates
in the forward direction to transfer the leading
edge of the master material to the Load roller and
the master making starts.
(4) Just before the leading edge of the master

reaches the master loading onto the Drum
position, the Separation fan is activated. The
Load pulse motor stops when the leading edge of
the master arrives to the master loading onto the
Drum position. The Write pulse motor continues
to advance the master with the Separation fan
pulling the master into the Stocker room.
(5) The Print drum stops at Position-A and the Clamp

plate opens. The Load pulse motor activates to
send the leading edge of the master to the Clamp
plate. The Clamp plate closes and clamps the
master.
(6) As the master making ends, the TPH elevates up

and the Print drum starts to rotate, wrapping the
master material around the Print drum.
1609

IMAGETEC
Disassembly
1. Removing the Master Making Unit Lock Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the Master making unit and switch OFF the machine power.
(2) Remove the Safety switch cover by removing a screw (M4x8 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Unplug the connector, remove a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Master making unit lock
sensor.
1610
Safety switch cover
Master making unit lock sensor Connector
1611

IMAGETEC
2. Removing the Print Drum, Master Making Unit Release Button, Lock Solenoid, and Safety Switch
O O O O O O
(1) Remove the Front cover.
(3) Remove the Safety switch cover by removing a screw (M4x8 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Unplug connectors (3 locations), remove screws (M4x8 screws; 3 pcs) and remove the Master
making unit lock unit.
Safety switch cover
Master making unit lock

unit
1612
Removing the Print drum release button and Master making unit release button
(5) Undo two hooks on each button from the Master making unit lock unit and remove the buttons.
Removing the Master making unit lock solenoid

(5) Remove screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Master making unit lock solenoid.
1613
Master making unit release Master making unit lock solenoid Print drum release button
button

IMAGETEC
Removing the Master making unit safety switch

(5) Unplug the connectors (2 locations), remove a screw (M4x8 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Master
making unit safety switch assembly.
(6) Unhook the Torsion spring, remove an E-ring and remove the Master making unit safety switch
together with the bracket.
(7) Remove the Master making unit safety switch from the bracket.
Master making unit safety switch assembly
1614
E-ring Master making unit safety switch
1615
Torsion spring

IMAGETEC
3. Removing the TPH (Thermal Print Head) Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Open the Master making unit upper cover.
(3) Detach the Master making unit upper cover bracket by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Disconnect the Ground wire by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(5) Remove the Master making unit bottom cover by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
(6) Remove the Connector cover by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
Master making unit upper cover Master making unit upper cover bracket
1616
Master making unit bottom cover 1617
Ground wire
1618
1619
Connector cover
IMAGETEC
(7) Unplug the connectors (2 locations), remove the Snap ring, Spring and Metal bushing.
(8) Slide off the Metal bushing from the TPH bracket and remove the Thermal print head assembly.
Snap ring
1620
Metal bushing Spring
Metal bushing
TPH bracket
1621
1622
< Thermal Print Head Assembly >

IMAGETEC
4. Removing the Thermal Pressure Motor Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Thermal print head assembly.
(3) Remove the Thermal pressure gear cover by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 4 pcs).
(4) Remove the two Thermal pressure springs.
There are two kinds of Thermal pressure springs and they are distinguishable by color.
Black : B4 machine Silver : A3 machine
(5) Remove E-rings from both ends of the TPH support shaft, and remove the shaft.
Thermal pressure gear cover 1618
Thermal pressure spring TPH support shaft Thermal pressure spring
1623
No slacking on the Wire-harness.

IMAGETEC
(6) Remove the Thermal pressure motor assembly by disconnecting the connectors to the motor and
sensor, and removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
(7) Remove the Thermal pressure cam by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(8) Remove the Cam shaft assembly by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1 pc), one Metal bushing
and one screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(9) Remove the Spur gear and Shaft by removing an E-ring (6mm diameter; 1 pc).
(10) Remove the Spur gear and Shaft by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1 pc).
(11) Remove the Spur gear and Shaft by removing two E-rings (4mm diameter; 2 pcs).
(12) Remove the Worm gear bracket by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(13) Remove the Thermal pressure motor by removing screws (M3x5 screws; 2 pcs).
Thermal pressure motor assembly
1624
Thermal pressure cam Thermal pressure motor Worm gear bracket
1625
1626
Cam shaft assembly
1627

IMAGETEC
5. Removing the Thermal Pressure Motor FG Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Thermal print head assembly.
(3) Remove the Thermal pressure gear cover by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 4 pcs).
(4) Remove the two Thermal pressure springs.
There are two kinds of Thermal pressure springs and they are distinguishable by a color.
Black : B4 machine Silver : A3 machine
(5) Remove E-rings (8mm diameter; 2 pcs) from both ends of the TPH support shaft, and remove the
shaft.
(6) Remove the Thermal pressure motor assembly by disconnecting the connectors to the motor and
sensor, and removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
(7) Remove the Thermal pressure cam by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(8) Remove the Cam shaft assembly by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1pc), one Metal bushing
and one screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(9) Remove the Thermal pressure motor FG sensor.
Thermal pressure motor assembly
1624
Thermal pressure cam

FG sensor
1625
1626
Cam shaft assembly

IMAGETEC
6. Removing the Master End Sensor (receive) Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Open the Master making unit upper cover.
(3) Remove a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc), unplug the sensor connector and remove the Master end
sensor (receive) assembly.
Master end sensor (receive) assembly
1618
Master end sensor (receive) assembly
1628
1629
< Master End Sensor (Receive) Assembly >

IMAGETEC
7. Removing the Master Detection Sensor and Master End Sensor (send)
O O O O O O
(2) Open the Master making unit upper cover and remove the master roll.
(3) Remove the Master making unit front cover by removing screws (M4x8 screws; 4 pcs).
(4) Remove the Stopper plate (rear) by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
<CAUTION: Since the Set guide plate B is forced up by Set guide spring B (front), press down the
Set guide plate B when removing the Stopper plate (rear).>
(5) Remove the Master detection sensor and Master end sensor (send) together with the bracket by
removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc) while lifting up the Set guide plate B after pushing the Set
guide stopper to the rear by finger.
Step (6) and explanation photographs continue on next page.
Set guide spring B (front)
Set guide stopper
1630
Master detection sensor and
Set guide plate B
Master end sensor (send)
Stopper plate (rear)
REAR
1631

IMAGETEC
Set guide plate B

FRONT REAR
1632 1633
Set guide spring B (front)
Master detection sensor and

Master end sensor (send)
1634
Set guide plate B
1635
(6) Remove the Master detection sensor and Master end sensor (send) by disconnecting a connector
and removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).

IMAGETEC
8. Removing the Antenna Module EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove the Master making PCB by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
(4) Unplug the connector and remove the Front master flange (G) by removing screws (M3x8 screws; 2
pcs).
(5) Remove the Antenna module holder by removing screws (M3x8 screws; 2 pcs) and take out the
Antenna module.
1674 1675
< Antenna Module >
M3x8 screws; 2 pcs
1676
Antenna module
Front master flange (G)
Antenna module holder
1680

IMAGETEC
9. Removing the Write Pulse Motor Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Unhook wire harness from the Wire saddle on the bracket of the Write pulse motor.
(4) Remove the Reuse band from the bracket of the Write pulse motor and unplug the connector from
the Write pulse motor.
(5) Remove screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Write pulse motor assembly together with the
Timing belt.
(6) Remove the Spur gear by removing an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1 pc).
(7) Remove the Write pulse motor from the bracket by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
< Precaution in Reassembly >

When installing the Write pulse motor assembly back on the machine, screw on the motor assembly on
the machine loosely. Then rotate the whole motor assembly in clockwise direction to apply tension on the
Timing belt. With adequate tension applied on the Timing belt, securely tighten the mounting screws.
Timing belt Write pulse motor assembly
Reuse band
1636
Wire saddle
Timing belt
1638
< Write Pulse Motor Assembly >

IMAGETEC
10. Removing the Write Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Open the Master making unit upper cover and remove following items.
- Master roll
- Master making unit front cover
- Write pulse motor assembly
(3) Remove the Write roller pulley by removing a screw (M3x8 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Remove the Bearing support bracket (front) by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
(5) Gently pull out the Write roller through the opening on the front Side frame.
Write roller
1639
Pulley Bearing support bracket (front)
< Write Roller > 1640

IMAGETEC
11. Removing the Load Pulse Motor Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
- Master roll
(3) Remove the reuse bands (3 locations) from the bracket of the Load pulse motor and unplug the Load
pulse motor connector.
(4) Remove screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs) and remove the Load pulse motor assembly.
(5) Remove the Spur gear by removing an E-ring (6mm diameter; 1 pc).
(6) Remove the Load pulse motor by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
Reuse band Load pulse motor assembly
1641
Reuse band
E-ring
< Load Pulse Motor Assembly Inner side view >

1642

IMAGETEC
12. Removing the Cutter Cover Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
- Master roll
- Load pulse motor assembly
(3) Unplug the sensor connector, remove screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs), and remove the Cutter cover
assembly while pulling out the wire harness from the hole on the machine side frame.
1630
Cutter cover assembly
1643
< Cutter Cover Assembly >
Master positioning sensor Master making unit upper cover safety switch
1644
< Cutter Cover Assembly Back side view >

IMAGETEC
13. Removing the Master Making Unit Upper Cover Safety Switch EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Open the Master making unit upper cover and remove following item.
- Cutter cover assembly
(3) Unplug the connector, remove a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Master making unit upper
cover safety switch.
1643
1645
Master making unit upper cover safety switch

IMAGETEC
14. Removing the Master Positioning Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove the Master Positioning sensor cover by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Unplug the connector and remove the Master positioning sensor.
Master positioning sensor cover
1643
Master positioning sensor
1646

IMAGETEC
15. Removing the Master Loading Roller EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
1) Pull out the Master making unit and switch OFF the machine power.
(3) Remove the Master loading guide by removing screws (M3x8 screws; 2 pcs).
(4) Remove the Spur gear by removing a screw (M3x8 screw; 1 pc).
(5) Remove the Snap ring on the rear, unhook the Metal bushing from the rear frame and slide it inward.
Slide the Master loading roller towards the rear and unhook the Metal bushing from the front frame.
Remove the Master loading roller from the machine.
1647
Master loading guide Master loading roller
1648
Snap ring Master loading roller Spur gear
< REAR > 1649 < FRONT > 1650

IMAGETEC
16. Removing the Cutter Guide Assembly EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the master making unit and switch OFF the machine power.
- Master roll
- Master loading guide
- Master loading roller
(3) Remove the Cutter guide assembly by removing screws (M3x6 screws; 2 pcs).
1651
Cutter guide assembly
< Cutter guide assembly (TOP VIEW) > 1653

1652
< Cutter guide assembly (BOTTOM VIEW) > 1654

IMAGETEC
17. Removing the Master Positioning Sensor EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Remove the Cutter guide (bottom) by removing a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Remove the Master positioning sensor from the Cutter guide (bottom).
< Cutter guide assembly (TOP VIEW) > 1653
Master positioning sensor (bottom) Cutter guide (bottom)
1654
< Cutter guide assembly (BOTTOM VIEW) >

IMAGETEC

18. Removing the Cutter Unit
O O O O O O
The cutter unit shown on this page is a rotary cutter.
Shuttle cutter is used on EZ3 with Print Drums smaller
than A3/Ledger size and on all RZ2 and RV2 series.
(1)
Pull out the Master making unit and switch OFF the machine power.
(2)
Open the Master making unit upper cover and remove following items.
- Master roll
- Cutter guide assembly
- Write roller pulley
- Master stocker roller pulley
(3)
Remove the Cutter unit by unplugging the connectors (2 locations) and removing two Shoulder
screws (In case of the shuttle type cutter - remove a screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
Refer to the photographs on the next page.
Connector Connector Cutter unit
1655 1656
Master stocker roller pulley Write roller pulley
< Cutter Unit (Rotary) > 1657

IMAGETEC
Rotary Cutter
1679 1677
Shuttle Cutter
1672
1678 1673

IMAGETEC
19. Removing the Load Roller (Bottom) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
- Master roll
(3) Remove the Spur gear by removing a screw (M3x8 screw; 1 pc).
(4) Remove the Road roller (bottom) by removing an E-ring from both ends of the roller (6mm diameter;
1 pc each) and Metal bushings.
1658
Load roller (bottom)
Metal bushing 1659 Metal bushing Spur gear 1660

IMAGETEC
20. Removing the Master Making Unit EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(3) Unplug the Master making unit flat cable from the Master making PCB.
(4) Remove a screw (M3x8 screw; 1 pc) and remove the Flat cable bracket. Then unhook the Flat cable
support plate from the Master making unit side frame (front) and let it hang down.
The procedure continues onto next two pages.
Master making PCB

1636
Master making unit side frame (front)
1636
Flat cable bracket
Master making unit flat cable

1661
Flat cable support plate

IMAGETEC
(5) Pull out the Flat cable guiding box in the direction indicated by an arrow mark on the photograph
below, just enough to unhook from the Master making unit, and disengage it from the Master making
unit.
(6) Push both the Flat cable guiding box and Flat cable support plate back into the machine.
(7) Remove the four Shoulder screws and remove the unit from the machine by lifting it.
Master making unit Flat cable support plate Flat cable guiding box
Flat cable guiding box 1662 1663
Shoulder screws
< Master Making Unit > 1616

IMAGETEC

1) Insert the flanged portion of the Flat cable guiding box through the support hooks on the bottom of
the Master making unit and engage the Damper gear into the rack gear on the top surface of the Flat
cable guiding box.
2) Insert the cap portion of the Flat cable bracket over the hooks on the front tip of the Flat cable
support plate and hook the catch on the Flat cable bracket on the rectangular hole on the Master
making unit front frame.
Damper gear Rack gear molded on the

Flat cable guiding box
Support hooks on the bottom of the 1664 Flanged portion on the Flat cable 1663
Master making unit guiding box
Gasket
Catch on the Flat

cable bracket to hook
into the rectangular
Cap portion on the hole on the Master
Flat cable bracket making unit
1661
Hooks at the tip of the Flat Rectangular hole to

cable support plate hook the catch on the
Flat cable bracket
1665
IMAGETEC
21. Removing the Master Stocker Roller (bottom) EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(2) Remove the Master making unit.
(3) Remove the following items.
- Master stocker roller pulley (4mm diameter E-ring; 1 pc).
(4) Remove an E-ring (4mm diameter; 1 pc) and the Metal bushing from the rear, and remove two
E-rings (4mm diameter; 2 pcs) and the Metal bushing from the front, and remove the Master stocker
roller (bottom).
1658
Master stocker roller (bottom)
Master stocker roller pulley
Master stocker roller (bottom) 1666 1667

Master stocker roller (bottom)

IMAGETEC
Adjustment
1. Thermal Power of Thermal Print Head EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The thermal power must always be adjusted each time a TPH (Thermal print head) is replaced.
(1) Activate test mode.
(2) Enter 9874 from the key board on the panel, press <START> key to access into the protected area.
(3) Run test mode No. 1234 (TPH resistance input) and enter the resistance value imprinted on a sticker
attached on each TPH. Press START key to enter the value.
(4) Press <RESET> key to return back to the normal operation mode.
2. Master Clamp Range Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Make a master and mark a short straight line at about the center of the master along the edge of the
Clamp plate so the measurement of the master under the Clamp plate can be measured.
(2) Open the Clamp plate and measure from the leading edge of the master to the marking made. The
measured length should be 18 mm, plus or minus 1 mm.
(3) If the measurement is out of the specified range, make an adjustment using test mode No. 543 (master
clamp range adjustment).
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode increases the master clamp amount.
3. Write Start Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Run Test mode No. 80 (Test print A) to make a master.
(2) Remove the leading edge of the master by opening the Clamp plate of the Print drum and measure
the distance from the leading edge of the master to the write start position (top of the image on the
master) to confirm that the distance is 63 mm, plus or minus 1 mm, measured at about the center of
the master material.
(3) If the measurement is out of the specified range, run test mode No. 541 (Write start position
adjustment) and make an adjustment.
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode decreases the distance, moving the image up on the
master material.
* Master Clamp Range Adjustment must be made before this Write Start Position Adjustment.

IMAGETEC
4. Horizontal Write Position Adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
Checks and adjustment procedure
(1) Run Test Mode No.386 (Activates or deactivates center black dot setting) and select [1] to activate
the center black line.
(2) Without turning the machine power off, exit from the Test Mode and make a master without placing
any original on the Scanner stage glass.
(3) Pull out the Print drum, confirming that the black line on the master is within 179 mm, plus or minus 1
mm, from the inner surface of the Drum flange on the rear.
(4) If the measurement is out of the specified range, start the protected area Test Mode No.9874, and
then 1233 (TPH master-making horizontal position adjustment) and make adjustments.
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode will move the master-making horizontal position
on the master towards the rear of the Print drum (moves printed image on the paper to the right).
Changing the test mode parameter too much may result in lost image.
5. Master cut length adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Make a master and measure the length of the master margin at the tail end of the master on the Print
drum (distance from where the ink ends on the master material to the tail edge of the master). The
distance should be 10.5 mm, plus or minus 1.5 mm.
(2) If the measured distance is out of the specified range, make an adjustment using test mode No.544
(master cut length adjustment).
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode increases length of the margin at the tail of the
master, making the total length of each master longer.

IMAGETEC
6. Master making image Elongation and Shrinkage adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Run Test mode No.81 (Test print B) to make a master, and then make prints.
(2) Check by folding the printed paper and look through the top and bottom folded print. If the horizontal
line overlaps exactly with the vertical line or within plus/minus 1%, the adjustment is correct.
(3) If the length of the horizontal and vertical lines differ for more than 1%, make an adjustment using
test mode No.547 (master-making speed adjustment).
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode vertically elongates the image.
How the paper is folded for the check.
1668
Test print B [Test Mode No.81]

(The printed line pitch differs according to the
dpi of the Thermal print head.)
1669
7. Master making length adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
(1) Run the Test mode No.80 (Test print A ) to make a master.
(2) Peel off the master from the Print drum and measure the distance from the top of the image to the
bottom of the image created on the master. The distance should be 425 mm for Ledger, 413 mm for
A3, 357 mm for B4, 349 mm for Legal, 290 mm for A4 and 273 mm for Letter size Print drum.
(3) If the measured distance is out of the specified range, make an adjustment using test mode No.542
(master making length adjustment).
* Increasing the parameter setting by the test mode increases the master making length.

IMAGETEC
8. Master Positioning Sensor sensitivity adjustment EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
Make following adjustment after replacing Master positioning sensor.

O O O O O O
(1) Pull out the Master making unit. If master material is set in the unit, rewind the master material back
on the master roll, so no master is under the Master positioning sensor.
(2) Remove the Master-making unit front cover by removing screws (M4x8 screws; 4 pcs).
(3) Push the Master making unit back in the machine.
(4) With the machine power ON, using a multi-meter, measure the voltage between TP7 and TP8.
Measuring the voltage between TP7 and TP8 is same as measuring the voltage between pin No. 1 (+)
and pin No. 3 (-) of connector (CN6) of the Master making PCB.
(5) Confirm that the measured voltage is 1.0 volt, plus or minus 0.2 volt.
(6) If the voltage is not within the above given range, slowly and gently rotate both volume dials VR1 and
VR2 all the way in the clockwise direction until the dials stop.
(7) Slowly rotate the dial VR1 (rough adjustment dial) in the counterclockwise direction until the voltage
becomes about 2 volts.
(8) Then slowly rotate the dial VR2 (fine adjustment dial) in the counterclockwise direction until the
voltage comes down to the correct voltage setting of 1.0 volt, plus or minus 0.2 volt.
Connector (CN6) VR1
Master making PCB VR2 1670
1636

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 17: PANEL MESSAGE
Contents
1. Explanation of Panel Messages...........................................................2

Overview of the messages.....................................................................2
2. List of Error Types.................................................................................3
3. Detail List of Panel Messages..............................................................7
Service call errors (T**).........................................................................7
Jam errors (A**)...................................................................................25
J- codes (Paper/ Original errors)..........................................................27
Option errors (B**)...............................................................................32
Errors involving consumable (C**)......................................................38
Set check errors (D**).........................................................................40
Warnings requiring service calls (E**).................................................45
Warnings [Miscellaneous] (F**)...........................................................46
Parameter Value input (H**)................................................................63
Errors Requiring Special Attention.......................................................64

IMAGETEC
1. Explanation of Panel Messages

Overview of the messages
1) Error-code displays
If an error occurs, an error message is displayed on the LCD panel of the machine, in Error-code
display and in graphics, to indicate the machine problem to the operator.
Error-code displays consist of an [error type] indicating the type of error and an [error-point number]
indicating the error situation. The [T-Error Type] on CZ2/3 & CV2/3 are displayed as [P-Error Type].
Example:
T01-520 T01: Error type and 520: Error point
1. Error type
The order of error priority is as specified below.
EZ5 EZ2/3
Error Type Description
EV5 EV2/3
T (P) Serviceman-call error O O
A Jam error O O
B (b) Option error O O
C (c) Consumable error O O
D (d) Set check error O O
E Warning (Serviceman call) O O
F Warning (Other) O O
J Paper/Original jam error O O
H Parameter value input O O
2. Error point
The error-point classification are as specified below.
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
0XX System (hardware, software, communication), Operation panel O O
1XX Scanning section (scanner, AF), image processing O O
2XX Master making section O O
3XX Master-disposal section O O
4XX Paper-feed/ejection section O O
5XX Print-drum area O O
6XX Printing adjustment section (vertical, horizontal, density) O O
7XX Optional accessories O O

IMAGETEC
2. List of Error Types
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
T01 Main motor lock O O
T02 Elevator motor lock O O
T03 Clamp motor lock O O
T04 Overflow O O
T05 Print-positioning pulse-motor lock O O
T08 Communication error with CI x O
T09 Sorter error O x
T11 Print pressure pulse motor lock O O
T12 Master disposal area motor lock O O
T13 Cutter motor lock O O
T14 Flatbed error O O
T15 AF error O O
T17 Solenoid counter not connected O O
T18 Drum-lock solenoid lock O O
T19 Thermal-pressure motor lock O O
T20 Paper-ejection-section motor lock O O
T24 Inking motor lock O O
T25 No battery error O O
T89 Master compression plate error O O
T91 Operation panel EEPROM error O x
T92 Drum EEPROM write error O O
T93 NET-C hardware error x O
T93 NET-D hardware error O x
T94 Call service error: TPH O O
T95 FRAM error O O
T96 Data not input O O
T97 PC card access error O O
T98 Hardware error O O
T99 Software error O O
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
A01 Master feed error O O
A02 Master loading error O O
A04 Master detected on print drum error O O
Master detected in master-disposal
A05 O O
area
A06 Check paper-feed tray O O
A07(J) Paper-feed error O O
A08(J) Paper jam on print drum O O
A09(J) Paper-ejection error O O
A10(J) AF original feed error O O
Awaiting for the master to be removed
A16 O O
from the drum
A17 Cutter error O O
A34 Requesting for master to be reset O O

IMAGETEC
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
B01 Keycard counter: No card O O
B02 Sorter: Call service error O x
B03 Sorter: Jam error O x
B04 Sorter: Door open error O x
B05 Sorter: Error (other) O x
B21 Hold memory: Read/Write error O x
B22 Job separator: Power OFF O O
B23 Job separator: No tape O O
B24 Job separator: Tape jam O O
B25 Sorter: Tray full error O x
B26 Sorter: Paper remaining on tray error O x
B27 Sorter: Stapler error O x
B28 Sorter: Size error O x
B29 USB Memory: No compatibility (w/ USB HUB) O x
B30 USB Memory: No compatibility O x
B31 Linked printer: Data communication error O O
B32 Network cable not connected O O
B33 IP address setup error O O
B34 Linked printer: error x O
B34 Linked printer: No toner O x
B35 Linked printer: Call service error O x
B38 USB Memory: Fault create a file O x
B39 USB Memory: No access O x
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
C01 Replace ink cartridge O O
C02 Replace master roll O O
C03 Master disposal box full O O
C04 No paper on the paper feed tray O O
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
D01 Print drum not set O O
D02 Incorrect print drum O O
D03 Ink cartridge not set O O
D04 Incorrect ink cartridge O O
D05 Master not set O O
D07 Master-disposal box not set O O
D08 Master making unit not set O O
D09 Master making unit cover not closed O O
D11 Front cover not closed O O
D13 Rear cover not closed O O
D17 Incorrect master roll O O
D18 Print drum is ready for removal O O
D19 Master making unit is ready for removal O O
D22 Print drum removal command O O
D23 AF cover not closed O x
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
E01 Replace battery O O
E02 Maintenance call O O

IMAGETEC
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
F01 No master on print drum O O
F02 Master image larger than paper size: 1 O x
F03 Multi-up printing - Incorrect paper size O O
F04 User Control: Reach to copy count limit O x
F05 Print quantity less than the minimum print quantity setting O O
F08 Auto tray selection: Wrong paper size O x
F10 Master image larger than paper size: 2 O x
F12 Auto tray selection: Irregular size original O x
F15 Auto control paper receiving tray: Large paper remaining on the tray O x
F17 Incorrect print drum size O x
F21 Multi-Up: No original on AF x O
F22 Multi-Up: No original on FB x O
F24 Auto reproduction: Error between original size and paper size O x
F31 Auto control paper receiving tray: Paper guide fence error O x
F32 Storage data: Storage area full O x
F33 USB Memory: Capacity is full O x
F37 Book mode: AF cannot be used O O
F43 AF cannot be used in book mode O x
F44 Auto reproduction size: Error between original size and paper size O x
F45 Linked printer error O x
F47 Linked printer error - No paper O x
F48 Multi-Up: Wrong original size O x
F49 Multi-Up: No original O x
F52 Linked printer error - Job interrupted O x
F58 Book editing not available with AF (NET-C Card Initializing) x O
F58 Book editing not available with AF (NET-D Card Initializing) O x
Master-making confirmation when linked printer is selected ( when print
F60 O x
quantity = 0)
F61 Linked printer: Wrong paper size O x
F62 Linked printer auto selection: Linked printer error O x
F63 Linked printer: Auto tray selection not available for irregular size original O x
F64 Selected function not available while processing print data from PC O x
F65 Scan mode: Auto page size selection not available for irregular size original O x
F66 Linked printer: Saddle-stitch error O x
F67 Linked printer: Rotation sort error O x
F73 Linked printer: Auto tray selection not available with selected reproduction ratio O x
High speed printing: Printer temperature is too low for 180ppm high speed
F74 O x
printing
F78 Editor: Stage cover is opened O x
F79 Editor: No original during re-scanning O x
F85 External CI: Scanning not possible with external CI not connected O x
F86 Auto tray selection: Tray cannot be selected with selected reproduction ratio O x
F87 Auto tray selection: Multi-Up not possible O x
F88 Auto tray selection: 2-Up selection error O x
F89 Interposer mode: Wrong paper size O x
F90 Stock management (ink) O x
F91 Stock management (master) O x
F93 Reproduction size: Larger than the master-making size O x
F94 Protect mode: Discard current master O x
F95 Protect mode: Confirmation O x
F96 Total Count Volume O x
F97 Count Charge O x

IMAGETEC
EZ5 EZ2/3
EV5 EV2/3
H01 Ink color setting O O
H02 Print density fine adjustment X O
H03 Proof-print density adjustment (ink) X O
H04 Master-making density O O
H05 Print density fine adjustment X O
H06 Proof-print density adjustment (master) X O

IMAGETEC
3. Detail List of Panel Messages

Service call errors (T**)
EZ5/EV5 EZ2/EV2 & EZ3/EV3
Error Type T01 [Main motor lock] Error Type T01 [Main motor lock]
T01-xxx
LCD Display !!System Error!! LED Display
LED 3 (Print drum area)
Description Press Reset Key Error position
If Recovery has Failed, Call Service
To reset To reset
Press the <RESET> key. Press the <RESET> key.
display display
Error Point Error Conditions Error Point Error Conditions
Main motor lock detection due to The
Main motor FG sensor count reduced to
The Main motor FG sensor does not go
50% of the set speed.
520 520 ON/OFF within 10 milliseconds after the
(The detection is not made for the first
Main motor activates.
200 milliseconds from the Main motor
movement.)
The position-B sensor status does not The position-B sensor status does not
521 change even after 3,033 pulses after the 521 change even after 3,033 pulses after the
Main motor activates. Main motor activates.
The Clamp unit is not at the home position The Clamp unit is not at the home position
524 while the Print drum is in operation 524 while the Print drum is in operation
(except during master disposal). (except during master disposal).
537 The Print drum failed to stop at position-B. 537 The Print drum failed to stop at position-B.
The Print drum is not locked during The Print drum is not locked during
538 538
operation. (Drum lock sensor: OFF) operation. (Drum lock sensor: OFF)
Error Type T02 [Elevator motor lock] Error Type T02 [Elevator motor lock]
T02-xxx
LED 1 (Paper feed tray area)
To reset To reset
display display
Both the Upper and Lower limit sensors Both the Upper and Lower limit sensors
400 400
are ON at the same time. are ON at the same time.
Overload current was detected in the Overload current was detected in the
401 401
Elevator motor. Elevator motor.
The Lower limit sensor does not go OFF The Lower limit sensor does not go OFF
within 2 seconds after the Elevator motor within 2 seconds after the Elevator motor
404 404
operates in the raising direction from the operates in the raising direction from the
lower limit position. lower limit position.
The Upper limit sensor does not go ON The Upper limit sensor does not go ON
405 within 12 seconds after the Elevator motor 405 within 12 seconds after the Elevator motor
operates in the raising direction. operates in the raising direction.

IMAGETEC
The Upper limit sensor does not go OFF The Upper limit sensor does not go OFF
within 2 seconds after the Elevator motor within 2 seconds after the Elevator motor
406 406
operates in the lower direction from the operates in the lower direction from the
upper limit position. upper limit position.
The Lower limit sensor does not go ON The Lower limit sensor does not go ON
407 within 12 seconds after the Elevator motor 407 within 12 seconds after the Elevator motor
operates in the lowering direction. operates in the lowering direction.
The Upper limit sensor is OFF The Upper limit sensor is OFF
continuously for over 2 seconds during continuously for over 2 seconds during
408 408
operation of the elevator servo action to operation of the elevator servo action to
raise the Feed tray. raise the Feed tray.
Machine tried to print with the Upper limit Machine tried to print with the Upper limit
434 sensor OFF when special paper feed 434 sensor OFF when special paper feed
mode is selected. mode is selected.
Error Type T03 [Clamp motor lock] Error Type T03 [Clamp motor lock]
T03-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
The Clamp sensor A is OFF after the The Clamp sensor A is OFF after the
500 completion of the Clamp unit initialization 500 completion of the Clamp unit initialization
or home positioning movement. or home positioning movement.
The Clamp sensor B does not change The Clamp sensor B does not change
501 within 1 second from the time the Clamp 501 within 1 second from the time the Clamp
motor operates in the forward direction. motor operates in the forward direction.
The Clamp sensor B does not change The Clamp sensor B does not change
502 within 1 second from the time the Clamp 502 within 1 second from the time the Clamp
motor operates in the reverse direction. motor operates in the reverse direction.
The Clamp sensor A does not go ON The Clamp sensor A does not go ON
503 within 3 seconds when the Clamp unit 503 within 3 seconds when the Clamp unit
makes initialization movement. makes initialization movement.
At the start of the Clamp plate open/close At the start of the Clamp plate open/close
504 action, the detection sequence of clamp 504 action, the detection sequence of clamp
sensors A & B are abnormal. sensors A & B are abnormal.
At the start of print drum Position-A At the start of print drum Position-A
compensation movement, the detection compensation movement, the detection
505 505
sequence of clamp sensors A & B are sequence of clamp sensors A & B are
abnormal. abnormal.
At the start of Clamp unit Home At the start of Clamp unit Home
positioning movement, the detection positioning movement, the detection
506 506
sequence of clamp-sensors A & B are sequence of clamp-sensors A & B are
abnormal. abnormal.

IMAGETEC
The Clamp sensor A is ON after the clamp The Clamp sensor A is ON after the clamp
507 507
release action is completed. release action is completed.
The Clamp sensor A is ON after the The Clamp sensor A is ON after the
508 A-position compensating movement is 508 A-position compensating movement is
completed. completed.
The Clamp unit is not in the home position

545 while the Print drum is in movement
(cause due to the Clamp motor).
Error Type T04 [Ink overflow] Error Type T04 [Ink overflow]
T04-xxx
Press the <RESET> key after correcting Press the <RESET> key after correcting
To reset To reset
the ink overflow condition. (No ink on the the ink overflow condition. (No ink on the
display display
ink overflow sensor.) ink overflow sensor.)
The Overflow sensor is ON for a set The Overflow sensor is ON for a set
number of times in succession during the number of times in succession during the
513 513
10-millisecond-interval overflow-sensor 10-millisecond-interval overflow-sensor
check. check.
T05 [Vertical print positioning pulse T05 [Vertical print positioning pulse
Error Type Error Type
motor lock] motor lock]
T05-xxx
LED 7 (Paper ejection area)
To reset Press the <RESET> key. (Overflow To reset Press the <RESET> key. (Overflow
display sensor must be OFF) display sensor must be OFF)
The Vertical print positioning HP sensor The Vertical print positioning HP sensor
does not switch ON even when the does not switch ON even when the
Vertical print positioning pulse motor Vertical print positioning pulse motor
603 603
activated in the image-down direction activated in the image-down direction
for regulation time during vertical home for 5.0 seconds during vertical home
positioning movement. positioning movement.
The Vertical print positioning HP sensor The Vertical print positioning HP sensor
does not switch OFF even when the does not switch OFF even when the
Vertical print positioning pulse motor Vertical print positioning pulse motor
604 604
activated in the image-up direction for activated in the image-up direction for 5.0
regulation time during vertical home seconds during vertical home positioning
positioning movement. movement.

IMAGETEC
Even though the Vertical print positioning Even though the Vertical print positioning
pulse motor stopped according to the pulse motor stopped according to the
Vertical print positioning sensor detection, Vertical print positioning sensor detection,
605 605
the stopping position does not correspond the stopping position does not correspond
with the programmed position. (GA control with the programmed position. (GA control
error). error).
The Print positioning key is pressed The Print positioning key is pressed
612 with vertical print position information 612 with vertical print position information
undefined. undefined.
The Vertical print positioning pulse motor
does not end its operation within the set
619
period during the recovery movement to
rotate -98 pulses.
The Vertical print positioning pulse motor
632 period in the pulse count stop mode, or in
the sensor stop mode after the actuator is
detected by the sensor.
Error Type T08 [Communication error with CI]
LED Display
No indication
Error position
To reset
Turn the power OFF and ON.
display
Error Point Error Conditions
NeoROSA PCB not connected (When
007 printing the System configuration data out
put)
951 The file is not a correct RINC data.
Error Type T09 [Sorter error]

T09-xxx
LCD Display !!System Error!!
Description Press Reset Key
To reset
Turn the power OFF and ON.
display
003 Sorter communication error.
Sorter communication error: The /CTS
700 does not change to LOW even after 3
seconds from power ON.
Sorter communication error: The machine
status information is not received from the
701
sorter even after 0.2 seconds from the
initialization command.

IMAGETEC
Sorter communication error: The retry

712
command was not received.
Sorter communication error: The retry
720 command was not received twice
consecutively.
Error Type T11 [Print pressure pulse motor lock] Error Type T11 [Print pressure pulse motor lock]
T11-xxx
To reset Press the <RESET> key to recovery To reset Press the <RESET> key to recovery
display operation (Return to home position) display operation (Return to home position)
The Pressure HP sensor does not switch The Pressure HP sensor does not switch
ON within 3.9 seconds after the Pressure ON within 5 seconds after the Pressure
600 control pulse motor activated towards 600 control pulse motor activated towards
higher pressure during home positioning higher pressure during home positioning
operation. operation.
The Pressure HP sensor does not switch The Pressure HP sensor does not switch
OFF within 4.6 seconds after the Pressure OFF within 5 seconds after the Pressure
601 control pulse motor activated towards 601 control pulse motor activated towards
lower pressure during home positioning lower pressure during home positioning
operation. operation.
Even though the Pressure control pulse Even though the Pressure control pulse
motor stopped according to the Pressure motor stopped according to the Pressure
602 HP sensor detection, the stopping 602 HP sensor detection, the stopping
position does not correspond with the position does not correspond with the
programmed position. (GA control error). programmed position. (GA control error).
The Pressure control pulse motor does

not complete its movement even after 1.2
not complete its movement even after
614 time the set period passed from the print 614
7 seconds from the print pressure HP
pressure HP movement to move -1000
movement to move -1000 pulses.
pulses.

not end its operation within the set period
631 in the pulse count stop mode, or in the
sensor stop mode after the actuator after
the actuator is detected by the sensor.

IMAGETEC
T12 [Master disposal area motor T12 [Master disposal area motor
lock] lock]
T12-xxx
LED 5 (Master removal area)
To reset To reset
display display
300 300
Master removal motor. Master removal motor.
The Master compression motor lock when The Master compression motor lock when
301 301
moving compression plate up. moving compression plate up.
The Master compression HP sensor does The Master compression HP sensor does
not go ON within 7.5 seconds after the not go ON within 6.5 seconds after the
305 305
Master compression motor operates in Master compression motor operates in
the return direction. the return direction.
The Master compression sensor does The Master compression sensor does
not go OFF within 2 seconds after the not go OFF within 2 seconds after the
306 306
Master compression motor operates in Master compression motor operates in
the compress direction. the compress direction.
The Master compression plate maximum The Master compression plate maximum
position is not detected within 7.5 seconds position is not detected within 6.5 seconds
307 307
after the Master compression motor after the Master compression motor
operates in the compress direction. operates in the compress direction.
The Compression FG sensor status on The Compression FG sensor count did
the Master compression motor did not not change as the Master compression
309 309
change for 50 consecutive times during motor activated in the compress direction
10 millisecond polling. and moved out from the home position.
The Master removal motor FG sensor The Master removal motor FG sensor
count dropped to 50% of the set speed. count did not change within 10
316 316
(The speed check starts 200 milliseconds milliseconds after the Master compression
after the activation of the motor.) motor activated.
Error Type T13 [Cutter motor lock] Error Type T13 [Cutter motor lock]
T13-xxx
LED 4 (Master making area)
To reset To reset
display display
The Cutter HP switch does not go OFF The Cutter HP switch does not go OFF
203 within 100 milliseconds after the Cutter 203 within 100 milliseconds after the Cutter
motor is activated. (Rotary cutter only) motor is activated. (Rotary cutter only)

IMAGETEC
The Cutter HP switch does not go ON The Cutter HP switch does not go ON
motor is activated. (Rotary cutter only) motor is activated. (Rotary cutter only)
The Master positioning sensor is ON The Master positioning sensor is ON
205 when the Print drum rotates through the 205 when the Print drum rotates through the
preset angle following master cutting. preset angle following master cutting.
The Cutter HP switch and the Cutter stop The Cutter HP switch and the Cutter stop
221 position switch both go ON at same time. 221 position switch both go ON at same time.
(Shuttle cutter only) (Shuttle cutter only)
222 within 450 milliseconds after the cutter 222 within 450 milliseconds after the cutter
home positioning operation started. home positioning operation started.
The Cutter HP switch does not go OFF The Cutter HP switch does not go OFF
motor is activated. (Shuttle cutter only) motor is activated. (Shuttle cutter only)
The Cutter stop switch does not go ON The Cutter stop switch does not go ON
232 within 2 seconds after the Cutter motor is 232 within 2 seconds after the Cutter motor is
activated. (Shuttle cutter only) activated. (Shuttle cutter only)
The Cutter stop switch does not go OFF The Cutter stop switch does not go OFF
within 500 milliseconds after the cutter within 500 milliseconds after the cutter
233 233
home positioning operation started from home positioning operation started from
cutter stop position. (Shuttle cutter only) cutter stop position. (Shuttle cutter only)
within 2 seconds after the cutter home within 2 seconds after the cutter home
234 234
positioning operation started. (Shuttle positioning operation started. (Shuttle
cutter only) cutter only)
Error Type T14 [Flatbed error] Error Type T14 [Flatbed error]
T14-xxx
LED 8 (Image scanning area)
To reset To reset
display display
The FB/AF HP sensor does not go OFF
112
within given time.
The FB/AF HP sensor does not go ON
113
within given time.
114 Incorrect main-unit data.
The scanner operation is not completed The scanner operation is not completed
115 115
within the set time. within the set time.
Timeout error for black shading Timeout error for black shading
116 116
compensation. compensation. (EZ3/EV3 only)

IMAGETEC
Timeout error for white shading Timeout error for white shading
117 117
118 Software error
Offset adjustment not completed within Offset adjustment not completed within
123 123
set time. set time. (EZ3/EV3 only)
Gain adjustment not completed within set Gain adjustment not completed within set
124 124
time. time.
Offset adjustment not completed. (EZ3/
EV3)
125 Offset adjustment not completed. 125
A/D reference adjustment not completed.
(EZ2/EV2)
126 Gain adjustment not completed. 126 Gain adjustment not completed.
Malfunction detected during offset Malfunction detected during offset
135 135
adjustment. adjustment. (EZ3/EV3 only)
Malfunction detected during gain Malfunction detected during gain
136 136
adjustment. adjustment. (EZ3/EV3 only)
Malfunction detected during black shading Malfunction detected during black shading
137 137
Malfunction detected during white shading Malfunction detected during white shading
138 138
160 The scanner model information is missing.
Even though the FB read pulse motor Even though the FB read pulse motor
stopped according to the sensor stopped according to the sensor
170 detection, the stopping position does not 170 detection, the stopping position does not
correspond with the programmed position. correspond with the programmed position.
(GA control error). (GA control error).
Error Type T15 [AF error] Error Type T15 [AF error]
T15-xxx
To reset To reset
Turn the power OFF and ON. Turn the power OFF and ON.
display display
100 The AF read sensor adjustment error.
101 AF-EEPROM error.
ABC (auto-base-control) timeout. The ABC (auto-base-control) timeout. The
110 original does not move from the ABC 110 original does not move from the ABC
scanning position on the AF unit. scanning position on the AF unit.
Operation command was made to the AF Operation command was made to the AF
111 unit without 24 volts supplied to the AF 111 unit without 24 volts supplied to the AF
unit. unit.
Timeout error in receiving reply from the Timeout error in receiving reply from the
130 AF unit after command signal was sent 130 AF unit after command signal was sent
from the Riso printer to the AF unit. from the Riso printer to the AF unit.

IMAGETEC
Riso printer received an undefined Riso printer received an undefined

131 131
command from the AF unit. command from the AF unit.
Riso printer detected communication Riso printer detected communication
132 132
sequence error from the AF unit. sequence error from the AF unit.
Communication error with AF unit (ACK, Communication error with AF unit (ACK,
133 133
NAK, or receiving channel error). NAK, or receiving channel error).
Riso printer could not send command to Riso printer could not send command to
134 134
the AF unit within the set time. the AF unit within the set time.
161 AF unit not connected. 161 AF unit not connected.
T17 [Solenoid counter not T17 [Solenoid counter not

connected] connected]
T17-xxx
LED 2 (Front cover area)
To reset To reset
Connect the Solenoid counter. Connect the Solenoid counter.
display display
020 The Solenoid counter is not connected. 020 The Solenoid counter is not connected.
Error Type T18 [Drum-lock-solenoid lock] Error Type T18 [Drum-lock-solenoid lock]
T18-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
The Print drum lock sensor is still ON The Print drum lock sensor is still ON
531 even after 100 milliseconds after the Print 531 even after 100 milliseconds after the Print
drum lock solenoid is activated. drum lock solenoid is activated.
Error Type T19 [Thermal-pressure motor lock] Error Type T19 [Thermal-pressure motor lock]
T19-xxx
To reset To reset
display display

IMAGETEC
The Thermal pressure sensor does The Thermal pressure sensor does
207 Thermal pressure motor activates in the 207 Thermal pressure motor activates in the
decompressing direction, or during home decompressing direction, or during home
positioning operation. positioning operation.
not go ON within 2 seconds after the not go ON within 2 seconds after the
208 208
Thermal pressure motor activates in the Thermal pressure motor activates in the
decompressing direction. decompressing direction.
216 216
compressing direction. compressing direction.
not go ON within 2 seconds after the not go ON within 2 seconds after the
217 217
T20 [Paper-ejection-section motor T20 [Paper-ejection-section motor

lock] lock]
T20-xxx
LED 7 (Paper ejection area)
To reset To reset
display display
The paper ejection wing HP sensor status
does not change within set time after the
414
Paper ejection wing motor activated for
the wing home position movement.
The paper ejection wing HP sensor does
not change from OFF to ON even though
415
the Paper ejection wing pulse motor is
activated for a given time.
416 416
Paper ejection motor. Paper ejection motor.

IMAGETEC
The Paper ejection motor FG sensor

pulse count dropped to 50% of the set The paper ejection motor FG sensor
speed. status does not change within 10
437 437
(The detection starts 200 milliseconds milliseconds after the Paper ejection
after the Paper ejection motor is motor is activated.
activated.)
Though the Paper ejection wing pulse

motor stopped correctly at the sensor
442
stop mode, the stopping position does not
correspond with the programmed position.
The Paper ejection wing pulse motor

456 period in the pulse count stop mode, or in
the sensor stop mode after the actuator is
detected by the sensor.
Error Type T24 [Inking motor lock] Error Type T24 [Inking motor lock]
T24-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
The Inking motor FG sensor status does The Inking motor FG sensor status does
539 not change within 20 milliseconds after 539 not change within 20 milliseconds after
the Inking motor is activated. the Inking motor is activated.
Error Type T25 [Replace Battery] Error Type T25 [Replace Battery]
T25-xxx
LCD Display LED Display
!!Low Battery!! No Indication
Description Error position
Call Service
To reset To reset
Replace the battery. Replace the battery.
display display
The Battery voltage is too low when the The Battery voltage is too low when the
power is turned ON. power is turned ON.
026 026
(Readjust the machine clock after (Readjust the machine clock after
replacing the battery.) replacing the battery.)

IMAGETEC
T89 [Master compression plate: T89 [Master compression plate:

incorrect position] incorrect position]
T89-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
The Clamp unit is in the lowered position The Clamp unit is in the lowered position
and the Master compression plate is not and the Master compression plate is not
350 in the HP position when the Print drum 350 in the HP position when the Print drum
starts its movement. (This is to protect the starts its movement. (This is to protect the
machine parts.) machine parts.)
T91 [Panel EEPROM error] or [RTC T91 [Panel EEPROM error] or [RTC
error] error]
T91-xxx
No Indication
Description Press Reset Key Description
To reset To reset
Press the <RESET> Key. Press the <RESET> Key.
display display
013 Time data from RTC is incorrect 013 Time data from RTC is incorrect
968 Panel EEPROM read error.
969 Panel EEPROM write error.
976 Panel EEPROM check-sum error.
977 Panel EEPROM verify error.
Error Type T92 [Drum EEPROM write error] Error Type T92 [Drum EEPROM write error]
T92-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
EEPROM on the Drum PCB is being EEPROM on the Drum PCB is being
570 accessed while the Print drum is in 570 accessed while the Print drum is in
releasing action from the machine. releasing action from the machine.

IMAGETEC
Error Type T93 [NET-D hardware error] Error Type T93 [NET-C hardware error]
T93-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
display display
No reply from the NET-D network No reply from the NET-C network
932 interface card while accessing to the 932 interface card while accessing to the
network interface card. network interface card.
No response from NET-D for 90 seconds
933
during NET-D initialization.
Error Type T94 [Call service error: TPH] Error Type T94 [Call service error: TPH]
T94-xxx
To reset To reset
display display
TPH code does not match with the TPH code does not match with the
machine code when the power is turned machine code when the power is turned
ON with the Master making unit in ON with the Master making unit in
225 225
operating position or when the Master operating position or when the Master
making unit is inserted in operating making unit is inserted in operating
position while the power is ON. position while the power is ON.
Error Type T95 [FeRAM error] Error Type T95 [FeRAM error]
T95-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
display display
Machine serial-number information sent Machine serial-number information sent
from NeoROSA PCB does not match with from NeoROSA PCB does not match with
059 059
the machine serial number information in the machine serial number information in
the MCTL PCB. the MCTL PCB.

IMAGETEC
Error Type T96 [Data not input] Error Type T96 [Data not input]
T96-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
Input the parameters using test mode. Input the parameters using test mode.
display display
171 The TPH resistance value not input. 171 The TPH resistance value not input.
172 The Scanner adjustment not completed. 172 The Scanner adjustment not completed.
The Paper width potentiometer setting is The Paper width potentiometer setting is
433 433
not completed. not completed.
Too small difference between the 105mm
452 and 297mm A/D data of the Paper width
potentiometer.
Either the Print drum color information or Either the Print drum color information or
569 569
Ink category information is still not input. Ink category information is still not input.
613 Print pressure data missing. 613 Print pressure data missing.
972 REv data storage area is not initialized. 972 REv data storage area is not initialized.
Error Type T97 [PC card access error] Error Type T97 [PC card access error]
T97-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
display display
939 PC card access error: PC card not set. 939 PC card access error: PC card not set.
PC card access error: PCMCIA card PC card access error: PCMCIA card
940 940
information error. information error.
PC card access error: CF card device PC card access error: CF card device
941 941
error. error.
PC card access error: Fail to create a file PC card access error: Fail to create a file
942 942
(Same file already exists). (Same file already exists).
943 PC card access error: Not formatted. 943 PC card access error: Not formatted.
944 PC card access error: Media ID error. 944 PC card access error: Media ID error.
PC card access error: Media error (cannot PC card access error: Media error (cannot
945 945
access the PC card). access the PC card).
PC card access error: Media error (not PC card access error: Media error (not
946 enough blank space available on CF 946 enough blank space available on CF
card). card).
PC card access error: Specified file not PC card access error: Specified file not
990 990
found on the selected drive. found on the selected drive.
PC card access error: Accessed to the file PC card access error: Accessed to the file
991 991
not opened. not opened.
PC card access error: File information PC card access error: File information
992 992
folder is already in use. folder is already in use.

IMAGETEC
PC card access error: Incorrect setting on PC card access error: Incorrect setting on
993 the readout address when sending data 993 the readout address when sending data
to the machine. to the machine.
PC card access error: Unsuccessful file PC card access error: Unsuccessful file
994 994
deleting. deleting.
Error Type T98 [Hardware error] Error Type T98 [Hardware error]
T98-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
display display
No reply from NeoROSA PCB. If the No reply from NeoROSA PCB. If
NeoRosa PCB signal is detected at NeoROSA PCB signal is detected at
machine power ON, but if the PCB machine power ON, but if the PCB
002 002
communication terminates and T98-069 communication terminates and T98-069
error is detected, the error point is rewrote error is detected, the error point is rewrote
to this T98-002 error message. to this T98-002 error message.
005 Hardware error 005 Hardware error
006 FRAM check-sum error 006 FRAM check-sum error
Defective RF PCB (Unsuccessful initial Defective RF PCB (Unsuccessful initial
025 025
communication with RF PCB). communication with RF PCB).
Unable to write on EEPROM on the Unable to write on EEPROM on the
034 034
machine. (Cannot access EEPROM). machine. (Cannot access EEPROM).
CRC error on EEPROM on the machine CRC error on EEPROM on the machine
035 035
(Defective EEPROM data). (Defective EEPROM data).
Information between the PCB and Information between the PCB and
038 038
EEPROM does not match. EEPROM does not match.
039 Incorrect EEPROM. 039 Incorrect EEPROM.
Communication error with the touch-panel
051
controller.
Unsuccessful data readout from the Unsuccessful data readout from the
053 Memory setting (program, mode, user 053 Memory setting (program, mode, user
paper). paper).
Unsuccessful data writing of the Memory Unsuccessful data writing of the Memory
054 054
setting (program, mode, user paper). setting (program, mode, user paper).
Machine code number sent from Machine code number sent from
055 NeoROSA PCB does not match with that 055 NeoROSA PCB does not match with that
from the Mechanical control PCB. from the Mechanical control PCB.
Test mode setting is beyond the Test mode setting is beyond the
063 063
adjustable range. adjustable range.
Communication error between NeoROSA Communication error between NeoROSA
064 064
PCB and MCTL PCB. PCB and MCTL PCB.
065 PCB and MCTL PCB (01) - on MCTL PCB 065 PCB and MCTL PCB (01) - on MCTL PCB
side. side.

IMAGETEC

side. side.
side. side.
side. side.
side. side.
side. side.
side. side.
side. side.
074 PCB and MCTL PCB (10) - on NeoROSA 074 PCB and MCTL PCB (10) - on NeoROSA
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.

IMAGETEC

PCB side. PCB side.
PCB side. PCB side.
Communication error between NeoROSA
084 PCB and MCTL PCB (20) - on NeoROSA
PCB side.
Test mode setting in the Print drum
097
memory is beyond the adjustable range.
Machine serial number information on Machine serial number information on
098 EEPROM does not match with that of 098 EEPROM does not match with that of
FRAM. FRAM.
Defective image PCB (memory check Defective image PCB (memory check
119 119
error on the image processing IC). error on the image processing IC).
Timeout on the scanner serial Timeout on the scanner serial
120 120
communication. communication.
Defective scanner gate array PCB Defective scanner gate array PCB
129 129
(memory check error on the gate array). (memory check error on the gate array).
Timeout error on master transfer during Timeout error on master transfer during
245 master-making (related to Write pulse 245 master-making (related to Write pulse
motor). motor).
Timeout error on master transfer during Timeout error on master transfer during
246 master-making (related to Load pulse 246 master-making (related to Load pulse
motor). motor).
The light emittance from the Paper sensor The light emittance from the Paper sensor
(send) exceeded the maximum allowance (send) exceeded the maximum allowance
422 during the Automatic Multiple Paper Feed 422 during the Automatic Multiple Paper Feed
Adjustment [paper sensor sensitivity Adjustment [paper sensor sensitivity
adjustment] by Test Mode No.705. adjustment] by Test Mode No.705.
The light emittance from the Paper sensor The light emittance from the Paper sensor
(send) exceeded the minimum allowance (send) exceeded the minimum allowance
423 during the Automatic Multiple Paper Feed 423 during the Automatic Multiple Paper Feed
Adjustment [paper sensor sensitivity Adjustment [paper sensor sensitivity
adjustment] by Test Mode No.705. adjustment] by Test Mode No.705.
24V-OP does not go ON. (Possible 24V-OP does not go ON. (Possible
735 735
broken Fuse for 24V-P area). broken Fuse for 24V-P area).
736 Broken fuse on RF-Tag assembly. 736 Broken fuse on RF-Tag assembly.
The USB controller chip is not responding
921 when PC and printer is connected by USB
cable.
923 MCTL PCB Flash ROM- Check-sum error
Unsuccessful writing on the MCTL PCB
924
flash memory.
Unsuccessful readout from the MCTL
925
PCB flash memory.

IMAGETEC
Communication error between MCTL PCB Communication error between MCTL PCB
934 934
and RF PCB. (on FR PCB side) and RF PCB. (on FR PCB side)
Communication error between MCTL PCB Communication error between MCTL PCB
935 935
and RF PCB. (on MCTL PCB side) and RF PCB. (on MCTL PCB side)
937 Undefined serial number. 937 Undefined serial number.
938 FRAM version down. 938 FRAM version down.
24V-A does not go ON. (Possible broken 24V-A does not go ON. (Possible broken
947 947
Fuse for 24V-A area). Fuse for 24V-A area).
24V-A does not go ON. (Possible broken 24V-A does not go ON. (Possible broken
948 948
Fuse for 24V-B area). Fuse for 24V-B area).
949 24V-A does not go OFF. 949 24V-A does not go OFF.
950 24V-B does not go OFF. 950 24V-B does not go OFF.
NeoROSA PCB flash memory check-sum NeoROSA PCB flash memory check-sum
952 952
error. error.
Unsuccessful writing on the NeoROSA Unsuccessful writing on the NeoROSA
953 953
PCB flash memory. PCB flash memory.
Unsuccessful readout from the NeoROSA
960
PCB flash memory.
961 NeoROSA PCB flash memory unused.
Incorrect power ON command from MCTL
978
PCB when machine power turned ON.
Abnormal flash memory setting on the
979
NeoROSA PCB.
24V-C does not go ON. (Possible broken
983
Fuse for 24V-C area).
984 24V-C does not go OFF.
Error Type T99 [Software error] Error Type T99 [Software error]
T99-xxx
No indication
To reset To reset
display display
181 Timeout on Image processing time.

IMAGETEC
Jam errors (A**)
Error Type A01 [Master feed error] Error Type A01 [Master feed error]
A01-xxx
LCD Display Master Miss-Feed LED Display
Description Pull Out Master Making Unit and Rewind Error position
Master Roll, then Reset Master in Place
To reset Pull out the Master making unit, rewind To reset Pull out the Master making unit, rewind
display the master and reinstall. display the master and reinstall.
The Master positioning sensor does not The Master positioning sensor does not
go ON even after the Write pulse motor is go ON even after the Write pulse motor is
201 201
activated during the master-positioning, activated during the master-positioning,
master-cut, or master-loading operation. master-cut, or master-loading operation.
The Master positioning sensor does not The Master positioning sensor does not
go OFF even when the Write pulse motor go OFF even when the Write pulse motor
202 202
is reversed during the master-positioning is reversed during the master-positioning
or at start of master-making operation. or at start of master-making operation.
The Master positioning sensor is ON The Master positioning sensor is ON
211 211
during standby. during standby.
The Master positioning sensor is ON at The Master positioning sensor is ON at
214 214
the start of master making. the start of master making.
Sensor stop position of the Write motor is Sensor stop position of the Write motor is
215 215
differ with programmed stop position. differ with programmed stop position.
Once after the Master end sensor detects Once after the Master end sensor detects
258 the master end mark, the Master end 215 the master end mark, the Master end
sensor detected the end mark again. sensor detected the end mark again.
Error Type A02 [Master loading error] Error Type A02 [Master loading error]
A02-xxx
Master Loading Error LED 3 (Print drum area)
Pull Out Print Drum and Discard Master
1. Pull out the Print drum and remove the 1. Pull out the Print drum and remove the
To reset master from the drum. To reset master from the drum.
display 2. Return the Print drum in place. display 2. Return the Print drum in place.
3. Press the [START] key. 3. Press the [START] key.
The Master loading sensor was OFF The Master loading sensor was OFF
when the master was checked at a when the master was checked at a
509 509
specified drum angle during the master specified drum angle during the master
loading operation. loading operation.

IMAGETEC
Error Type A04 [Master detected on print drum] Error Type A04 [Master detected on print drum]
A04-xxx
Master Disposal Error LED 3 (Print drum area)
Pull Out Print Drum and Discard Master
Check Print Drum - Master disposal error Check Print Drum - Master disposal error
303 303
/ Master disposal jam. / Master disposal jam.
A05 [Master detected in the master A05 [Master detected in the master
disposal area] disposal area]
A05-xxx
LCD Display Master Jammed in Disposal Unit LED Display
Description Pull Out Master Disposal Box and Error position
Remove Jammed Master
Pull out Master disposal box and remove Pull out Master disposal box and remove
To reset To reset
the jammed master, if the error persists, the jammed master, if the error persists,
display display
Call Service Call Service
The Master removal sensor was ON at The Master removal sensor was ON at
304 304
the completion of the master disposal. the completion of the master disposal.
The Master removal sensor was ON at The Master removal sensor was ON at
312 312
the start of the master making. the start of the master making.
The Master removal sensor was ON after The Master removal sensor was ON after
315 315
the completion of the recovery movement. the completion of the recovery movement.
Error Type A06 [Check paper feed tray] Error Type A06 [Check paper feed tray]
A06-xxx
LCD Display Safety SW on Standard Feed Tray is LED Display
Description Activated Error position
Reset paper on Standard Feed Tray
Check underneath the Standard feed Check underneath the Standard feed
To reset tray (Paper feed tray) and on top of the To reset tray (Paper feed tray) and on top of the
display printing paper for any obstructions. display printing paper for any obstructions.
Remove if any exist. Remove if any exist.

Either the Upper or Lower safety switch of Either the Upper or Lower safety switch of
the Paper feed tray is OFF. the Paper feed tray is OFF.
403 Note: This detection is not made when 403 Note: This detection is not made when
the machine is in low-power-mode (24V the machine is in low-power-mode (24V
OFF). OFF).

IMAGETEC
J- codes (Paper/ Original errors)
Error Type J** [Paper/Original jam error]

J**
Description Paper Jam
Remove Paper in Indicated Areas and Press [OK] Button
To reset
Remove jammed paper or original and press Reset key.
display
When A and B code errors listed bellow occur, they are substituted by J** error codes. The two-digit
error-type number which follows after the J is the sum of the Corresponding Values for each of those
A-code errors and B-code errors.
Pressing the asterisk key on the operation panel will display the details of the J** errors.
Note: The errors B07, B09, B11 and B17 do not exist on this machine model.
Corresponding
Error Type Error Description Bit
Value
A10 AF original feed error 0 1
A09 Paper ejection error 1 2
A08 Paper jam on print drum 2 4
A07 Paper feed error 3 8
B07 MTPF: Paper jam error (upper) 6 16
B09 MTPF: Paper jam error (lower) 7 32
B11 MTPF: Tray-1 paper jam error 8 64
B17 MTPF: Tray-2 paper jam error 9 128
B03 Sorter: Jam error 10 256
Example: If A10 and A08 jam errors occur at the same time, the panel message will show error J05.

IMAGETEC
Jam errors message which comes up after pressing the asterisk key in J** message.
Error Type A07 [Paper feed error] Error Type A07 [Paper feed error]
J**
Paper Jam
Remove Paper in Indicated Areas LED 6 (Paper feed area)
and Press [OK] Button
Display -No.1 area
1. Check the paper feed side and remove 1. Check the paper feed side and remove
the jammed paper. the jammed paper.
2. Reload printing paper. 2. Reload printing paper.
To reset 3. Press the <RESET> key if error display To reset 3. Press the <RESET> key if error display
display does not clear. When using special display does not clear. When using special
paper, adjust the Paper Feed Pressure paper, adjust the Paper Feed Pressure
Adjustment Lever according to the paper Adjustment Lever according to the paper
characteristics. characteristics.
The Paper ejection sensor was OFF when The Paper ejection sensor was OFF when
the paper should have arrived, and the the paper should have arrived, and the
409 409
Paper sensor was ON when the machine Paper sensor was ON when the machine
stopped (Paper misfeed). stopped (Paper misfeed).
The Paper sensor was OFF three times The Paper sensor was OFF three times
412 in succession when a paper misfeed was 412 in succession when a paper misfeed was
detected (paper misfeed). detected (paper misfeed).
The Paper sensor was still ON (detecting

413 paper) when the paper should have went
out from the sensor.
The Paper sensor was ON at the start The Paper sensor was ON at the start
418 of machine operation when the START 418 of machine operation when the START
button was pressed. button was pressed.
429 Paper feed error (recovery error). 429 Paper feed error (recovery error).
The Paper sensor was ON when the The Paper sensor was ON when the
432 machine went into paper feed retry 432 machine went into paper feed retry
movement after a paper misfeed. movement after a paper misfeed.

IMAGETEC
Error Type A08 [Paper jam on print drum] Error Type A08 [Paper jam on print drum]
J**
Paper Jam
Remove Paper in Indicated Areas LED 3 (Print drum area)
Display -No.3 area
Pull out the Print Drum. Pull out the Print Drum.
Remove the jammed paper. Remove the jammed paper.
<Do not touch the separation hook or <Do not touch the separation hook or
To reset To reset
master removal hook when putting your master removal hook when putting your
display display
hand into the unit to remove paper. The hand into the unit to remove paper. The
sharp tips of the hooks can hurt your sharp tips of the hooks can hurt your
hand.> hand.>
The Paper ejection sensor was OFF The Paper ejection sensor was OFF
when paper should have arrived, and the when paper should have arrived, and the
410 409
Paper sensor was OFF when the machine Paper sensor was OFF when the machine
stopped (paper jam on the print drum). stopped (paper jam on the print drum).
Paper jam on the Print drum (recovery Paper jam on the Print drum (recovery
430 412
error). error).
Error Type A09 [Paper ejection error] Error Type A09 [Paper ejection error]
J**
Paper Jam
Remove Paper in Indicated Areas LED 7 (Print ejection area)
Display -No.4 area
Check for any jammed paper on the Check for any jammed paper on the
paper exit area. paper exit area.
To reset When using special paper, adjust the To reset When using special paper, adjust the
display Paper Arranger on the Receiving Tray display Paper Arranger on the Receiving Tray
Paper Guides according to the paper Paper Guides according to the paper
characteristics. characteristics.

The Paper ejection sensor was ON when The Paper ejection sensor was ON when
411 the paper should have left the Paper 411 the paper should have left the Paper
ejection sensor. ejection sensor.
The Paper ejection sensor was ON at The Paper ejection sensor was ON at
417 the start of machine operation when the 417 the start of machine operation when the
START button was pressed. START button was pressed.
431 The Paper ejection error (recovery error). 431 The Paper ejection error (recovery error).

IMAGETEC
Error Type A10 [AF original feed error] Error Type A10 [AF original feed error]
J**
Paper Jam
Remove Paper in Indicated Areas LED 8 (Image scanning area)
Display -No.2 area
Pull the AF Original Release Lever Pull the AF Original Release Lever
(Option) to the right, and remove the (Option) to the right, and remove the
To reset original. To reset original.
display Raise the Platen Cover, turn the AF display Raise the Platen Cover, turn the AF
Original Release Dial and remove the Original Release Dial and remove the
original. original.
The original is pulled out from the AF unit The original is pulled out from the AF unit
102 102
before the scanning is completed. before the scanning is completed.
Original jammed at the AF registration Original jammed at the AF registration
sensor. (The AF registration sensor does sensor. (The AF registration sensor does
103 103
not go OFF after the AF read sensor goes not go OFF after the AF read sensor goes
ON) ON)
Original jammed at AF read sensor. (The Original jammed at AF read sensor. (The
105 AF read sensor does not go OFF after the 105 AF read sensor does not go OFF after the
AF registration sensor goes OFF) AF registration sensor goes OFF)
Original jammed at AF original ejection Original jammed at AF original ejection

sensor. (The AF original ejection sensor sensor. (The AF original ejection sensor
106 106
does not go OFF after the AF read sensor does not go OFF after the AF read sensor
goes OFF) goes OFF)
The Original does not arrive to the AF The Original does not arrive to the AF
107 107
registration sensor. registration sensor.
108 108
read sensor. read sensor.
original ejection sensor. (The AF original original ejection sensor. (The AF original
109 109
ejection sensor does not go ON after the ejection sensor does not go ON after the
AF read sensor goes ON) AF read sensor goes ON)
The AF feed cover is opened due to The AF feed cover is opened due to
169 original jam, while originals are present 169 original jam, while originals are present
on the tray. on the tray.

IMAGETEC
A16 [Waiting for the master to be A16 [Waiting for the master to be
removed from the drum] removed from the drum]
A16-xxx
Master Remains on Print Drum LED 3 (Print drum area)
Pull Out Print Drum and Remove Master
Waiting for the master to be removed from Waiting for the master to be removed from
525 525
the Print drum. the Print drum.
Error Type A17 [Cutter error] Error Type A17 [Cutter error]
A17-xxx
LCD Display System Error in Master Making Unit LED Display
Description Take Out Master and then Close Master Error position
Making Unit Cover
Pull out the Master Making Unit and Pull out the Master Making Unit and
To reset remove master. To reset remove master.
display Closing the Master Making Unit Cover will display Closing the Master Making Unit Cover will
reset the error. Setup the master again. reset the error. Setup the master again.
The Cutter HP switch is OFF when master The Cutter HP switch is OFF when master
209 making starts, when the master material 209 making starts, when the master material
is set in the Master making unit. is set in the Master making unit.
A34 [Requesting for the master to be A34 [Requesting for the master to be
reset] reset]
A34-xxx
LCD Display Master Not Set in Place LED Display
Description Insert Lead Edge of Master into Master Error position
Entrance and Close Master Making Unit
Pull out the Master Making Unit and Pull out the Master Making Unit and
reinstall the master. reinstall the master.
To reset To reset
If the leading edge of the master is If the leading edge of the master is
display display
wrinkled or torn, cut the edge straight and wrinkled or torn, cut the edge straight and
reinstall. reinstall.
Requesting for the master material to be Requesting for the master material to be
218 218
reset into the Master making unit. reset into the Master making unit.

IMAGETEC
Option errors (B**)
Error Type B01 [Keycard counter: No card] Error Type B01 [Keycard counter: No card]
LCD Display B01-xxx LED Display
LED 9 (Card area)
Description Insert Card in Key/Card Counter Error position
To reset To reset
Insert card. Insert card.
display display
730 Keycard counter: No card 730 Keycard counter: No card
Error Type B02 [Sorter error - Serviceman Call]

LCD Display B02-xxx
Description Check sorter panel display.
To reset
Check the Sorter.
display
Serviceman call error command was
702
received from the sorter.
Error Type B03 [Sorter error - Jam]

B03-xxx
LCD Display Paper Jam
Description Remove paper in Indicated Areas and
Press [OK] Button.
To reset
Remove the jammed paper.
display
Received paper jam error command was
703
received from the sorter.
Error Type B04 [Sorter error - Door open]

LCD Display B04-xxx
Description Close sorter cover.
To reset
Close the Sorter cover.
display
Cover open error command was received
707
from the sorter.
Error Type B05 [Sorter Error - Other errors]

LCD Display B05-xxx
Description Check Sorter panel Display
To reset
Check the Sorter.
display
Other error command was received from
709
the sorter.

IMAGETEC
B21 [Storage Memory - Unable to

Error Type
Read or Write]
B21-xxx
LCD Display !! System Error !!
Description Turn Main Power SW OFF Then ON
To reset Switch OFF the power and then switch
display ON the power back.
714 File name error on the Storage Memory.
715 Access error on the Storage Memory.
716 Other error on the Storage Memory.
Error Type B22 [Job separator: Power off] Error Type B22 [Job separator: Power off]
B22-xxx
!! Job Separator is OFF !! LED 10 (Sorter area)
Turn On Power Switch of it
To reset Press the <RESET> Key and check and To reset Press the <RESET> Key and check and
display switch ON the power of Job Separator. display switch ON the power of Job Separator.
With the [Tape separation] function set With the [Tape separation] function set
721 ON, no power is supplied to the job 721 ON, no power is supplied to the job
separator when start key is pressed. separator when start key is pressed.
After cluster-A signal turned ON, BUSY- After cluster-A signal turned ON, BUSY-
signal stayed [L] more than 7 seconds signal stayed [L] more than 7 seconds
727 727
(power to job separator was turned OFF (power to job separator was turned OFF
while the tape is being ejected. while the tape is being ejected.
Error Type B23 [Job separator: No tape] Error Type B23 [Job separator: No tape]
B23-xxx
No Paper Tape in Job Separator LED 10 (Sorter area)
Replace Tape Roll
To reset Press the <RESET> Key and set paper To reset Press the <RESET> Key and set paper
display tape in Job Separator. display tape in Job Separator.
With the [Tape separation] function set With the [Tape separation] function set
722 ON, no tape detected in the job separator 722 ON, no tape detected in the job separator
when the start key is pressed. when the start key is pressed.
No tape remains in job separator upon No tape remains in job separator upon
723 723
completion of the tape-ejection operation. completion of the tape-ejection operation.

IMAGETEC
Error Type B24 [Job separator: Tape jam] Error Type B24 [Job separator: Tape jam]
B24-xxx
Paper Tape Jam in Job Separator LED 10 (Sorter area)
Remove Paper Tape
To reset Press the <RESET> Key and remove the To reset Press the <RESET> Key and remove the
display jammed tape. display jammed tape.
Tape jam detected when the start key Tape jam detected when the start key
724 is pressed with the [Tape separation] 724 is pressed with the [Tape separation]
function set to ON. function set to ON.
The tape-jam detection signal is [H] for The tape-jam detection signal is [H] for
725 more than 1.2 seconds after cluster-A 725 more than 1.2 seconds after cluster-A
signal turns ON (tape misdeed). signal turns ON (tape misfeed).
Job separator tape-jam detection signal is Job separator tape-jam detection signal is
[L] when the BUSY signal changes from [L] when the BUSY signal changes from
726 726
[L] to [H] (or after 7 sec. at [L]) after the [L] to [H] (or after 7 sec. at [L]) after the
cluster-A signal goes ON (tape misfeed). cluster-A signal goes ON (tape misfeed).
Error Type B25 [ Sorter - Tray Full Error]

LCD Display B25-xxx
Description Check Sorter Panel Display
To reset
Remove papers from the Sorter tray.
display
704 Sorter tray full.
B26 [Sorter - Paper Remaining on

Error Type
the Tray]
LCD Display B26-xxx
To reset
Remove paper from the Sorter tray.
display
705 Paper remaining on the Sorter tray.
Error Type B27 [Sorter - Stapler Error]

LCD Display B27-xxx
To reset Check the stapler and correct the stapler
display problem.
Stapler error command is received from
706
the sorter.

IMAGETEC
Error Type B28 [Sorter - paper Size Error]

LCD Display B28-xxx
Description Check Sorter panel Display
To reset
Remove paper from the Sorter tray.
display
Paper size error command was received
708
from the Sorter.
B29 [USB Memory - Device Error

Error Type
(USB HUB)]
LCD Display B29-xxx
Description Can not identify (USB hub)
To reset Connect the correct corresponding USB
display Flash Drive.
926 The USB hub connected to this machine.
Error Type B30 [USB Memory - Device Error]

LCD Display B30-xxx
Description Can not identify
To reset Connect the correct corresponding USB
display Flash Drive.

Unrecognized USB device connected to
910
this machine.
Error Type B31 [Network cable not connected] Error Type B31 [Network cable not connected]
B31-xxx
LCD Display !! No Linked Printer Detected !! LED Display
No indication
Description Check Cable Connection and Power Error position
Supply for Linked Printer
To reset Press the <RESET> Key and connect the To reset Press the <RESET> Key and connect the
display network cable. display network cable.
Network cable is not connected when the Network cable is not connected when the
916 916
machine is powered ON. machine is powered ON.

IMAGETEC
Error Type B32 [NIC - Communication error] Error Type B32 [NIC - Communication error]
B32-xxx
LCD Display !! No Linked Printer Detected !! LED Display
No indication
Description Check Cable Connection and Power Error position
Supply for Linked Printer
To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and check the To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and check the
display network cable and linked printer. display network cable and linked printer.
MIB (Management Information Base)
914
request error
915 MIB no reply
917 Communication error on the network. 917 Communication error on the network.
Error detected by NET-D Card - NAK Error detected by NET-C Card - NAK
920 (negative acknowledgement was 920 (negative acknowledgement was
received). received).
Error Type B33 [IP address set up error] Error Type B33 [IP address set up error]
B33-xxx
No IP Address Assigned to This Printer No indication
Contact Your Network Administrator
To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and enter the IP To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and enter the IP
display address.. display address..
DHCP is ON, but DHCP server is not DHCP is ON, but DHCP server is not
931 931
found. found.
Error Type B34 [Linked Printer - No Toner Error] Error Type B34 [Linked Printer Error]
LCD Display B34-xxx LED Display
No indication
Description No Toner in Linked Printer Description
To reset Press the <RESET> Key and replace the To reset Press the <RESET> Key and correct the
display toner on the linked printer. display error on the linked printer.
919 No toner in the linked printer. 919 Error on the linked printer.
B35 [Linked Printer: Call Service

Error Type
Error]
LCD Display B35-xxx
Description Linked Printer in Error
To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and correct the
display error on the linked printer.
970 Error in the linked printer.

IMAGETEC
B38 [USB Memory: Cannot create a

Error Type
folder]
LCD Display B38-xxx
To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and disconnect
display USB flash drive.
911 Fail to create RISO folder
B39 [USB Memory: Cannot read or

Error Type
write]
LCD Display B39-xxx
To reset Press the <RESET> Key, and disconnect
display USB flash drive.
999 Detects device error

IMAGETEC
Errors involving consumable (C**)
Error Type C01 [Replace ink cartridge] Error Type C01 [Replace ink cartridge]
C01-xxx
No Ink LED 3 (Print drum area)
Replace Ink Cartridge
To reset Remove the empty ink cartridge and To reset Remove the empty ink cartridge and
display replace with a new one. display replace with a new one.
The Ink sensor did not go ON even The Ink sensor did not go ON even
512 when inking was performed for a preset 512 when inking was performed for a preset
duration. duration.
Ink remaining amount is zero from the Ink remaining amount is zero from the
563 563
information on the RF-Tag. information on the RF-Tag.
Inkless error was detected 5 times Inkless error was detected 5 times
574 574
consecutively on one same ink cartridge. consecutively on one same ink cartridge.
Error Type C02 [Replace master roll] Error Type C02 [Replace master roll]
C02-xxx
No Master LED 4 (Master making area)
Replace Master Roll
To reset Remove the empty master roll and To reset Remove the empty master roll and
display replace with a new one. display replace with a new one.
The master end was detected twice in The master end was detected twice in
200 succession at 10 milliseconds intervals 200 succession at 10 milliseconds intervals
during master transport. during master transport.
Master remaining amount is zero from the Master remaining amount is zero from the
240 240
RF-Tag information. RF-Tag information.
Master-less error was detected twice Master-less error was detected twice
253 253
consecutively on one same master-roll. consecutively on one same master-roll.

IMAGETEC
Error Type C03 [Master disposal box full] Error Type C03 [Master disposal box full]
C03-xxx
Master Disposal Box is Full LED 5 (Master removal area)
Empty Master Disposal Box
Remove the Master disposal box from Remove the Master disposal box from
the machine, throw away the disposed the machine, throw away the disposed
To reset To reset
master from the Disposal box and return master from the Disposal box and return
display display
the Disposal box in the machine after an the Disposal box in the machine after an
interval of over 5 seconds. interval of over 5 seconds.
Compression detection position was Compression detection position was
reached before the master-compression- reached before the master-compression-
motor encoder-sensor count reached motor encoder-sensor count reached
308 308
the specified level, after the master the specified level, after the master
compression motor turned ON in the compression motor turned ON in the
Master disposal software counter reached Master disposal software counter reached
311 311
to the defined number. to the defined number.
C04 [No paper on the Standard paper C04 [No paper on the Standard paper
Feed Tray] Feed Tray]
LCD Display C04-xxx LED Display

Description Add Paper Error position
To reset Add paper on the standard paper feed To reset Add paper on the standard paper feed
display tray. display tray.
The Paper detection sensor is OFF (not The Paper detection sensor is OFF (not
402 402
detecting paper). detecting paper).

IMAGETEC
Set check errors (D**)
Error Type D01 [Print drum not set] Error Type D01 [Print drum not set]
LCD Display D01-xxx LED Display
Description Set Print Drum in Place Error position
To reset To reset
Set the Print drum in the machine. Set the Print drum in the machine.
display display
The Print drum is not set in the machine The Print drum is not set in the machine
(Drum connection signal, the Drum safety (Drum connection signal, the Drum safety
526 526
switch, and the Print drum lock sensor is switch, and the Print drum lock sensor is
OFF). OFF).
Print drum connection signal is OFF Print drum connection signal is OFF
527 when the Print drum was inserted in the 527 when the Print drum was inserted in the
machine. machine.
The Drum safety switch is OFF when the The Drum safety switch is OFF when the
528 528
Print drum was inserted in the machine. Print drum was inserted in the machine.
The Print drum lock sensor is OFF The Print drum lock sensor is OFF
529 when the Print drum was inserted in the 529 when the Print drum was inserted in the
machine (time-out: 5 seconds). machine (time-out: 5 seconds).
Print drum connection signal does not Print drum connection signal does not
go OFF within 5 seconds after the Drum go OFF within 5 seconds after the Drum
530 530
safety switch went OFF when the Print safety switch went OFF when the Print
drum was pulled out. drum was pulled out.
Error Type D02 [Incorrect print drum] Error Type D02 [Incorrect print drum]
D02-xxx
Wrong-Type Print Drum Installed LED 3 (Print drum area)
Replace with Correct Type
To reset To reset
Set correct print drum in the machine. Set correct print drum in the machine.
display display
532 Incorrect print drum is used. (Drum code) 532 Incorrect print drum is used.
580 Incorrect print drum is used. (Drum style)
Error Type D03 [Ink cartridge not set] Error Type D03 [Ink cartridge not set]
Description Install Ink Cartridge Error position
To reset To reset
Install the Ink cartridge in the Print drum. Install the Ink cartridge in the Print drum.
display display
533 The Ink bottle set switch is OFF. 533 The Ink bottle set switch is OFF.

IMAGETEC
Error Type D04 [Incorrect ink cartridge] Error Type D04 [Incorrect ink cartridge]
D04-xxx
Wrong-type Ink Cartridge Installed or
Cannot Read Ink Info LED 3 (Print drum)
Replace Ink Cartridge or Contact dealer/
Riso office
To reset To reset
Replace with correct ink cartridge. Replace with correct ink cartridge.
display display
534 Incorrect ink cartridge is used. 534 Incorrect ink cartridge is used.
The Ink RF-Tag is not detected on the Ink The Ink RF-Tag is not detected on the Ink
560 560
bottle. bottle.
Ink RF-Tag communication error Ink RF-Tag communication error
561 (communication with the Ink cartridge was 561 (communication with the Ink cartridge was
interfered by noise). interfered by noise).
Wrong ink cartridge information on the Ink Wrong ink cartridge information on the Ink
562 562
RF-Tag. RF-Tag.
564 Detected a mismatch in the Ink RF-Tag. 564 Detected a mismatch in the Ink RF-Tag.
575 RF-Tag software error. 575 RF-Tag software error.
Error Type D05 [Master not set] Error Type D05 [Master not set]
Description Set Master in Place Error position
Insert leading edge of the master material Insert leading edge of the master material
To reset To reset
into the master entrance and close the into the master entrance and close the
display display
master making unit. master making unit.
The Master detection sensor is OFF (not The Master detection sensor is OFF (not
210 210
detecting master material). detecting master material).
Error Type D07 [Master disposal box not set] Error Type D07 [Master disposal box not set]
Description Set Master Disposal Box in Place Error position
Set the Master disposal box in the Set the Master disposal box in the
machine. machine.
To reset To reset
(Both the Master disposal safety switch & (Both the Master disposal safety switch &
display display
Master disposal set sensor must become Master disposal set sensor must become
ON.) ON.)
The Master disposal box set sensor is The Master disposal box set sensor is
310 310
OFF OFF

IMAGETEC
Error Type D08 [Master making unit not set] Error Type D08 [Master making unit not set]
Description Set Master Making Unit in Place Error position
To reset Insert the Master making unit in the To reset Insert the Master making unit in the
display machine. display machine.
The Master making unit is not set (both The Master making unit is not set (both
224 the Master making unit safety switch and 224 the Master making unit safety switch and
Master unit lock sensor are OFF). Master unit lock sensor are OFF).
The Master making unit safety switch is The Master making unit safety switch is
226 still OFF when the Master making unit is 226 still OFF when the Master making unit is
set in position. set in position.
The Master making unit lock sensor is still The Master making unit lock sensor is still
227 OFF when the Master making unit is set 227 OFF when the Master making unit is set
in position (timeout: 5 seconds). in position (timeout: 5 seconds).
The Master making unit lock sensor is The Master making unit lock sensor is
still ON even after the Master making still ON even after the Master making
228 unit safety switch went OFF, when the 228 unit safety switch went OFF, when the
Master making unit was pulled out of the Master making unit was pulled out of the
machine. machine.
D09 [Master making unit cover is not D09 [Master making unit cover is not
closed] closed]
Description Close Master Making Unit Cover Error position
To reset To reset
Close the Master making unit cover. Close the Master making unit cover.
display display
The Master making unit upper cover set The Master making unit upper cover set
212 212
switch is OFF. sensor is OFF.
Error Type D11 [Front cover not closed] Error Type D11 [Front cover not closed]
Description Close Front Cover Error position
To reset To reset
Close the Front cover of the machine. Close the Front cover of the machine.
display display
535 The Front cover set sensor is OFF. 535 The Front cover set sensor is OFF.

IMAGETEC
Error Type D13 [Rear cover not closed] Error Type D13 [Rear cover not closed]
D13-xxx
Rear Cover of Main Body is Off No indication
Call Service
Close the Rear cover of the machine Close the Rear cover of the machine
to activate the Rear cover (serviceman to activate the Rear cover (serviceman
To reset To reset
safety) safety)
display display
switch. [Field serviceman has to close switch. [Field serviceman has to close
and screw on the Rear cover] and screw on the Rear cover]
The Rear cover is opened (The The Rear cover is opened (The
009 009
Serviceman safety switch is OFF). Serviceman safety switch is OFF).
Error Type D17 [Incorrect master roll] Error Type D17 [Incorrect master roll]
D17-xxx
Wrong-type Master Installed or Cannot
Read Master Info LED 4 (Master making area)
Replace Master Roll or Contact dealer/
Riso office
To reset To reset
Set a correct master roll in the machine. Set a correct master roll in the machine.
display display
236 Incorrect master roll. 236 Incorrect master roll.
237 Master roll RF-Tag not detected. 237 Master roll RF-Tag not detected.
Master roll RF-Tag communication error. Master roll RF-Tag communication error.
238 238
(Communication interrupted by noise) (Communication interrupted by noise)
Incorrect information on the Master roll Incorrect information on the Master roll
239 239
RF-Tag. RF-Tag.
Mismatch in the Master roll RF-Tag Mismatch in the Master roll RF-Tag
241 241
information. information.
Master roll RF-Tag software error. Master roll RF-Tag software error.
Antenna channel selection error. Antenna channel selection error.
256 256
Try to write data in the protection area in Try to write data in the protection area in
the Antenna PCB Rom. the Antenna PCB Rom.
Error Type D18 [Print drum is ready for removal] Error Type D18 [Print drum is ready for removal]
Description Print Drum has been Unlocked Error position
To reset To reset
Pull out the Print drum. Pull out the Print drum..
display display
The Print drum is unlocked for its removal. The Print drum is unlocked for its removal.
522 522
(Drum lock Solenoid is ON). (Drum lock Solenoid is ON).

IMAGETEC
D19 [Master making unit is ready for D19 [Master making unit is ready for
removal] removal]
Description Master Making Unit has been Unlocked Error position
To reset To reset
Pull out the Master making unit. Pull out the Master making unit.
display display
The Master making unit is unlocked for its The Master making unit is unlocked for its
223 223
removal. (Lock Solenoid is ON). removal. (Lock Solenoid is ON).
Error Type D22 [Print drum removal command] Error Type D22 [Print drum removal command]
D22-xxx
Print Drum Not Set in Place.
Press Print Drum Release Button and Pull LED 3 (Print drum area)
Out Print Drum
after the Button Lights
To reset To reset
Pull out Print drum from the machine. Pull out Print drum from the machine.
display display
Cannot access to the EEPROM on the
Cannot access to the EEPROM on the Drum PCB.
540 540
Drum PCB. Timed out has occur during accessing to
the EEPROM on the Drum PCB.
542 Drum PCB EEPROM data error. 542 Drum PCB EEPROM data error.

IMAGETEC
Warnings requiring service calls (E**)
Error Type E01 [Replace battery] Error Type E01 [Replace battery]
E01-xxx
!!Battery Replacement!! No indication
Call Service
To reset Touch [Close], or press the <STOP> key To reset Press the <STOP> Key or the <RESET>
display or the <RESET> Key. display key.
Battery voltage was less than 2.1 V Battery voltage was less than 2.1 V
when the power was switched ON (weak when the power was switched ON (weak
010 battery: time to replace battery). 010 battery: time to replace battery).
*Make sure to replace the battery during *Make sure to replace the battery during
the machine ON. the machine ON.
Error Type E02 [Maintenance call] Error Type E02 [Maintenance call]
E02-xxx
!!Maintenance!! No indication
Call Service
To reset Touch [Close], or press the <STOP> key To reset
Press the <RESET> key.
display or the <RESET> Key. display
Master counter reached the value set for Master counter reached the value set for
the maintenance call (value set by test the maintenance call (value set by test
mode). [The message appears when mode). [The message appears when
011 011
either the power is turned ON, the unit either the power is turned ON, the unit
is reset, or when the machine operation is reset, or when the machine operation
ended.] ended.]
Copy counter reached the value set for Copy counter reached the value set for
the maintenance call (value by set test the maintenance call (value by set test
mode). [The message appears when mode). [The message appears when
012 012
either the power is turned ON, the unit either the power is turned ON, the unit
is reset, or when the machine operation is reset, or when the machine operation
ended.] ended.]
Maintenance counter inside the Print Maintenance counter inside the Print
drum reached the value set for the drum reached the value set for the
maintenance call (value set by test mode). maintenance call (value set by test mode).
022 022
[The message appears when either the [The message appears when either the
power is turned ON, the unit is reset, or power is turned ON, the unit is reset, or
when the machine operation ended.] when the machine operation ended.]

IMAGETEC
Warnings [Miscellaneous] (F**)
Error Type F01 [No master on print drum] Error Type F01 [No master on print drum]
F01-xxx
No Master on Print Drum LED 3 (Print drum area)
Make a New Master
To reset To reset
Touch [Close]. Press the <RESET> key.
display display
There is no master on the Print drum at There is no master on the Print drum at
015 015
the start of printing. the start of printing.
F02 [Master image larger than paper

Error Type
size (1)]
F02-xxx
LCD Display
Page Format is Larger than Paper Size
Description
!! Possible Ink Smudges on Prints !!
When printing from the machine; Touch

[Continue], or press the <START> key.
To reset
When stopping the print job; Touch
display
[Cancel], or press the <STOP> key or the
<RESET> key.
Paper size does not match with the image
size on the Print drum at the start of
018 printing.
The paper size is smaller than the image
size on the master.
F03 [Multi-up printing - Incorrect F03 [Multi-up printing - Incorrect

paper size] paper size]
F03-xxx
!! Multi-Up is Not Available with This
Paper Size !! LED 1 (Paper feed tray area)
Replace with Proper Paper of Standard
Size

display or the <RESET> key. display
Tried to make multi-up printing with Tried to make multi-up printing with
016 016
incorrect paper size. incorrect paper size.

IMAGETEC
Error Type F04 [User Control: Limit count]
F04-xxx
LCD Display
Reached to the limit count
Description
Contact the administrator
To reset Touch [Close], or press the <STOP> key
display or the <RESET> key.
905 Master count reached to limit count.
906 Paper count reached to limit count.
F05 [Print quantity under Minimum F05 [Print quantity under Minimum
Print Quantity] Print Quantity]
F05-xxx
Enter Print Quantity Over [N], No indication
Programmed Minimum Value
Enter print quantity value over the
To reset To reset
programmed minimum value the press Press the <RESET> key.
display display
the <START> key.
In master making or printing, the print In master making or printing, the print
019 quantity selected is less than the minimum 019 quantity selected is less than the minimum
print quantity. print quantity.
F08 [Auto Tray - Paper Size and

Error Type
Original Size does not Match]
F08
LCD Display !! No Auto Reproduction with This Original
Description and Printing Paper !!
Select Size Manually
When changing the "size" setting; Touch
[Size Setting].
To reset
display
<RESET> key.
When the Auto-Tray is selected, the
original size (scanning ratio) and the
017
printing paper set on the tray (s) did not
match.

IMAGETEC
F10 [Master image larger than paper

Error Type
size (2)]
F10-xxx
LCD Display Page Format is Larger than Paper Size
Description !! Possible Ink Smudges on Prints !!
(Continue->PROOF Key)
When printing from the machine; Press
the <PROOF> key.
To reset
display
[Cancel], or press the <STOP> or the
<RESET> key.
Paper size does not match with the size
021 of image on the print drum when test print
is selected and activated.
F12 [Auto-Tray: Irregular Size

Error Type
Original]
F12-xxx
Auto Paper Size Selection is Not Available
LCD Display
for Irregular-Size Original
Description
Select Format Size to Store and then
Restart
To specify the format for saving; Touch
[Saving Format].
To reset
To cancel scanning; Touch [Cancel], or
display
press the <STOP> key or the <RESET>
key.
Irregular size original was used when
024
Auto-Tray was selected.
F15 [Paper size does not match with

Error Type the paper on the paper receiving
tray]
F15-xxx
LCD Display Receiving Tray Paper Guides Cannot
Description Move
Remove Paper from Receiving Tray
To reset
Touch [Cancel].
display
With the auto-control-paper-receiving-tray

042 connected, the paper on the Receiving
tray is larger than the printing paper.

IMAGETEC
Error Type F17 [Print drum size does not match]
F17-xxx
[The message to appear when print drum
is inserted.]
!!The Print Drum Type has been
LCD Display Changed!!
Description Select the Current Print Drum Type
type is selected.]
Invalid Print Drum has been Selected
Change Drum, or Reselect Drum Size
is inserted.]
When changing a settings; In the Confirm
Drum Type screen, select the type of Print
Drum currently installed and touch [OK].
When installing a different Print Drum;
Pull out the Print Drum and replace with
the same one as before.
To reset
display
type is selected.]
When changing a settings; In the Confirm
Drum Type screen, select the type of Print
Drum currently installed and touch [OK].
When installing a different Print Drum;
Pull out the Print Drum and replace with
the correct one.
Different size print drum from the previous
027
is set.
F21 [Next Original not set on AF for

Error Type
Multi-Up]
LED Display
No indication
Error position
Set original on the AF.

To reset
Or press the <STOP> key (time-out exists
display
for pressing the <STOP> key).
Next original is not set on AF when multi-
032
up is selected.

IMAGETEC
F22 [Next Original not placed on FB

Error Type
for Multi-Up]
LED Display
No indication
Error position
Set original on the FB and press the

To reset <START> key. Or press the <STOP> key
display (Time-out exists for pressing the <STOP>
key)
Next Original not placed on FB for Multi-
033
Up scanning.
F24 [Auto Reproduction Size

Error Type
Selection Not Possible]
F24-xxx
!! No Auto Reproduction Size Selection
LCD Display
with This Combination
Description
of Original and Printing Paper !!
Select Size manually
When changing the [Size] setting; Touch
[Size Setting].
To reset
display
<RESET> key.
The reproduction ratio does not

037 match when the job start under Auto
Reproduction Size selection.
F31 [Auto Control Paper Receiving

Error Type
Tray - Paper Guide Fence Error]
F31-xxx
Description
Check Paper Receiving Tray
To reset Press the <START> key or the <STOP>
display key.
HP sensor did not go ON when the
836 side fences made initial home position
movement.
HP sensor did not go OFF when the side
837
fences should have left home position.

IMAGETEC
HP sensor did not go ON when the

838 end fence made initial home position
movement.
HP sensor did not go OFF when the end
839
fence should have left home position.
Even though the End fence pulse motor
ended its movement by the sensor
868
detection, the sensor status does not
match with the programmed status.
Even though the Side fence pulse motor
ended its movement by the sensor
869
detection, the sensor status does not
match with the programmed status.
The End fence pulse motor does not
870 stop either by its pulse count stop nor by
sensor detected stop.
The Side fence pulse motor does not
871 stop either by its pulse count stop nor by
sensor detected stop.
F32 [Storage Data - Storage Area

Error Type
Full]
F32-xxx
LCD Display !! The Data Storage Area has Become
Description Full !!
Clear Old Storage Data
The Storage memory card became full
713
while saving data.
F33 [USB Memory - Memory Area

Error Type
Full]
F33-xxx
The file size is too large to store on USB
LCD Display
Flash Drive
Description
Change the USB Flash Drive or delete
some files to make spaces
The USB memory became full while
913
saving data.

IMAGETEC
Error Type F37 [Book mode: AF cannot be used] Error Type F37 [Book mode: AF cannot be used]
F37-xxx
LCD Display !! Book Shadow Editor is Not Available LED Display
Description with AF !! Error position
Place Original on Glass Platen
display or the <RESET> key. display
Original was set on the AF with book Original was set on the AF with book
050 050
mode selected in master making. mode selected in master making.
F43 [Data printing / Paper size

Error Type
mismatch]
F43-xxx
LCD Display !! Unmatched Size -- Current Page and
Description Printing Paper !!
Check Paper Size
When resuming the print job; Touch

To reset
display
<RESET> key.
Original size is larger than the paper size
902
when the print data received from the PC.
F44 [Auto Reproduction Size - Error

Error Type Between Original Size and Paper
Size]
F44-xxx
LCD Display !! No Auto Reproduction with This Original
Description and Printing Paper !!
Select Size Manually
When changing the "Size" setting; Touch
[Size Setting].
To reset
display
<RESET> key.
Original size could not be detected
901
(original size out of the specification).

IMAGETEC
Error Type F45 [Original Undetected]

F45-xxx
LCD Display
Original Undetected
Description
Reset Original
Re-position the original to clear the Pop-
Up message.
To reset
display
<RESET> key.
Auto-tray or Auto-reproduction size is
selected, and master making or
954
print to linked printer is started with
original undetected
Master making or print to a linked printer
959
is started with original undetected.
The original not detected when [NEXT]
981 button was pressed in Multi-Up Wizard
display.
F47 [AF - card size reproduction not

Error Type
available]
F47-xxx
LCD Display [A4->Card] Reproduction is Not Available
Description in combination with AF
Place Original on Stage Glass
To reset Remove original from AF and set it on the
display stage glass.
Reproduction size from A4 size reduced
904 to card size is selected and the original is
placed on the AF unit.

IMAGETEC
Error Type F48 [Multi-Up - Wrong Original Size]

F48-xxx
LCD Display Original Size Exceeds Limitation of Multi-
Description Up
Specify Original Size
When changing the "Original Size"

setting; Touch [Original Size].
To reset
display
<RESET> key.

During the multi-up operation, the original
955 size was detected as customs size or out
of specification.
Error Type F49 [Multi-Up - No Original]

F49-xxx
LCD Display
Original Undetected
Description
Reset Original
Re-position the original to clear the Pop-
Up message.
To reset
display
<RESET> key.
The original was undetected when Multi-
989 Up operation was selected for either one
original or multi-original.
F52 [Printing from Linked Printer

Error Type
disabled - Printer data not received]
F52-xxx
LCD Display Acquiring Linked Printer Configuration
Description Data
Please Wait a Moment
To reset
Touch [Close].
display
Printing from linked printer disabled
912
(Linked printer data not received).

IMAGETEC
F58 [Printing from Linked Printer F58 [Printing from Linked Printer
Disabled - Initializing NET-D] Disabled - Initializing NET-C]
F58-xxx
Starting Up RISORINC-NET No Indication
Please Wait a Moment
To reset To reset
Touch [Close]. Press the <RESET> key.
display display
Printing from Linked Printer disabled Printing from Linked Printer disabled
927 927
(NET-D being initialized). (NET-C being initialized).
F60 [Printer-Auto-Selection disabled:

Error Type
Print quantity selected is 0]
F60-xxx
LCD Display
!! Number of Copies is set to [0] !!
Description
Printing Operation will Start on this Printer
To reset Touch [Cancel], or press the <STOP> key
Auto-printer-selection is disabled with
929
print quantity selected as Zero.
F61 [Linked Printer - Wrong Paper

Error Type
Size]
F61-xxx
LCD Display Proper Size Paper is Not Set on Linked
Description Printer
Set Proper Paper
Original size does not match with the

930
paper size set on the linked printer.

IMAGETEC
F62 [Printer-Auto-Selection disabled

Error Type
- Linked printer error]
F62-xxx
LCD Display !! Auto-Link Operation is Not Available !!
Description Specified Linked Printer may be in Error
or Turned OFF
Auto-printer-selection is disabled due to
956
linked printer error.
F63 [Linked Printer - Auto Tray

Error Type Selection not available for Irregular
Size Original]
F63-xxx
LCD Display !! No Auto Paper Size Selection with
Description Irregular Size Original !!
Select Paper Size and then Restart
Auto-Tray-Selection was used in printing
971 from the linked printer using irregular
sized original.
F64 [Selected Function Not Available

Error Type While Processing Print Data from
PC]
F64-xxx
LCD Display Processing Print Data from PC
Description This Function is Not Available while
Processing Current Data
To reset
Touch [Close].
display
Scanning, Overlay, Digitizer or Hold

964 function was selected while the printer is
receiving data from PC.

IMAGETEC
F65 [Scan Mode - Auto Page Size

Error Type Selection Not Available for Irregular
Size Original]
F65-xxx
Auto Page Size Selection is Not Available
LCD Display
for Irregular-Size Original
Description
Select Format Size to Store and then
Restart
The auto-size (save data) selection at
965 start of scanning is detected as original
irregular in size.
F66 [Linked printer saddle stitching

Error Type
is disabled]
F66-xxx
LCD Display
Saddle Stitching is Not Available with This
Description
Paper Size
Specified tray does not have any A3
(Ledger), B4 (Legal), A4 (Letter) or
962
A4L (Letter-L) when printing from linked
printer with saddle stitching selected.
F67 [Linked printer saddle stitching

Error Type
is disabled]
F67-xxx
LCD Display !! Improper Paper for Rotation Sorting !!
Description Set Same Sized Paper in 2 Trays, One in
Horizontal and Other in Vertical Direction

Specified size papers are not set in
horizontal and vertical directions in the
963 linked printer tray, when printing from
linked printer with rotation sorting
selected.

IMAGETEC
F73 [Linked Printer - Auto Tray

Error Type Selection Not Available with Selected
Reproduction Ratio]
F73-xxx
LCD Display Paper Size cannot be Defined by
Description Specified Reproduction Size
Select Paper Tray and Press Start Key
In Linked Printer printing, the detected
975 original size does not match with the
selected reproduction size.
Error Type F78 [Editor - Stage Cover is Opened]

F78-xxx
LCD Display Close Stage Cover
Description If original moves you may not get desired
result
To reset
Close the Stage cover and touch [Close].
display
The stage cover is opened during the
731
digitizer operation.

IMAGETEC
F79 [Editor - No Original During Re-

Error Type
Scanning]
F79-xxx
LCD Display Set Original and Press Start key
Description Re-scanning will be Started to Add Image
Processing
To reset
Touch [Cancel].
display
The original was not detected during re-
732
scanning.
F85 [External CI - Scanning Not

Error Type Possible with External CI not
Connected]
F85-xxx
!! Scanning is Not Possible !!
LCD Display
External CI is not Connected or
Description
Processing Connection
Check Cable Connection
When resuming the scanning; Press the
To reset <START> key.
display When stopping the scanning; Touch
[Close].
Either the PS7R is not connected or
995
improperly connect.
997 Failed to delete the job on the PS7R.
998 Receiving the scanning data by the PS7R.
F86 [Auto Tray Selection - Tray

Error Type Cannot Be Selected with Selected
Reproduction Ratio]
F86-xxx
LCD Display Paper Size cannot be Defined by
Description Specified Reproduction Size
Select Paper Tray and Press Start Key
With the Auto Tray selected, the master-
making was activated with original
864 size which does not match with the
reproduction ratio against the printing
paper.

IMAGETEC
F87 [Auto Tray Selection - Multi-Up

Error Type
Not Possible]
LCD Display F87-xxx
Description Select Paper Tray
To reset
Touch [Cancel].
display
Multi-Up was chosen with Auto Tray
865
selected.
F88 [Auto Tray Selection - 2 UP

Error Type
Selection Error]
LCD Display F88-xxx
Description Select Paper Tray and Press Start Key
With Auto Tray selected, the 2-UP was
866 selected with printing papers other than
A4R or B5R.
F89 [Interposer Mode - Wrong Paper

Error Type
Size]
F89-xxx
!! Unmatched Paper Size !!
LCD Display
Interposal Paper is Smaller than Printing
Description
Paper
Check Interposal Paper Size
Interposer mode was selected with
867 interposal paper smaller than the printing
paper.

IMAGETEC
Error Type F90 [Ink Supply Stock Inventory]
F90-xxx
LCD Display
Check Stock of Required Ink and Please
Description
Order If Needed
Set quantity of the specified color ink

957 stock quantity is equal to or less than
the calculated stock quantity.
F91 [Master Roll Supply Stock

Error Type
Inventory]
F91-xxx
LCD Display
Check Stock of Required Master and
Description
Please Order If Needed
Set quantity of the specified master roll
958 stock quantity is equal to or less than
the calculated stock quantity.
F93 [Reproduction Size - Larger than

Error Type
the Master Making Size]
F93-xxx
LCD Display Check the Settings
Description The Selected Reproduction Ratio will not
fit the Max. Printing Area

To reset [Continue], or press the <START> key.
display When stopping the print job; Touch
[Cancel], or press the <STOP> key.
Either of the following two causes the
reproduction ratio to exceed the printing
area.
936 1) Auto Tray is selected with reproduction
ratio neither at 100% nor at AUTO.
2) Paper tray is manually selected and
the reproduction ratio is at AUTO.

IMAGETEC
F94 [Protect Mode - Discard Current

Error Type
Master]
F94-xxx
LCD Display
PROTECT
Description
Discard Current Master
To reset
Press the <START> key.
display
The protect function is active when
machine power is turn ON, machine woke
007
up from sleep, or print drum is inserted
into the machine.
Error Type F95 [Protect Mode - Confirmation]
F95-xxx
LCD Display
PROTECT
Description
Discard Current Master
To reset Press the <START> key or press the
display <STOP> key.
The job completes when the protect mode
008
is selected active by the Admin. display.
Error Type F96 [Total Count Volume]

F96-xxx
LCD Display
Day to Count the Total Used Volume
Description
Contact the Administrator
To reset Press <CLOSE> button, <STOP> key or
display <RESET> key.
918 The set date to count the used volume.
Error Type F97 [Count Charge]

F97-xxx
LCD Display
Day to Calculate the Count Charge
Description
Contact the Administrator
To reset Press <CLOSE> button, <STOP> key or
display <RESET> key.
928 The set date to add the count charge.

IMAGETEC
Parameter Value input (H**)
Error Type H01 [Ink color setting] Error Type H01 [Ink color setting]
LCD Display Select the same color as the Print Drum LED Display
No Indication
Description currently in use. Error position
To reset Enter the required parameter value To reset Enter the required parameter value
display (1: Black 2: Color) [INK] display (1: Black 2: Color) [INK]
566 Enter the required parameter value. 566 Enter the required parameter value.
Error Type H02 [Print density fine adjustment] Error Type H02 [Print density fine adjustment]
LCD Display Select a Print Density level to match the LED Display
No Indication
Error position ink to fine-tune print result. Error position
display (1: Light to 5: Dark) [INK] display (1: Light to 5: Dark) [INK]
Error Type H03 [Proof print density adjustment] Error Type H03 [Proof print density adjustment]
LCD Display Select a Print Density level of the first LED Display
No Indication
Error position print to match the ink. Error position
display (1: Light to 5: Dark) [INK] display (1: Light to 5: Dark) [INK]
Error Type H04 [Master Density] Error Type H04 [Master Density]
LCD Display Select the standard density to be applied LED Display
No Indication
Description during creation of the master. Error position
display (1: Light to 10: Dark) [MASTER] display (1: Light to 10: Dark) [MASTER]
Error Type H05 [Print density fine adjustment] Error Type H05 [Print density fine adjustment]
LCD Display Select a Print Density level to match the LED Display
No Indication
Error position master to fine-tune print result. Error position
Error Type H06 [Proof print density adjustment] Error Type H06 [Proof print density adjustment]
LCD Display Select a Print Density level of the first LED Display
No Indication
Error position print to match the master. Error position

IMAGETEC
Errors Requiring Special Attention
The errors listed below are not cleared even when the machine power is switched OFF and ON. The
problem must be corrected in order to clear the error message.
Error Type Error Description

C01 Replace ink cartridge
C02 Replace master roll
C03 Master disposal box full
The errors listed below activates RECOVERY action on the machine the next time the machine power is
turned ON if the machine was previously turned OFF with the given error message.
The machine may indicate a different but a related error message when the machine power is turned
ON.
Error Type Error Description
T13 Cutter motor lock
A02 Master loading error
A04 Master removal error
A08 Paper jam on print drum
A16 Waiting for the master to be removed from the drum
A17 Cutter error

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 18: TEST MODE
Contents
1. Test Mode Procedures..........................................................................2

EZ2/EV2 & EZ3/EV3 Series...................................................................2
EZ5/EV5 Series......................................................................................3
2. Individual Test Procedures...................................................................4
3. System & Control Panel Test Mode.....................................................5
4. Image Processing / Scanning Test Mode..........................................15
5. Master Making / Master Disposal Test Mode....................................18
6. Paper Feeding / Paper Ejection Test mode.......................................24
7. Print Drum / Printing Test Mode.........................................................33
8. Protected Area Test Mode..................................................................40
9. Options (AF) Test Mode......................................................................44
10. Options (Job Separator) Test Mode...................................................46
11. Options (Memory) Test Mode.............................................................47
12. Options (Linked Printer) Test Mode...................................................48
13. Options (Vender) Test Mode...............................................................49

IMAGETEC
1. Test Mode Procedures
EZ2/EV2 & EZ3/EV3 Series
1) Start-up Procedure
Switch ON the machine power while simultaneously pressing the two print position keys on the
operation panel. This initiates the test mode in standby mode.
PRINT POSITION
Press the two print position keys simultaneously and turn ON

the machine power.
2) Activation & Exit

Follow the procedure explained on the illustration below for the activation of the test mode and
ending the test mode.
Normal Area Test Mode
MASTER-MAKING PRINT
Normal Operation Mode
Protected Area Test Mode
MASTER-MAKING PRINTING
MASTER-MAKING PRINT
Normal Area
Test Mode Press RESET Key
Machine Code Program Version Number
Changes display
in 0.5 seconds MASTER-MAKING PRINT
Press STOP Key or C (clear) Key
Input Test Mode Number Press START Key

Test Mode in ACTION
Test Mode Standby
MASTER-MAKING
MASTER MAKING MASTER-MAKING
PROGRESS ARROW PROGRESS ARROW PROGRESS ARROW
LED LED LED
Press STOP Key or C (clear) Key Press START Key

LED blinks
LED blinks in circle
Press STOP Key

IMAGETEC
EZ5/EV5 Series
1) Start-up Procedure
Switch ON the machine power while simultaneously pressing the two print position keys on the
operation panel. This initiates the test mode in standby mode.
Press the two print position keys simultaneously

and turn ON the machine power.
2) Operating Procedure
Test mode numbers can be entered (selected) via [Key entry] or [Menu selection].
a) Key entry procedure

(1) In standby mode, enter the number of the test mode to be run using the numeric keys. If you make a
mistake during entry, you can perform entry once again by pressing the [C] key.
(2) Press the [START] key to initiate Test mode operations.
(3) Press the [STOP] or [START] key to end Test mode and return to standby or operation standby
modes.
* In data setting mode, after setting the new data, press the [START] key to confirm the modified data
and return to standby mode. Instead, if the [STOP] key is pressed, the newly input data is cancelled
and the existing data setting remains.
b) Menu selection method
(1) While in standby mode, select the unit containing the test item to be run from the Test mode menu.
- Press the unit name on the LCD screen. (Unit name is highlighted.)
- The Test mode sub-menu appears.
(2) Select the test item to be run from the Test mode sub-menu.
Press the test item on the LCD screen. (Test item is highlighted.)
(3) Press the [START] key to initiate Test mode operations.
(4) Press the [STOP] or [START] key to end the Test mode operation and return to standby mode or
operation standby mode.
* After setting data, press the [START] key to confirm the modified data and return to standby mode.
Press the [STOP] key to cancel the settings before returning to standby mode.
3) Ending Procedure
To exit the Test mode, press the [RESET] key for at least 1 second during test mode standby mode
or test mode operation standby mode.

IMAGETEC
2. Individual Test Procedures
1) Checking sensors and switches

Indicates the sensor and switch status with audible beeps.
Detected: Buzzer sounds at 0.1 second intervals (short beeps).
Not detected: Buzzer sounds at 0.5 second intervals (long beeps).
2) Checking motors and solenoids

Switch on by pressing the [Start] key, then press the [START] or [STOP] key to switch off.
* Error checking is not performed during the operation. Note that moving parts may lock if at
their limit positions.
3) Checking unit operations

(1) Switch on by pressing the [Start] key, then initiate unit operation. Error checking is
performed in basically the same way as for normal operation. Some operations will halt when the
sequence is complete, while other operations will continue until you press a key ([STOP] or [START]).
(2) A continuous audible tone is emitted to indicate an error. To cancel errors, press the [RESET] key.
4) Data clear
Press the [Start] key to clear the data. [In Action] message appears while clearing the data. The
activating ends automatically and [End] message appears when completed.
5) Data check
Press the [Start] key to display data.
* Data check only displays the various settings. These settings cannot be changed here.
6) Data setting
(1) Press the [Start] key to display and change the data currently set.
(2) Change data using the numeric keys. Use the [*] key to change the display.
(3) Once settings have been changed, press the [START] key to confirm the data and return to standby
mode. Press the [STOP] key to cancel the settings and return to standby mode.
* The settings will be set to their default values if values beyond the specified setting ranges
are entered. The settings are also set to their default values if values are entered in units
other than the units specified.

IMAGETEC
3. System & Control Panel Test Mode
No Sensor & Switch Check

Wakeup Key Wakeup Key
0001
ON: Key pressed ON: Key pressed
Solenoid counter connection signal Solenoid counter connection signal
0002
ON: Solenoid counter connected ON: Solenoid counter connected
24V A output signal 24V A output signal
0003
ON: 24V-A (24 volts) is output ON: 24V-A (24 volts) is output
24V B output signal 24V B output signal
0004
ON: 24V-B (24 volts) is output ON: 24V-B (24 volts) is output
Rear cover safety switch Rear cover safety switch
0005
ON: Rear cover is attached ON: Rear cover is attached
No. Motor & Solenoid
Wake-up LED Wake-up LED
0062
LED Illuminates LED Illuminates
No. Unit Check
Test Print A (checkered) Test Print A (checkered)
0080
Creates Test pattern 1 (Checker Flag) Creates Test pattern 1 (Checker Flag)
Test Print B (cross stripes) Test Print B (cross stripes)
0081
Creates Test pattern 2 (Cross Lines) Creates Test pattern 2 (Cross Lines)
Test Print C (Dot1) Test Print C (Dot1)
0082
Creates Test pattern 4 (Dot 1 ) Creates Test pattern 4 (Dot 1 )
Test Print D (Dot2) Test Print D (Dot2)
0083
Test Print E (Dot1 + Cross Lines) Test Print E (Dot1 + Cross Lines)
0084
Creates Test pattern 6 (Dot 1 + Cross Lines) Creates Test pattern 6 (Dot 1 + Cross Lines)
Test Print F (Dot2 + cross stripes) Test Print F (Dot2 + cross stripes)
0085
Creates Test pattern 7 (Dot 2 + Cross Lines) Creates Test pattern 7 (Dot 2 + Cross Lines)
Test Print G (Dot3) Test Print G (Dot3)
0086
Paper-Feed Test (continuous feeding) Paper-Feed Test (continuous feeding)
Speed 1 = 60rpm Speed 2 = 80rpm Speed 1 = 60rpm Speed 2 = 80rpm
0087
Speed 3 = 100rpm Speed 4 = 120rpm Speed 3 = 100rpm Speed 4 = 120rpm
Speed 5 = 130rpm Speed 5 = 130rpm
Low-Speed Printing Operation Low-Speed Printing Operation
0088
Prints continuously at 15 rpm. Prints continuously at 15 rpm.
Stepped Printing Operation
Press START key to switch on the suction fan.
Prints at 15 rpm only while TEST PRINT key is
0089 pressed.
Printing stops when TEST PRINT key is released,
and resumes if the key is pressed again. Press
STOP to switch suction fan off.
Firmware download Firmware download
0090 Firmware is downloaded when START key is Firmware is downloaded when START key is
pressed. pressed.
Unit Initialization Unit Initialization
Mechanical initialization is made. Mechanical initialization is made.
0094
(Scanner, TPH, Compression plate,Clamp unit, (Scanner, TPH, Compression plate,Clamp unit,
Vertical print position, Printing pressure) Vertical print position, Printing pressure)
System Configuration Data Output System Configuration Data Output
0095
Creates a master for the CI system data. Creates a master for the CI system data.

IMAGETEC
Data-Setting & Error-History Output

0097 Creates a master for the list of data-setting
changes and the error history.
Machine Clock Activation Machine Clock Activation
Activates time set by Test Modes from No.0171 Activates time set by Test Modes from No.0171
through 0173. The new clock time set by through 0173. The new clock time set by
0101
test mode No. 0171 through No.0173 will not test mode No. 0171 through No.0173 will not
be applied unless this test mode No. 0101 is be applied unless this test mode No. 0101 is
activated. activated.
Machine Test Mode Data Recording Machine Test Mode Data Recording
0103 Stores the machine Test Mode settings into CF Stores the machine Test Mode settings into CF
card. card.
Print drum Test Mode Data Recording Print drum Test Mode Data Recording
0104 Stores the Print drum Test Mode settings in the Stores the Print drum Test Mode settings in the
EEPROM of the Print Drum PCB into CF card. EEPROM of the Print Drum PCB into CF card.
Machine Test Mode Data Re-store Machine Test Mode Data Re-store
Writes the test mode settings retrieved in CF
0105 Writes the test mode settings retrieved in CF card
card by test mode No.0103 into the EEPROM of
by test mode No.0103 into the NeoROSA PCB.
Mechanical Control PCB..
Print Drum Test-Mode Data Re-store Print Drum Test-Mode Data Re-store
Writes the test mode settings retrieved in CF card Writes the test mode settings retrieved in CF card
0106
by test mode No.0104 into the Print Drum PCB by test mode No.0104 into the Print Drum PCB
EEPROM. EEPROM.
Test Mode Data Back-up Test Mode Data Back-up
Stores all the test mode numbers and settings, Stores all the test mode numbers and settings,
0107
which are changed from the program default, are which are changed from the program default, are
stored in CF card for record keeping purpose. stored in CF card for record keeping purpose.
Ｎｏ． Data Clear
Clearing Jam Status Data Clearing Jam Status Data
This test mode can also be used to clear error data This test mode can also be used to clear error data
0110 for items for which jam can otherwise be cleared for items for which jam can otherwise be cleared
only by the jam release procedure. only by the jam release procedure.
Consumable errors cannot be cleared. Consumable errors cannot be cleared.
Clearing User Memory Clearing User Memory
0111 Initializes data in user area memory to the Initializes data in user area memory to the
programming defaults. programming defaults.
Clearing Normal Area Test-Mode Data Memory Clearing Normal Area Test-Mode Data Memory
[MACHINE] [MACHINE]
0112 Initializes all normal area test mode settings on the Initializes all normal area test mode settings on the
machine to their programming default values. machine to their programming default values.
The protected area test modes stay unchanged. The protected area test modes stay unchanged.
Maintenance Count Clear (master making) Maintenance Count Clear (master making)
0113 Clears the master making maintenance call Clears the master making maintenance call
message by resetting the count to zero. message by resetting the count to zero.
Maintenance Count Clear (printing) Maintenance Count Clear (printing)
0114 Clears the printing maintenance call message by Clears the printing maintenance call message by
resetting the count to zero. resetting the count to zero.
Maintenance Count Clear (print drum) Maintenance Count Clear (print drum)
0115 Clears the print drum maintenance call message Clears the print drum maintenance call message
by resetting the count to zero. by resetting the count to zero.
Set-up Wizard Initialize
0116 Initializes the set-up wizard to the out-of-the-
factory condition.

IMAGETEC
Clearing Normal Area Test-Mode Data Memory Clearing Normal Area Test-Mode Data Memory
[PRINT DRUM] [PRINT DRUM]
0117 Initializes all normal area test mode settings Initializes all normal area test mode settings
within the EEPROM of the print drum to their within the EEPROM of the print drum to their
programming default values. The protected programming default values. The protected
area test modes stay unchanged. area test modes stay unchanged.
No. Data Check
System Parameter Adjustment Record
Displays the test mode numbers and settings for all
0120 the test modes changed from the program default
settings. (Does not list those in the protected test
mode.)
Switch Action Record
0121 Displays error codes for set-switch errors which
caused the machine to stop. (Most recent 8 items)
Error Record
Lists error code history of the error types T, A and
0122
B which occurred on the machine. (Most recent
64 items)
Maintenance Count
0123 Displays all the maintenance counter values
(master making, printing, and print-drum).
Machine serial number display (1)
0124 Displays the first 4 digits of the machine serial
number.
Machine serial number display (2)
0125 Displays the last 4 digits of the machine serial
number.
Optional Configuration Check
0126 Displays optional peripherals/devices currently
connected.
AF connection status
Displays whether AF unit is connected.
0 : Not connected
0127
1 : Connected (displays program version if
ROM is set.
Example: Displays 0101 for Ver.1.01
Job Separator connection status
Displays whether there is any Job Separator
0128 connection.
0 : Not connected
1 : Connected
NIC connection status
Displays whether there is any NIC (Network Card)
0129 connection.
0 : Not connected
1 : Connected

IMAGETEC
MCTL PCB program version display

0130 Displays Mechanical control PCB program version.
ROSA PCB program version display
0131 Displays NeoROSA program version.
Download File Information
Displays the following:
0132 File name, Firmware type (MECHA, ROSA, DSP),
Machine type, Firmware version number, File date,
Media type (U=USB, C=CF card)
Paper Size ID display Paper Size ID display
Displays paper ID decided according to paper size Displays paper ID decided according to paper size
VR and paper size detection sensor. VR and paper size detection sensor.
<Which ID to display depends on the machine <Which ID to display depends on the machine
model> model>
00 No paper 00 No paper
01 A3 01 A3
02 B4 02 B4
03 A4 03 A4
04 A4 landscape 04 A4 landscape
05 B5 05 B5
06 B5 landscape 06 B5 landscape
07 A5 07 A5
08 A5 landscape 08 A5 landscape
09 B6 09 B6
10 B6 landscape 10 B6 landscape
0135
11 Post card 11 Post card
12 Post card landscape 12 Post card landscape
13 Ledger 13 Ledger
14 Legal 14 Legal
15 Letter 15 Letter
16 Letter landscape 16 Letter landscape
17 Statement 17 Statement
18 Statement landscape 18 Statement landscape
19 Foolscap 19 Foolscap
30 Chinese Paper No. K16 30 Chinese Paper No. K16
31 Chinese Paper No. K16 landscape 31 Chinese Paper No. K16 landscape
32 Chinese Paper No. K8 32 Chinese Paper No. K8
50 Paper size undefined 1 50 Paper size undefined 1
(paper size det. sensor : ON) (paper size det. sensor : ON)
51 Paper size undefined 2 51 Paper size undefined 2
(paper size det. sensor : OFF) (paper size det. sensor : OFF)
Maintenance counter reading (Master Making)

Display of 1 = 100 master makings
0137
Example: 1234 display = 123,400 master
makings.
Maintenance counter reading (Printing)
0138 Display of 1 = 1000 printings.
Example: 1234 display = 1,234,000 prints.

IMAGETEC

Maintenance counter reading (Print Drum)
0139 Display of 1 = 1000 printings.
Example: 1234 display = 1,234,000 prints.
No. Data Setting
Scanning & Master Making Independent Mode
Selection to make the scanning & master making
action together with the master removal action or
0140 to make the two actions separately.
Setting:
0 : Together <default>
1 : Independent
Test Mode Display Language Selection
Display language selection.
Setting:
0142 0 : Normal
1 : Japanese
2 : English
3 : Chinese
Maintenance: Master Count Entry Maintenance: Master Count Entry
Sets the number of master making at which the Sets the number of master making at which the
maintenance-call message is displayed. maintenance-call message is displayed.
0143
Range : 0 to 999,900 master making Range : 0 to 999,900 master making
Unit : 1 = 100 master making Unit : 1 = 100 master making
Default : 0 : No maintenance call display Default : 0 : No maintenance call display
Maintenance: Copy Count Entry Maintenance: Copy Count Entry
Sets the number of prints at which the Sets the number of prints at which the
maintenance-call message is displayed. maintenance-call message is displayed.
0144
Range : 0 to 9,999,000 printing Range : 0 to 9,999,000 printing
Unit : 1 = 1000 printing Unit : 1 = 1000 printing
Default : 0 : No display maintenance call display Default : 0 : No display maintenance call display
Maintenance: Drum Meter Entry Maintenance: Drum Meter Entry
Sets the number of print-drum prints at which the Sets the number of print-drum prints at which the
maintenance-call message is displayed (for each maintenance-call message is displayed (for each
0145 print drum). print drum).
Range : 0 to 9,999,000 printing Range : 0 to 9,999,000 printing
Unit : 1 = 1000 printing Unit : 1 = 1000 printing
Default : 0 : No display maintenance call display Default : 0 : No display maintenance call display
Scanning Priority in Master Making
To prevent machine movement vibration from
affecting the scanning quality, the master removal
and master making action takes after the scanning,
0146
if selected to ON.
Setting:
0 : OFF <default>
1 : ON
Print Quantity Display Recovery
Selection of print quantity display after print job
is finished. Displays either [0] or [previous print
0150 quantity].
Setting:
0 : Displays 0 <default>
1 : Displays previous print quantity

IMAGETEC
Print Speed After Short Interval Print Speed After Short Interval
Gradual print speed acceleration after short Gradual print speed acceleration after short
intervals between printing job. intervals between printing job.
0151
Setting: Setting:
0 : Disabled <default> 0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled 1 : Enabled <default>
Light Print Display Control Light Print Display Control
Selects whether to display the [Light Print] button Selects whether to display the [Light Print] button
in the Functions Tab. in the Functions Tab.
0152
Setting: Setting:
0 : Disabled <default> 0 : Disabled <default>
1 : Enabled 1 : Enabled
Special Paper Control Basic Display Control
Selects whether to display the Special Paper
Control button in the Admin. Tab.
0153
Setting:
0 : Disabled <default>
1 : Enabled
Minimum Print Quantity Control Minimum Print Quantity Control
Enables/Disables making input changes by the Enables/Disables making input changes by the
User Mode. User Mode.
0154
Setting: Setting:
0 : Disabled 0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled <default> 1 : Enabled <default>
Counter Action Control Counter Action Control
Enables/Disables copy counter & master counter Enables/Disables copy counter & master counter
(solenoid counter, software counter). This setting (solenoid counter, software counter). This setting
returns to default once the power is switched returns to default once the power is switched
0155
OFF. OFF.
Setting: Setting:
0 : Counter Disabled 0 : Counter Disabled
1 : Counter Enabled <default> 1 : Counter Enabled <default>
Warning Errors Display
Selection to display or not to display the warning
errors F02, F10 and F43.
0159
Setting:
0 : No display
1 : Displays <default>
Auto Multi-Up Recovery
Selects if the Multi-up stays active or becomes
inactive after one Multi-up operation.
0160
Setting:
0 : Change to inactive <default>
1 : Stays active
Program Print Auto-Repeat Setting Program Print Auto-Repeat Setting
Selection to keep the program printing active or to Selection to keep the program printing active or to
change to inactive after one master-making with change to inactive after one master-making with
0161 Auto-Print OFF. Auto-Print OFF.
Setting: Setting:
0 : Changes to inactive <default> 0 : Changes to inactive <default>
1 : Stays active 1 : Stays active

IMAGETEC

Master Making Stand-by Cancel Time Setting Master Making Stand-by Cancel Time Setting
When Master making mode is selected, the master When Master making mode is selected, the master
making stand-by condition is cancelled according making stand-by condition is cancelled according
to the time set. to the time set.
If the set time is within 60s, the master making If the set time is within 60s, the master making
stand-by condition (TPH pressure, Clamp opening stand-by condition (TPH pressure, Clamp opening
0162 position, Scanner lamp ON) is cancelled in 60s. If position, Scanner lamp ON) is cancelled in 60s. If
set to over 60s, the Scanner lamp ON is cancelled set to over 60s, the Scanner lamp ON is cancelled
after 60s, and other stand-by condition is cancelled after 60s, and other stand-by condition is cancelled
after the set time. after the set time.
Range : 0 to 180s (0 = No stand-by) Range : 0 to 180s (0 = No stand-by)
Unit : 1 = 1s (1 second) Unit : 1 = 1s (1 second)
Default: 180 (180s) Default: 180 (180s)
RLP Mode display change timing selection
Timing adjustment for the display to change when
using RLP auto-selection mode.
0165
Range : -5 to +5 (0 to 2.5s)
Unit : 1 = 0.25s (0.25 seconds)
Default: 0 (1.25 seconds)
Maximum Print Quantity Control
Enable or disable the maximum print quantity
setting, and also sets the maximum print quantity.
0166
Range : 0 (disabled) to 9999 (enabled)
Unit : 1 = 1 print
Default: 0 (disabled)
Paper ID Auto-Repeat Control
Selects if the paper data stays active or become
inactive after power is turned OFF or RESET
0167 button is pressed.
Setting:
0 : Stays active <default>
1 : Changes to inactive
Admin. Display Control
Selects if the Admin. Tab is displayed or not.
0169 Setting:
0 : Hide
1 : Display <default>
Consumable Storage Indication
Selects whether the consumable storage indication
is displayed on the Admin. window.
0170
Setting:
0 : Hide <default>
1 : Display
Machine Clock Setting (YEAR) Machine Clock Setting (YEAR)
Sets YEAR in clock. Sets YEAR in clock.
Test Mode No. 0101 must be activated after Test Mode No. 0101 must be activated after
0171 inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to
activate the new setting. activate the new setting.
Range : 2000 to 2199 (Year 2000 to 2199) Range : 2000 to 2199 (Year 2000 to 2199)
Unit: 1 = 1 year Unit: 1 = 1 year
Default: 2000 (Year 2000) Default: 2000 (Year 2000)

IMAGETEC
Machine Clock Setting (MONTH & DATE) Machine Clock Setting (MONTH & DATE)
Sets MONTH/DATE in clock. Sets MONTH/DATE in clock.
inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to
0172 activate the new setting. activate the new setting.
Left 2 digits= MONTH: 1 to 12 (January to Left 2 digits= MONTH: 1 to 12 (January to
December)　 December)　
Right 2 digits = DAY: 1 to 31 (Days 1 to 31) Right 2 digits = DAY: 1 to 31 (Days 1 to 31)
1 = 1 month, 1 = 1 day 1 = 1 month, 1 = 1 day
Default: 0101 (January 1) Default: 0101 (January 1)
Machine Clock Setting (HOUR & MINUTE) Machine Clock Setting (HOUR & MINUTE)
Sets HOUR/MINUTE in clock. Sets HOUR/MINUTE in clock.
inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to inputting test modes No. 0171 through No. 0173 to
0173
activate the new setting. activate the new setting.
Left 2 digits = HOUR: 0 to 23 (0 to 23 hours)　 Left 2 digits = HOUR: 0 to 23 (0 to 23 hours)　
Right 2 digits = MINUTE: 0 to 59 (0 to 59 minutes) Right 2 digits = MINUTE: 0 to 59 (0 to 59 minutes)
1 = 1 hour, 1 = 1 minute 1 = 1 hour, 1 = 1 minute
Default : 0000 (0 hours, 0 minute) Default : 0000 (0 hours, 0 minute)
Chinese Paper No.16 (Width data setting) Chinese Paper No.16 (Width data setting)
Sets paper width data for Chinese paper No.16 Sets paper width data for Chinese paper No.16
0174 Range : 191 to 199 (191mm to 199mm)　 Range : 191 to 199 (191mm to 199mm)　
Unit : 1 = 1mm Unit : 1 = 1mm
Default : 195 (195mm) Default : 195 (195mm)
Chinese Paper No.8(width) No.16(length) data setting. Chinese Paper No.8(width) No.16(length) data setting.
Sets paper width (No.8) & length (No.16) data Sets paper width (No.8) & length (No.16) data
Chinese Paper No.8 (Length data setting) Chinese Paper No.8 (Length data setting)
Sets paper length data for Chinese paper No.8 Sets paper length data for Chinese paper No.8
Paper Size Detection Selection (Normal or Chinese)
Normal paper size detection or Chinese paper
size detection.
Setting:
0177
0 : Chinese paper size detection.
<default on China machine>
1 : Normal paper size detection
<default on all other machines>

IMAGETEC
DCC Display Selection DCC Display Selection

Selection between normal counter and digital copy Selection between normal counter and digital copy
counter display. counter display.
Setting: Setting:
0178 0 : Counter display 0 : Counter display
<default on all other machines> <default on all other machines>
1 : DCC (Digital Copy Counter) display 1 : DCC (Digital Copy Counter) display
<default on Europe machines> <default on Europe machines>
2 : No display 2 : No display
File Data Transmit Function Setting
Maintenance information, or print quantity
information and count-charge mail activation or
inactivation. This function does not exist on China
specification machine.
[MAINTENANCE INFORMATION]
The [Maintenance Information] mail button
becomes available in the Functions Tab when this
test mode is selected to [1] and if the machine is
equipped with NET-D;G2 optional card.
[PRINT QUANTITY INFORMATION]

The [Print Quantity Information] mail button
0181 becomes available in the Functions Tab when this
equipped with NET-D;G2 optional card.
[COUNT-CHARGE INFORMATION]
The [Count-Charge Information] mail button
becomes available in the Functions Tab when this
test mode is selected to [2] and test mode No.0183
is selected to [1], and if the machine is equipped
with NET-D:G2 optional card.
Setting:
0 : Inactive <default>
1 : Maintenance Information (REV.)
2 : Print Quantity Information & Count
Charge Information
Counter / Stock Info. Mail Control
Consumable stock data by e-mail is activated or
deactivated by this test mode.
This function does not exist on China specification
machine.
0182 The [Counter/Stock Information] mail button

becomes available on the Admin. Tab when this
equipped with NET-D:G2 optional card.
Setting:
0 : Inactive
1 : Active <default>

IMAGETEC
Count Charge Display Selection Count Charge Display Selection

Selects whether to display the [COUNT CHARGE] Selects whether to display the [COUNT CHARGE]
button on the User Mode display. button on the User Mode display.
0183
Setting: Setting:
0 : Inactive <default> 0 : Inactive <default>
1 : Active 1 : Active
Count Charge Mail Transmit Date Selection Count Charge Mail Transmit Date Selection
Sets the Warning display date to indicate the Sets the Warning display date to indicate the
Count Charge information mail sending. Count Charge information mail sending.
Range : 0 to 31　 Range : 0 to 31　
Unit : 1 = First date of each month Unit : 1 = First date of each month
0184
Default : 0 : No warning display <default> Default : 0 : No warning display <default>
If the date selected is 29, 30 or 31, if particular If the date selected is 29, 30 or 31, if particular
month does not include the selected date, the month does not include the selected date, the
warning appears on the last date of the month. warning appears on the last date of the month.

IMAGETEC
4. Image Processing / Scanning Test Mode
No. Sensor & Switch Check

FB/AF HP sensor FB/AF HP sensor
0200
ON: Carriage at Home position ON: Carriage at Home position
Flatbed Original Det. Sensor Flatbed Original Det. Sensor
0201
ON: Detecting original ON: Detecting original
Stage Cover Sensor Stage Cover Sensor
0209
ON: Stage cover closed ON: Stage cover closed
Scanner lamp Scanner lamp
0260
Switches ON/OFF scanner lamp Switches ON/OFF scanner lamp
No. Unit Check
Carriage Home Action Carriage Home Action
0281
Brings the carriage to the Home Position. Brings the carriage to the Home Position.
Scanner Cycle Continuous Action Scanner Cycle Continuous Action
Scanner A3 size original scanning cycle movement Scanner A3 size original scanning cycle movement
with auto-base-control (ABC) action. with auto-base-control (ABC) action.
0284 HP position - Shading compensation - Auto base HP position - Shading compensation - Auto base
control action - A3 scanning -HP position. control action - A3 scanning -HP position.
Pressing the STOP key ends the movement and Pressing the STOP key ends the movement and
returns to Home position. returns to Home position.
Scanner Lamp Replace Positioning Scanner Lamp Replace Positioning
0287 Moves the lamp carriage to lamp replacing Moves the lamp carriage to lamp replacing
position. position.
Scanner SHIPPING Positioning Scanner SHIPPING Positioning
0289 Moves the lamp carriage to the machine shipping Moves the lamp carriage to the machine shipping
position. position.
No. Data Setting
Line-Copy Slice Level Adjustment in Scanning Line-Copy Slice Level Adjustment in Scanning
Sets the slice level for line mode. Sets the slice level for line mode.
Range : -16 to 16 (Larger values for Range : -16 to 16 (Larger values for
0340
lighter print.) lighter print.)
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Default : 0 Default : 0
Auto Base Control (ABC) Slice Level Adjustment Auto Base Control (ABC) Slice Level Adjustment
Sets the slice level for ABC in line mode. Sets the slice level for ABC in line mode.
Range : -16 to 16 (Larger values for Range : -16 to 16 (Larger values for
0341
lighter print.) lighter print.)
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Photo/Duo Default Setting Photo/Duo Default Setting
Image processing selection when Photo or Duo is Image processing selection when Photo or Duo is
selected in master-making. selected in master-making.
Applies to both the master-making and printing to Applies to both the master-making and printing to
linked printer (RLP). linked printer (RLP).
0345 Setting: Setting:
0 : Error-diffusion <default> 0 : Error-diffusion <default>
1 : Dot-Screen-1 1 : Dot-Screen-1
2 : Dot-screen-2 2 : Dot-screen-2
3 : Dot-Screen-3
4 : Dot-Screen-4

IMAGETEC
Halftone Curve Selection (Photo) Halftone Curve Selection (Photo)

Selects the matrix forming the halftone-curve base Selects the matrix forming the halftone-curve base
for photo mode. for photo mode.
0350
Range : 0 to 8 Range : 0 to 8
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Halftone Curve Selection (Dot Photo) Halftone Curve Selection (Dot Photo)
for dot mode. for dot mode.
0351
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Halftone Curve Selection (Duo) Halftone Curve Selection (Duo)
for DotDuo mode. for DotDuo mode.
0352
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Halftone Curve Selection (Dot Duo) Halftone Curve Selection (Dot Duo)
for DotDuo mode. for DotDuo mode.
0353
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Trimming Slice Level Adjustment
Sets the slice level for the trimming.
Range : -16 to +16 (Larger values for
0359
lighter print.)
Unit t : 1
Default : -2
Carriage Idling Position Selection
Changes the idling position of the Scanner
carriage.
0368
Setting:
0 : HP position <default>
1 : Second HP position
FB Horizontal Scanning Position Adjustment FB Horizontal Scan Position Adjustment
Adjusts the original horizontal scanning position on Adjusts the original horizontal scanning position on
the flatbed for FB scanning. the flatbed for FB scanning.
(Different test mode exists for AF scanning.) (Different test mode exists for AF scanning.)
0380
Range : -30 to +30 (-3.0 mm to +3.0 mm) Range : -30 to +30 (-3.0 mm to +3.0 mm)
(+ is to the left ) (+ is to the left )
Unit : 5 (0.5mm) Unit : 5 (0.5mm)
Default : 0 (0 mm) Default : 0 (0 mm)
FB Scanning Start Position Adjustment FB Scanning Start Position Adjustment
Adjusts the original scanning start position on the Adjusts the original scanning start position on the
flatbed (amount of top image omitted) flatbed (amount of top image omitted)
Range : -40 to +40 (-4.0mm to +4.0mm) Range : -40 to +40 (-4.0mm to +4.0mm)
0381
(+ omits more top image of the original (+ omits more top image of the original
and moves the printed image up) and moves the printed image up)
Unit : 1 (0.1mm) Unit : 1 (0.1mm)

IMAGETEC
FB Scanning Speed Adjustment FB Scanning Speed Adjustment

(Elongation & Shrinkage) (Elongation & Shrinkage)
Adjusts the original scanning speed on the flatbed Adjusts the original scanning speed on the flatbed
0382 (Adjusts the speed of Read Pulse Motor) (Adjust the speed of Read Pulse Motor)
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0% to +5.0%) Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0% to +5.0%)
( - ) shrinks the image ( - ) shrinks the image
Unit : 1 (0.1%) Unit : 1 (0.1%)
Default : 0 (0%) Default : 0 (0%)
Center black line Center black line
Adds center line on the prints during master Adds center line on the prints during master
making or printout from linked printer. making or printout from linked printer.
(The center line is added only when the original is (The center line is added only when the original is
scanned on the Flat Bed.) scanned on the Flat Bed.)
0386
The setting returns back to the default when The setting returns back to the default when
machine power is turned OFF. machine power is turned OFF.
Setting : Setting :
0 : No center line <default> 0 : No center line <default>
1 : Adds center line 1 : Adds center line
Edge Emphasis Threshold Offset
Sets the offset for the edge emphasis.
0399 Range : -128 to 127
Unit : 1
Default : 0

IMAGETEC
5. Master Making / Master Disposal Test Mode

Master positioning sensor Master positioning sensor
0400
ON: Master detected ON: Master detected
Master detection sensor Master detection sensor
0401
ON: Master detected ON: Master detected
Master end sensor Master end sensor
0402
ON: Master end seal detected ON: Master end seal detected
Cutter HP SW [Shuttle blade cutter]
ON: SW pressed (Cutter at HP)
0403
Cutter HP SW [Rotary cutter] Cutter HP SW [Rotary cutter]
ON: SW not pressed (Cutter at HP) ON: SW not pressed (Cutter at HP)
Cutter Stop Position SW [Shuttle blade cutter]
0404
ON: SW pressed (Cutter at end position)
TPH Pressure Sensor TPH Pressure Sensor
0406
ON: Sensor light blocked (TPH down position) ON: Sensor light blocked (TPH down position)
Master Making Unit Top Cover Safety Switch Master Making Unit Top Cover Safety Switch
0407
ON: Switch pressed (cover closed) ON: Switch pressed (cover closed)
Master Making Unit Lock Sensor Master Making Unit Lock Sensor
0408 ON: Sensor light blocked (Master-making unit ON: Sensor light blocked (Master-making unit
locked in position). locked in position).
Master Making Unit Safety Switch Master Making Unit Safety Switch
ON: SW pressed (Master making unit is set in ON: SW pressed (Master making unit is set in
0409
position). position).
Other safety switches must be ON for this check. Other safety switches must be ON for this check.
Master-making-unit releasing button Master-making-unit releasing button
0410
ON: Button is pressed ON: Button is pressed
Master Removal Sensor Master Removal Sensor
0420 ON: Sensor light is not blocked (Master is ON: Sensor light is not blocked (Master is
jammed). jammed).
Master Compression HP Sensor Master Compression HP Sensor
0421 ON: Sensor light blocked (Master compression ON: Sensor light blocked (Master compression
plate at HP) plate at HP)
Master Disposal BOX Safety Switch Master Disposal BOX Safety Switch
0423 ON: Master disposal box is set in place ON: Master disposal box is set in place
Other safety switches must be ON for this check. Other safety switches must be ON for this check.
Master Disposal Box Set Sensor Master Disposal Box Set Sensor
0424 ON: Sensor light blocked (Master disposal box is ON: Sensor light blocked (Master disposal box is
set in place.) set in place.)
Master Compression Motor FG Sensor Master Compression Motor FG Sensor
0425 ON: Sensor light blocked (Encoder disc is ON: Sensor light blocked (Encoder disc is
detected) detected)
Master Removal Motor FG Sensor Master Removal Motor FG Sensor
0426 ON: Sensor light blocked (Encoder disc is ON: Sensor light blocked (Encoder disc is
detected) detected)

Thermal Pressure Motor (CW) Thermal-pressure motor (CW)
0460
Rotates in clock-wise (CW) direction Rotates in clock-wise (CW) direction
Thermal Pressure Motor (CCW) Thermal Pressure Motor (CCW)
0461
Rotates in counter-clock-wise (CCW) direction Rotates in counter-clock-wise (CCW) direction

IMAGETEC

Write Pulse Motor in feed direction Write Pulse Motor in feed direction
0462 Rotates in master feeding direction. Rotates in master feeding direction

(CW direction) (CW direction)
Write Pulse Motor in return direction Write Pulse Motor in return direction
0463 Rotates in master returning direction. (CCW Rotates in master returning direction. (CCW
direction) direction)
Load Pulse Motor in feed direction Load Pulse Motor in feed direction
0464 Rotates in master feeding direction. Rotates in master feeding direction.
Write pulse motor + Load pulse motor in feed direction Write pulse motor + Load pulse motor in feed direction
0466 Rotates both the Write & Load pulse motors in Rotates both the Write & Load pulse motors in
master feed direction master feed direction
Master Making Unit Release Button LED Master Making Unit Release Button LED
0467
LED illuminates. LED illuminates.
Master Remove Motor in feed direction Master Remove Motor in feed direction
Rotates in the direction to feed the removed Rotates in the direction to feed the removed
0470
master towards the master disposal box. master towards the master disposal box.
No. Unit Check
Cutter Motor 1 cycle motion Cutter motor 1 cycle motion
0480
Performs one cutting motion. Performs one cutting motion.
Thermal Pressure Motor action (TPH down) Thermal Pressure Motor action (TPH down)
0481
Pushes the TPH down. Pushes the TPH down.
Thermal Pressure Motor action (TPH up) Thermal pressure motor action (TPH up)
0482
Pushes the TPH up Pushes the TPH up
Master Making Unit Lock Solenoid ON/OFF action Master Making Unit Lock Solenoid ON/OFF action
Press START key to switch ON the Solenoid. Press START key to switch ON the Solenoid.
0488
Solenoid automatically switches OFF Solenoid automatically switches OFF
10 sec. later. 10 sec. later.
Master Compression Plate home positioning Master Compression Plate home positioning
0490 Moves master compression plate to the home Moves master compression plate to the home
position. position.
Master Compression Plate Protect Position
0491 Moves master compression plate to the Protection
Mode position.
Master Compression Plate Continuous Movement Master Compression Plate Continuous Movement
0493 Repeats disposal compression action with interval Repeats disposal compression action with interval
of 3 seconds between the each. of 3 seconds between the each.
Cutter motor ON action (cut direction) Cutter motor ON action (cut direction)
Rotates the cutter motor in the cut direction Rotates the cutter motor in the cut direction
(maximum 10 seconds) (maximum 10 seconds)
0494 Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver. Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver.
Disconnect the connector to the Cutter motor Disconnect the connector to the Cutter motor
before the activation. Otherwise the machine will before the activation. Otherwise the machine will
be damaged. be damaged.
No. Data Clearing
Master removal software count clear
0510
Initializes the master removal software count to 0.
No. Data Check
TPH thermistor temperature data TPH thermistor temperature data
0521 Displays the temperature of the TPH thermistor in Displays the temperature of the TPH thermistor in
degrees Celsius. degrees Celsius.

IMAGETEC
TPH power voltage TPH power voltage

Displays the voltage applied to the TPH when the Displays the voltage applied to the TPH when the
0524 power to the TPH is switched ON. power to the TPH is switched ON.
Divide the displayed number by 100 Divide the displayed number by 100
(1000 = 10V). (1000 = 10V).
Master usage start date Master usage start date
Displays master use start date stored in Master Displays master use start date stored in Master
0527 TAG. TAG.
For example, 2007/12/28 will be displayed as 2007 For example, 2007/12/28 will be displayed as 2007
and 1228 alternately. and 1228 alternately.
Master removal software count display
0528
Displays the master removal software count.
No. Data Setting
Master Leading-Edge Position Adjustment Master Leading-Edge Position Adjustment
Adjusts return movement of the master after the Adjusts return movement of the master after the
master cutting action, so the Master positioning master cutting action, so the Master positioning
sensor is OFF when the master set action is sensor is OFF when the master set action is
completed. completed.
0540
Range : 0 to 100 (0 mm to +10.0 mm) Range : 0 to 100 (0 mm to +10.0 mm)
(+) returns the master material further (+) returns the master material further
back. back.
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : 50 (5.0 mm) Default : 50 (5.0 mm)
Write start-position adjustment Write start-position adjustment
Adjusts the master-making start position on the Adjusts the master-making start position on the
master material by changing the amount of rotation master material by changing the amount of rotation
in CW or CCW direction the write-pulse-motor in CW or CCW direction the write-pulse-motor
makes before the write-signal goes on. makes before the write-signal goes on.
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0 mm to +5.0 mm)
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0 mm to +5.0 mm)
(+ values return the master material back more
(+ values return the master material back more
before the write signal goes on.
0541 before the write signal goes on.
The master-making starts from closer to the
The master-making starts from closer to the
leading edge of the master material.
leading edge of the master material.
As a result, the printed image position on the
As a result, the printed image position on the
paper comes up.)
paper comes up.)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)

Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : EZ3/EV3 = -15 (-1.5mm)
Default : -15 (-l.5 mm)
EZ2/EV2 = 0 (0mm)
Master-making length adjustment Master-making length adjustment
Adjusts the master-making area length. Adjusts the master-making area length.
0542
(+ values increase master-making area length) (+ values increase master-making area length)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)

IMAGETEC

Master-clamp-amount adjustment Master-clamp-amount adjustment
Adjusts the master-clamp amount under the clamp Adjusts the master-clamp amount under the clamp
plate during master loading onto the drum. plate during master loading onto the drum.
This adjustment affects the write-start position. This adjustment affects the write-start position.
0543
(+ values increase clamping amount) (+ values increase clamping amount)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : 15 (1.5 mm) Default : 15 (1.5 mm)
Master cut length adjustment Master cut length adjustment
Adjusts the total length of one master (changes Adjusts the total length of one master (changes
the master cut timing against the drum angle). the master cut timing against the drum angle).
1 degree = approximately 1.5 mm 1 degree = approximately 1.5 mm
0544 Range : -100 to +100 Range : -100 to +100
(-10.0 degrees to +10.0 degrees) (-10.0 degrees to +10.0 degrees)
(+ values increase the master length). (+ values increase the master length).
Unit : 5 (0.5 degrees) Unit : 5 (0.5 degrees)
Default : -10 (-1 degrees) Default : -10 (-1 degrees)
TPH heat energy adjustment
Adjusts the TPH heat energy.
0545 Range : 0 to 8
Unit : 1
Default : 4
Master-making speed adjustment Master-making speed adjustment
(Elongation & Shrinkage) (Elongation & Shrinkage)
Image elongation and shrinkage in making Image elongation and shrinkage in making
master. (Adjusts the speed of the write pulse master. (Adjusts the speed of the write pulse
0547 motor.) motor.)
Range : -100 to +100 (-10.0% to +10.0%)
Range : -100 to +100 (-10.0% to +10.0%)
(+) elongates the image in master making.
(+) elongates the image in master making.
Unit : 1 (0.1%)
Unit : 1 (0.1%)
Default : EZ3/EV3 = 0 (0%)
Default : 0 (0%)
EZ2/EV2 = -6 (-0.6%)
Write Roller diameter compensation
Compensates the Write roller diameter differences
between one Write roller to the other.
0548
Range : 2305 to 2315 (23.05 mm to 23.15 mm)
Unit : 1 (0.01 mm)
Default : 2310 (23.10 mm)
Master Removal Roller stop timing Master Removal Roller stop timing
Sets the timing for the Master removal rollers to Sets the timing for the Master removal rollers to
stop in relation to the Print drum angle. stop in relation to the Print drum angle.
0570
Range: -50 to +50 (-50 to +50 degrees) Range: -50 to +50 (-50 to +50 degrees)
Unit: 1 (1 degree) Unit: 1 (1 degree)
Default: 0 (0 degree) Default: 0 (0 degree)
Master Removal Roller stop timing (A4-wide Print drum)
Sets the timing for the Master removal rollers to
stop inn relation to A4W Drum angle.
0571
Range: -50 to +50 (-50 to +50 degrees)
Unit: 1 (1 degree)
Default: 0 (0 degree)

IMAGETEC
Compulsory set action of Master disposal box Compulsory set action of Master disposal box
Selects whether to activate or deactivate the Selects whether to activate or deactivate the
compulsory set action of Master disposal box after compulsory set action of Master disposal box after
machine power ON, machine wake-up or when machine power ON, machine wake-up or when
Master disposal box is inserted in the machine. Master disposal box is inserted in the machine.
0572
This test mode is not selectable from the Test This test mode is not selectable from the Test
Mode menu. Mode menu.
Setting : Setting :
0 : Not active <default> 0 : Not active <default>
Master compression-limit position (maximum end Master compression-limit position (maximum end
position). position).
Sets the pulse count for the compression-limit Sets the pulse count for the compression-limit
position (maximum end position). position (maximum end position).
Range : 106 to 163 (106 to 163 pulses) Range : 106 to 163 (106 to 163 pulses)
0573 (Master compression plate 65 to 100 degrees from (Master compression plate 65 to 100 degrees from
home position). home position).
Unit : 1 (1 pulse) Unit : 1 (1 pulse)

Default : 147 pulses (Master compression plate Default : 147 pulses (Master compression plate
angle 90 degrees from home position) angle 90 degrees from home position)
Master compression duration adjustment Master compression duration adjustment
Sets the stop time duration for one master Sets the stop time duration for one master
compression. (The compressing action is stopped compression. (The compressing action is stopped
when the time for the encoder disc to make one when the time for the encoder disc to make one
0575
rotation exceeds the set time.) rotation exceeds the set time.)
Range : 500 to 7000 (5 msec to 70 msec) Range : 500 to 7000 (5 msec to 70 msec)
Unit : 25 (0.25 msec) Unit : 25 (0.25 msec)
Default : 4000 (40 msec) Default : 4000 (40 msec)
Master disposal box full detection position adjustment Master disposal box full detection position adjustment
Sets the pulse count for master disposal box full Sets the pulse count for master disposal box full
detection position. detection position.
Range : 120 to 162 (120 pulse to 162 pulse) Range : 120 to 162 (120 pulse to 162 pulse)
(Master compression plate angle 35 degrees (Master compression plate angle 35 degrees
0576
to 99 degrees from home position). to 99 degrees from home position).
Unit : 1 (1 pulse) Unit : 1 (1 pulse)

Default : 120 (74 degrees) for A3 & Ledger Default : 120 (74 degrees) for A3 & Ledger
146 (90 degrees) for B4, A4 & Letter 146 (90 degrees) for B4, A4 & Letter
Master compression protect position adjustment
Selects the position of the master compression
plate in Protection Mode.
0577
Range : -30 to +30 (-30 to +30 pulses)
Unit : 5 pulses
Default : 0 pulse

IMAGETEC

Master removal motor speed selection Master removal motor speed selection
Selects the Master removal motor speed in relation Selects the Master removal motor speed in relation
to the print drum rotation speed. to the print drum rotation speed.
Setting: Setting:
0 : 10% slower than the Print drum speed. 0 : 10% slower than the Print drum speed.
0578 1 : Same speed as the Print drum. 1 : Same speed as the Print drum.
2 : 5% faster than the Print drum speed. 2 : 5% faster than the Print drum speed.
<default> <default>
Compressing stop default position self-adjustment
selection
Enables/disables automatic adjustment to correct
0579 the default value of the compressing stop position.
Setting:
0 : Disable
1 : Enable <default>
Master removal FULL software count selection Master removal FULL software count selection
Sets the software FULL count for the master Sets the software FULL count for the master
removal when the FULL detection by the software removal when the FULL detection by the software
0584 count is selected count is selected
Range : 50 to 100 (50 to 100 masters) Range : 50 to 100 (50 to 100 masters)
Unit : 10 (10 masters) Unit : 10 (10 masters)
Default : 100 (100 masters) Default : 100 (100 masters)
Master removal software count Disable/Enable selection Master removal software count Disable/Enable selection
Selection to Enable (use the software count) or Selection to Enable (use the software count) or
Disable (use the conventional FG sensor and Disable (use the conventional FG sensor and
Master compression plate timing) the Master Master compression plate timing) the Master
0585
removal software count system. removal software count system.
Setting: Setting:
0 : Disable 0 : Disable
1 : Enable <default> 1 : Enable <default>

IMAGETEC
6. Paper Feeding / Paper Ejection Test mode

Paper detection sensor Paper detection sensor
0600
ON: Sensor light reflected (paper detected) Sensor light reflected (paper detected)
Paper size detection sensor Paper size detection sensor
0601
ON: Sensor light reflected (paper detected) ON: Sensor light reflected (paper detected)
Elevator upper limit sensor A Elevator upper-limit sensor A
0602
ON: Sensor light blocked ON: Sensor light blocked
Elevator upper limit sensor B Elevator upper-limit sensor B
0603
ON: Sensor light blocked ON: Sensor light blocked
Elevator lower limit sensor Elevator lower-limit sensor
0604 ON: Sensor light blocked (Sensor detecting paper ON: Sensor light blocked (Sensor detecting paper
feed tray at maximum down position) feed tray at maximum down position)
Paper sensor Paper sensor
0605
Paper ejection sensor Paper ejection sensor
0606
Paper feed tray upper safety switch Paper feed tray upper safety switch
0607
ON: Safety switch not triggered ON: Safety switch not triggered
Paper feed tray lower safety SW Paper feed tray lower safety SW
0608
ON: Safety switch not triggered ON: Safety switch not triggered
Paper feed tray button Paper feed tray button
0609
ON: Button (switch) is pressed ON: Button (switch) is pressed
Paper ejection FG sensor Paper ejection FG sensor
0612
ON: Sensor light blocked (detecting encoder disc) ON: Sensor light blocked (detecting encoder disc)
Card feeder (OPTION) attachment detection Card feeder (OPTION) attachment detection
0613
ON: Card feeder exists ON: Card feeder exists
Paper feed pressure sensor Paper feed pressure sensor
0614
ON: Paper feed pressure lever is at CARD. ON: Paper feed pressure lever is at CARD.
Paper ejection wing HP sensor
0618
ON: Sensor light blocked (blocked by shield plate)
Paper ejection motor Paper ejection motor
0660
Rotates the motor Rotates the motor
Suction fan Suction fan
0661
Activates the fan Activates the fan
Separation fan Separation fan
0662
Activates the fan Activates the fan
Paper ejection wing pulse motor (CW)
0666
Rotates the pulse motor in clockwise direction
Paper ejection wing pulse motor (CCW)
0667 Rotates the pulse motor in counter-clockwise
direction
No. Unit Check
Paper ejection area Fan check
0680 Turns ON the Separation Fan and Suction Fan at
same time.
Paper feed tray maximum up positioning Paper feed tray maximum up positioning
0681 Raises the paper feed tray to the maximum up Raises the paper feed tray to the maximum up
position. position.
Paper feed tray elevation up & down Paper feed tray elevation up & down
0682
Raises and lowers the paper-feed tray repeatedly Raises and lowers the paper-feed tray repeatedly
Paper feed tray maximum down positioning Paper feed tray maximum down positioning
0683 Lowers the paper feed tray to the maximum down Lowers the paper feed tray to the maximum down
position. position.
IMAGETEC
Paper feed reverse-rotation prevention solenoid ON/OFF Paper feed reverse-rotation prevention solenoid ON/OFF
action action
0687 Turns the solenoid ON when the Start key is Turns the solenoid ON when the Start key is
pressed. The solenoid automatically switches OFF pressed. The solenoid automatically switches OFF
after 10 seconds. after 10 seconds.
Paper feed clutch ON/OFF action Paper feed clutch ON/OFF action
Presses START key to turn ON the clutch. Presses START key to turn ON the clutch.
0688
The clutch automatically switches off after The clutch automatically switches off after
10 seconds. 10 seconds.
Paper ejection wing HP positioning
0703 Positions the paper ejection wing to the home
position.
Paper ejection wing fixed position
0704 Fixes the paper wing position to the position
selected by test mode No. 0780.
Paper sensor automatic adjustment Paper sensor automatic adjustment
0705 One sheet of clean white paper must be set One sheet of clean white paper must be set
between the paper sensor during this procedure. between the paper sensor during this procedure.
Elevator motor ON action Elevator motor ON action
Rotates the Elevator motor in the elevating Rotates the Elevator motor in the elevating
direction (maximum 10 seconds) direction (maximum 10 seconds)
0708 Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver. Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver.
Disconnect the connector to the Elevator motor Disconnect the connector to the Elevator motor
No. Data Check
Paper width display (mm) Paper width display (mm)
0721 Displays the potentiometer adjustment result in Displays the potentiometer adjustment result in
millimeter value to the first decimal. millimeter value to the first decimal.
Paper sensor A/D value display Paper sensor A/D value display
0722
Displays the A/D value of the Paper sensor. Displays the A/D value of the Paper sensor.
No. Data Setting
Elevator upper-limit position selection. Elevator upper-limit position selection.
[Not available on EZ2/EV2]
Selects the paper-feed-tray upper-limit position.
Selects the paper-feed-tray upper-limit position.
If 0 (Auto) is selected, the upper limit position is
If 0 (Auto) is selected, the upper limit position is
linked to the paper feed pressure lever position.
linked to the paper feed pressure lever position.
If 1, 2 or 3 is selected, the upper limit stop position
If 1, 2 or 3 is selected, the upper limit stop position
is fixed.
0740 is fixed.
Setting: Setting:
0 : Auto - Linked to the Pressure adjust lever 0 : Auto - Linked to the Pressure adjust lever
<default> <default>
1 : Standard paper position 1 : Standard paper position
2 : Card paper position 2 : Card paper position
3 : Custom paper position 3 : Custom paper position

IMAGETEC
Paper feed clutch ON angle (NORMAL) Paper feed clutch ON angle (NORMAL)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for activating the Adjusts the drum angle timing for activating the
Paper feed clutch. Paper feed clutch.
This test mode applies only when the Paper feed This test mode applies only when the Paper feed
0741 pressure lever is set to <Normal>. pressure lever is set to <Normal>.
Range : -200 to +200 (-20.0 to +20.0 degrees) Range : -200 to +200 (-20.0 to +20.0 degrees)
(+ values delay clutch ON timing ) (+ values delay clutch ON timing )
Default : 0 (0 degree) Default : 0 (0 degree)
Paper feed clutch OFF angle (NORMAL) Paper feed clutch OFF angle (NORMAL)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for deactivating the Adjusts the drum angle timing for deactivating the
0742 pressure lever is set to <Normal>. pressure lever is set to <Normal>.
(+ values delay clutch OFF timing ) (+ values delay clutch OFF timing )
Paper feed retries after one paper feed action on 1st Paper feed retries after one paper feed action on 1st
paper feed area. paper feed area.
Sets the number of times the first paper feeding is Sets the number of times the first paper feeding is
tried when no paper feed occurs. tried when no paper feed occurs.
Setting: Setting:
1 : No paper feed retry action. <default> 1 : No paper feed retry action. <default>
0743 (The machine displays paper feed jam on (The machine displays paper feed jam on
the first paper feed try.) the first paper feed try.)
2 : One more paper feed action. 2 : One more paper feed action.
(Paper jam display if no paper feeds after (Paper jam display if no paper feeds after
second paper feed try.) second paper feed try.)
3 : Two more tries. 3 : Two more tries.
(Paper jam display if no paper feed after (Paper jam display if no paper feed after
third paper feed try.) third paper feed try.)
Paper Feed Clutch OFF Angle (CARD) Paper Feed Clutch OFF Angle (CARD)
0744 pressure lever is set to <Card>. pressure lever is set to <Card>.
Paper feed clutch ON angle (CARD) Paper feed clutch ON angle (CARD)
0745 pressure lever is set to <Card>. pressure lever is set to <Card>.

IMAGETEC
Paper feed clutch ON angle (Optional card feeder) Paper feed clutch ON angle (Optional card feeder)
This test mode applies only when the Optional This test mode applies only when the Optional
0746 card feeder is attached. card feeder is attached.
Paper feed clutch OFF angle (Optional card feeder) Paper feed clutch OFF angle (Optional card feeder)
Scraper clutch OFF angle (Optional card feeder) Scraper clutch OFF angle (Optional card feeder)
Scraper clutch. Scraper clutch.
Paper feed reverse-rotation prevention solenoid Activate/ Paper feed reverse-rotation prevention solenoid Activate/
Deactivate selection Deactivate selection
(Optional card feeder) (Optional card feeder)
Activates or Deactivates the Paper feed reverse- Activates or Deactivates the Paper feed reverse-
rotation prevention solenoid. rotation prevention solenoid.
Setting: Setting:
0 : Deactivate 0 : Deactivate
1 : Activate <default> 1 : Activate <default>
(Activates when the Paper feed pressure (Activates when the Paper feed pressure
lever is selected to CARD.) lever is selected to CARD.)
Paper feed jam detection angle. (Paper IN) Paper feed jam detection angle. (Paper IN)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting the Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting the
paper feed jam by paper sensor. (Paper IN) paper feed jam by paper sensor. (Paper IN)
0751 Range : -200 to +200 (-20.0 to +20.0 degrees) Range : -200 to +200 (-20.0 to +20.0 degrees)
(+ values delay detection timing) (+ values delay detection timing)

IMAGETEC
Paper feed jam detection angle. (Paper OUT) Paper feed jam detection angle. (Paper OUT)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting the Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting the
paper feed jam by paper sensor. (Paper OUT) paper feed jam by paper sensor. (Paper OUT)
(+ values delay detection timing) (+ values delay detection timing)
Paper receiving jam detection angle. (Paper IN) Paper receiving jam detection angle. (Paper IN)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting paper Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting paper
receiving jam by Paper ejection sensor. (Paper IN) receiving jam by Paper ejection sensor. (Paper IN)
Range : -500 to +500 (-50.0 to +50.0 Range : -500 to +500 (-50.0 to +50.0
0753
degrees) degrees)
(+ values delay detection timing ) (+ values delay detection timing )
Unit : 5 (0.5°) Unit : 5 (0.5°)
Default : 0 (0°) Default : 0 (0°)
Paper receiving jam detection angle. (Paper OUT) Paper receiving jam detection angle. (Paper OUT)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting paper Adjusts the drum angle timing for detecting paper
receiving jam by Paper ejection sensor. (Paper receiving jam by Paper ejection sensor. (Paper
OUT) OUT)
0754
(+ values delay detection timing ) (+ values delay detection timing )
Unit : 5 (0.5°) Unit : 5 (0.5°)
Default : 0 (0°) Default : 0 (0°)
Paper ejection motor speed adjustment (Proof-Print) Paper ejection motor speed adjustment (Proof-Print)
Adjusts the speed of the suction belt in relation to Adjusts the speed of the suction belt in relation to
the Print drum speed in Proof Print printing. the print drum speed.
Setting: Setting:
0755 0 : 3.0 times the drum speed. 0 : 3.0 times the drum speed.
1 : 3.4 times the drum speed. <default> 1 : 3.4 times the drum speed. <default>
2 : 3.7 times the drum speed. 2 : 3.7 times the drum speed.
4: 4.5 times the drum speed. 4: 4.5 times the drum speed.
Paper ejection motor speed adjustment (Print speed Paper ejection motor speed adjustment (Print speed
No.1) No.1)
the Print drum speed of 60 rpm. the Print drum speed of 60 rpm.
Setting: Setting:
0756
No.2) No.2)
Setting: Setting:
0757

IMAGETEC
No.3) No.3)
Setting: Setting:
0758
1 : 1.3 times the drum speed. 1 : 1.3 times the drum speed. <default>
3 : 1.5 times the drum speed. <default> 3 : 1.5 times the drum speed.
No.4) No.4)
Setting: Setting:
0759
No.5) No.5)
Setting: Setting:
0760
Paper feed clutch ON angle (Paper type 1)
Adjusts the drum angle timing for the Paper feed
clutch ON. (For user-mode paper type 1)
This value is added to the adjustment value of Test
0761 Mode No.741.
Range : -200 to +200 (-20.0 to +20.0 degrees)
(+ values delay ON timing )
Unit : 5 (0.5 degrees)
Default : 0 (0 degrees)
Paper feed clutch OFF angle (Paper type 1)
clutch OFF. (For user-mode paper type 1)
0762 Mode No.742.
(+ values delay OFF timing )

IMAGETEC

Elevator upper limit position selection (Paper type 1)
Selects the Paper feed tray upper limit position.
(For user-mode paper type 1)
0763 Setting:
0: High (paper feed pressure is higher)
1: Middle (paper feed pressure is middle)
<default>
2: Low (paper feed pressure is lower)
0764 Mode No.741.
0765 Mode No.742.
0766 Setting:
0 : High (paper feed pressure is higher)
1 : Middle (paper feed pressure is middle)
<default>
2 : Low (paper feed pressure is lower)
0767 Mode No.741.

IMAGETEC

0768 Mode No.742.
0769 Setting:
<default>
0770 Mode No.741.
0771 Mode No.742.
0772 Setting:
<default>

IMAGETEC

0773 Mode No.741.
0774 Mode No.742.
0775 Setting:
<default>
Paper ejection wing position compensation
Compensates the amount of the Paper ejection
wing movement.
0779
Range : -20 to +20 (-20 pulses to +20 pulses)
Unit : 1 (1 pulse)
Default : 9 (9 pulses)
Paper ejection wing fixed-position selection
Fixes the paper-ejection wing position when
custom position is selected by the operator.
The adjusted position also applies to test mode
0780
No.0704.
Range : 0 to 2150 (0 pulse to 2150 pulses)
Unit : 1 (1 pulse)
Default : 1434 (1434 pulses)
Paper feeder Active/Inactive selection Paper feeder Active/Inactive selection
Allows master making and printing action without Allows master making and printing action without
Paper feed tray movement. Paper feed tray movement.
The selected setting is not stored. The setting The selected setting is not stored. The setting
0788 returns to the default once the machine goes out returns to the default once the machine goes out
of test mode. of test mode.
Setting: Setting:

IMAGETEC
7. Print Drum / Printing Test Mode

Position-B sensor Position-B sensor
0801
ON: Sensor blocked (Machine is at Position-B) ON: Sensor blocked (Machine is at Position-B)
Main motor FG sensor Main motor FG sensor
0802
ON: Detecting the FG disc. ON: Detecting the FG disc.
Clamp sensor A Clamp sensor A
0803
ON: Sensor light blocked. ON: Sensor light blocked.
Clamp sensor B Clamp sensor B
0804
Master loading sensor Master loading sensor
0806
ON: Detecting master ON: Detecting master
Print drum lock sensor Print drum lock sensor
0807
ON: Drum lock lever is at lock position.) ON: Drum lock lever is at lock position.)
Ink sensor Ink sensor
0809
ON: Detecting ink ON: Detecting ink
Overflow sensor Overflow sensor
0810
ON: Detecting ink ON: Detecting ink
Ink bottle set switch Ink bottle set switch
0811
ON: Switch is pressed ON: Switch is pressed
Inking motor FG sensor Inking motor FG sensor
0812
ON: Detecting FG disc ON: Detecting FG disc
Drum free rotation button Drum free rotation button
0816
ON: Button (switch) is pressed ON: Button (switch) is pressed
Front door set sensor Front door set sensor
0817
ON: Front door is closed ON: Front door is closed
Print drum release button Print drum release button
0818
ON: Button is pressed ON: Button is pressed
Print drum connection signal Print drum connection signal
0819
ON: Print drum is connected ON: Print drum is connected
Drum safety switch Drum safety switch
0820
ON: Print drum is set in position (switch pressed). ON: Print drum is set in position (switch pressed).
Pressure HP sensor Pressure HP sensor
0830
Vertical print positioning HP sensor Vertical print positioning HP sensor
0831
Main motor action (30 rpm) Main motor action (30 rpm)
0861
Print drum rotation at speed of 30rpm. Print drum rotation at speed of 30rpm.
Clamp motor action (Normal direction) Clamp motor action (Normal direction)
0863 Rotates the Clamp motor in counter-clockwise Rotates the Clamp motor in counter-clockwise
direction direction
Clamp-motor action (Opposite direction) Clamp-motor action (Opposite direction)
0864
Rotates the Clamp motor in clockwise direction Rotates the Clamp motor in clockwise direction
Print-drum release button LED Print-drum release button LED
0866
Illuminates the LED Illuminates the LED
No. Unit Check
Print drum rotation (variable speed) Print drum rotation (variable speed)
Rotates the Print drum at the speed selected by Rotates the Print drum at the speed selected by
0880 the printing speed key. the printing speed key.
1=60rpm / 2=80rpm / 3=100rpm / 4=120rpm / 1=60rpm / 2=80rpm / 3=100rpm / 4=120rpm /
5=130rpm 5=130rpm

IMAGETEC
Print drum stop at Position-A Print drum stop at Position-A

0881
Rotates and stops the Print drum at Position-A. Rotates and stops the Print drum at Position-A.
Inking motor ON action Inking motor ON action
Activates the Inking motor (maximum 10 seconds). Activates the Inking motor (maximum 10 seconds).
Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver. Caution: This test mode is to check the IC driver.
0882
Disconnect the connector to the Inking motor Disconnect the connector to the Inking motor
Clamp home positioning action Clamp home positioning action
0883
Resets the clamp unit to the home position. Resets the clamp unit to the home position.
Clamp unit cycle action (3 step cycle) Clamp unit cycle action (3 step cycle)
Make sure to bring the print drum to Position-A Make sure to bring the print drum to Position-A
by test mode No. 0881 before activating this test by test mode No. 0881 before activating this test
mode to prevent machine damage. mode to prevent machine damage.
Press START key each time to perform the Press START key each time to perform the
operations specified below. operations specified below.
Step 1: Step 1:
0884
From clamp plate closed position to clamp open. From clamp plate closed position to clamp open.
Step 2: Step 2:
From Clamp open position to Position-A From Clamp open position to Position-A
compensation action. compensation action.
Step 3: Step 3:
From Position-A compensation action to From Position-A compensation action to
clamp closed position. clamp closed position.
Print drum lock solenoid ON/OFF action Print drum lock solenoid ON/OFF action
Press START key to switch ON the drum Press START key to switch ON the drum
0885
lock solenoid. The solenoid switches OFF lock solenoid. The solenoid switches OFF
automatically 10 seconds later. automatically 10 seconds later.
Pressure solenoid ON/OFF action. Pressure solenoid ON/OFF action.
Press START key to switch ON the pressure Press START key to switch ON the pressure
0886
solenoid. The solenoid switches OFF solenoid. The solenoid switches OFF
automatically 10 seconds later. automatically 10 seconds later.
Print drum inking action Print drum inking action
Performs the inking operations in following Performs the inking operations in following
sequence by one press of the START key: sequence by one press of the START key:
1. Pumps in the ink into print drum while 1. Pumps in the ink into print drum while
rotating the drum until the Ink Sensor rotating the drum until the Ink Sensor
　　　detects Ink, without pressure roller touching 　　　detects Ink, without pressure roller touching
0887
　　　the Print drum. 　　　the Print drum.
2. Makes a confidential master on the Print 2. Makes a confidential master on the Print
drum. drum.
3. Rotates the Print drum with the Pressure 3. Rotates the Print drum with the Pressure
Roller pressing against the print drum. Roller pressing against the print drum.
4. The print drum stops at Position-B. 4. The print drum stops at Position-B.

IMAGETEC
Print drum ink-drainage action Print drum ink-drainage action

Performs the ink drainage from the print drum in Performs the ink drainage from the print drum in
following sequence by one press of the START following sequence by one press of the START
key: key:
1. Makes TPH test mode image on the master 1. Makes TPH test mode image on the master
0888 and wraps around the print drum. and wraps around the print drum.
2. Printing is started with no inking motion and 2. Printing is started with no inking motion and
with the ink sensor deactivated. with the ink sensor deactivated.
3. The printing is continued until the STOP key 3. The printing is continued until the STOP key
is pressed. is pressed.
4. The print drum stops at Position-B. 4. The print drum stops at Position-B.
G-Lever mounting position G-Lever mounting position
Stops the machine at G-Lever mounting position Stops the machine at G-Lever mounting position
(Print drum at 108.4 degrees from Position-A). (Print drum at 108.4 degrees from Position-A).
0889
* This is the test mode to activate when * This is the test mode to activate when
mounting the removed G-Lever back on mounting the removed G-Lever back on
the machine. the machine.
Print drum ink-code copy Print drum ink-code copy
Copies the ink information (ink color, ink category, Copies the ink information (ink color, ink category,
etc.) onto the Print drum EEPROM from the Ink etc.) onto the Print drum EEPROM from the Ink
0890 TAG. TAG.
* Wait over 2 seconds after inserting the ink * Wait over 2 seconds after inserting the ink
bottle in the Print drum before executing bottle in the Print drum before executing
the test mode. the test mode.
Position-B stop Position-B stop
(The position in which the pint drum can be removed (The position in which the pint drum can be removed
from the machine.) from the machine.)
0892
Stops the print drum at machine Position-B. Stops the print drum at machine Position-B.
(The test mode can be activated with or without (The test mode can be activated with or without
print drum in the machine.) print drum in the machine.)
Print drum free-rotation
Print drum rotates at 10rpm.
0896 Rear cover safety switch must be ON to activate.
Buzzer sounds until the Rear cover safety switch
becomes ON.
Vertical print position home positioning Vertical print position home positioning
0900
Moves the vertical print position to home position. Moves the vertical print position to home position.
Vertical print position one cycle action. Vertical print position one cycle action.
Following one-cycle action is made by driving the Following one-cycle action is made by driving the
Vertical print positioning pulse motor.. Vertical print positioning pulse motor..
1. Brings the vertical print position to home 1. Brings the vertical print position to home
position. position.
2. Moves the vertical print position to maximum 2. Moves the vertical print position to maximum
0901 top position (+16mm) and stops for 1 second. top position (+16mm) and stops for 1 second.
position. position.
4. Moves the vertical print position to maximum 4. Moves the vertical print position to maximum
down position (-16mm) and stop for 1 second. down position (-16mm) and stop for 1 second.
position. position.

IMAGETEC

Printing pressure home positioning. Print pressure home positioning.
0904
Brings the printing pressure to the center position. Brings the printing pressure to the center position.
Printing pressure 1 cycle action Printing pressure 1 cycle action
Following one-cycle action is made by driving the
Following one-cycle action is made by driving the
Pressure control pulse motor.
Pressure control pulse motor.
1. Brings the printing pressure to home position.
2. Change the printing pressure to the maximum
2. Change the printing pressure to the maximum
pressure position (+10500 pulses) and stops
0905 pressure position (+10500 pulses) and stops
for 1 second.
for 1 second.
4. Change the printing pressure to the minimum
4. Change the printing pressure to the minimum
pressure position (-9300 pulses) and stops for
pressure position (-9300 pulses) and stops for
1 second.
1 second.
Printing pressure maintenance positioning. Printing pressure maintenance positioning.
Drives the Pressure control pulse motor -8130
Drives the Pressure control pulse motor -8130
0908 pulses to release the pressure on the Pressure
pulses to release the pressure on the Pressure
spring.
spring.
This is the position to remove the Pressure spring.
This is the position to remove the Pressure spring.
No. Data Check
Print drum angle display Print drum angle display
0921 Displays the present print-drum angle. Displays the present print-drum angle.
(example: 3600 = 360 degrees) (example: 3600 = 360 degrees)
Print drum ink temperature display (Degrees Celsius) Print drum ink temperature display (Degrees Celsius)
0923 Displays the temperature of the ink in the print Displays the temperature of the ink in the print
drum in degrees Celsius. drum in degrees Celsius.
Ink remaining volume display Ink remaining volume display
0925 Displays the amount of ink left in the ink tube in Displays the amount of ink left in the ink tube in
percentage (%). [Ink TAG information] percentage (%). [Ink TAG information]
Inking motor FG count Inking motor FG count (ten-thousand digit)
Displays the inking motor FG count value read
0926 Displays the inking motor FG count value read from the ink cartridge tag to the ten-thousand digit.
from the ink cartridge tag. (1 count = 0.1 ml) (1 count = 0.1 ml) Example: 23,546 count will
display as 0002.
Inking motor FG count (up to thousand digit)
Displays the inking motor FG count value read
0927 from the ink cartridge tag up to thousand digit.
(1 count = 0.1 ml) Example: 23,546 count will
display as 3546.
Displays the Ink cartridge using start date. Displays the Ink cartridge using start date.
Displays the Ink usage starting date. Displays the Ink usage starting date.
0928
Example: For year 2007 December 28th, the Example: For year 2007 December 28th, the
display indicates 2007 and 1228 alternately.] display indicates 2007 and 1228 alternately.]
No. Data Setting
Master loading sensor detection timing adjustment Master loading sensor detection timing adjustment
Adjusts the angle to detect master on the print Adjusts the angle to detect master on the print
drum by master loading sensor. drum by master loading sensor.
(+ delays the detection timing) (+ delays the detection timing)
Default : 0 (0 degrees) Default : 0 (0 degrees)

IMAGETEC

Print drum Position-A adjustment Print drum Position-A adjustment
Adjusts the print-drum Position-A stop position. Adjusts the print-drum Position-A stop position.
0941
(+ moves drum forward in over-run direction) (+ moves drum forward in over-run direction)
Default : 0 (0 degrees) Default : 0 (0 degrees)
Print drum Position-B adjustment Print drum Position-B adjustment
Adjusts the print-drum Position-B stop position. Adjusts the print-drum Position-B stop position.
0942
(+ moves drum forward in over-run direction) (+ moves drum forward in over-run direction)
Default : -15 (-1.5 degrees) Default : -15 (-1.5 degrees)
Inking time adjustment (when over X% of ink is Inking time adjustment (when over X% of ink is
consumed from the ink tube.) consumed from the ink tube.)
Timer setting before the Replace Ink Cartridge Timer setting before the Replace Ink Cartridge
message comes up (when the ink consumption message comes up (when the ink consumption
0943 amount from the tube is over X%, which is set by amount from the tube is over X%, which is set by
test mode No.0948). test mode No.0948).
Range : 5 to 60 (5 to 60 seconds) Range : 5 to 60 (5 to 60 seconds)
Unit : 1 (1 second) Unit : 1 (1 second)
Default : 10 (10 seconds) Default : 10 (10 seconds)
Inking time adjustment (right after the ink tube is Inking time adjustment (right after the ink tube is
replaced) replaced)
message comes up (right after empty ink tube is message comes up (right after empty ink tube is
0944 replaced with a new one.) replaced with a new one.)

Ink overflow detection frequency adjustment Ink overflow detection frequency adjustment
Sets the number of detection times for the Sets the number of detection times for the
Overflow sensor to determine that an ink Overflow sensor to determine that an ink
0945 overflow has occurred in the Print drum. overflow has occurred in the Print drum.
Range : 1 to 200 (1 to 200 times) Range : 1 to 100 (1 to 100 times)
Unit : 1 (1 time) Unit : 1 (1 time)
Default : 50 (50 times) Default : 50 (50 times)
Inking time adjustment (when under X% of ink is Inking time adjustment (when under X% of ink is
consumed from the ink tube.) consumed from the ink tube.)
message comes up (when the ink consumption message comes up (when the ink consumption
0946 amount from the tube is under X%, which is set amount from the tube is under X%, which is set
by test mode No.0948). by test mode No.0948).
Inking drum rotation quantity (while inking) after ink tube Inking drum rotation quantity (while inking) after ink tube
is pulled out and put back. is pulled out and put back.
Drum rotation quantity while inking after the ink Drum rotation quantity while inking after the ink
0947 tube is pulled out and put back. tube is pulled out and put back.
Range : 0 to 10 (0 to 10 rotations) Range : 0 to 10 (0 to 10 rotations)
Unit : 1 (1 rotation) Unit : 1 (1 rotation)
Default : 1 (1 rotation) Default : 1 (1 rotation)

IMAGETEC
Selection of X% for test modes No. 0943 and 0946. Selection of X% for test modes No. 0943 and 0946.
The X% selection relates to that of test modes No. The X% selection relates to that of test modes No.
0943 and 0946. 0943 and 0946.
0948
Range: 1 to 100 (1 to 100%) Range: 1 to 100 (1 to 100%)
Unit : 1 (1%) Unit : 1 (1%)
Default : 80 (80%) Default : 80 (80%)
Print pressure setting for Proof-read printing Print pressure setting for Proof-read printing
(Black Ink) (Black Ink)
Selects print pressure for printing the proof-read
print after each master-making. (Black Ink)
print after each master-making. (Black Ink)
0 : extra light 0 : extra light
1 : light <default> 1 : light
2 : normal 2 : normal <default>
3 : dark 3 : dark
4 : extra dark 4 : extra dark
Print pressure setting for Proof-read printing (color ink) Print pressure setting for Proof-read printing (color ink)
print after each master-making. (Color Ink)
print after each master-making. (Color Ink)
Setting: Setting:
0950
0 : extra light 0 : extra light
1 : light 1 : light
2 : normal <default> 2 : normal <default>
3 : dark 3 : dark
4 : extra dark 4 : extra dark
Ink color code
Ink color code setting on inkless print drum.
Setting:
0 : No Selection (default) 64: Black 1
65: Blue 1 66: Blue 2 67: Blue 3 68: Blue 4
69: Red 1 70: Red 2 71: Red 3
72: Red 4 73: Green 1 74: Green 2
0951
75: Green 3 76: Yellow 1 77: Yellow 2
78: Brown 1 79: Brown 2 80: Purple 1
81: Purple 2 82: Grey 1 83: Grey 2
84: Light grey 1 85: Light grey 2 86: Orange 1
87: Orange 2 88: Gold 1 89: Gold 2
90: Silver 1 91: Silver 2 92: Pink 1
93: Pink 2 94: Custom
Vertical print position HP adjustment Vertical print position HP adjustment
Sets the HP (center) position of the vertical print Sets the HP (center) position of the vertical print
position. position.
0970 Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0 mm to +5.0 mm) Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0 mm to +5.0 mm)
(+ values move the printed image up) (+ values move the printed image up)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)

IMAGETEC
Printing pressure HP adjustment Printing pressure HP adjustment

Offsets the HP (center) position of the printing
Offsets the HP (center) position of the printing
pressure.
pressure.
Range : -500 to +500 (-5000 pulses to + 5000 Range : -500 to +500 (-5000 pulses to + 5000
0972
pulses) pulses)
(+ values move print pressure table up -- increases (+ values move print pressure table up -- increases
print pressure) print pressure)
Unit : 1 (10 pulses) Unit : 1 (10 pulses)
Default : 0 (0 pulse) Default : 0 (0 pulse)

IMAGETEC
8. Protected Area Test Mode

No. Unit Check
Paper size VR adjustment Paper size VR adjustment
1102 Sets a VR value at paper guide fence width of 105 Sets a VR value at paper guide fence width of 105
mm (A6 paper width). mm (A6 paper width).
Paper size VR adjustment Paper size VR adjustment
1103 Sets a VR value at paper guide fence width of 297 Sets a VR value at paper guide fence width of 297
mm (A3 paper width). mm (A3 paper width).
LCD Base Point Compensation
Perform the following adjustment in the order
given.
1104
1) Touch two diagonally opposite markings.
2) On the confirmation display, touch the three
marking to confirm the adjustment.
No. Data Clear
Memory Initialization Memory Initialization
Initializes the memory on the Mechanical Control Initializes the memory on the Mechanical Control
1198 PCB. PCB.
(This test mode is not included in the test mode list (This test mode is not included in the test mode list
on the display.) on the display.)
No. Data Setting
Paper Size Selection Paper Size Selection
Selects the paper size detection unit in either Selects the paper size detection unit in either
INCH, MILLIMETER or CHINESE. INCH, MILLIMETER or CHINESE.
Setting: Setting:
1201 0 : Millimeter <default on all machines other than 0 : Millimeter <default on all machines other than
Chinese or USA specification> Chinese or USA specification>
1 : Chinese paper sizes <default on Chinese 1 : Chinese paper sizes <default on Chinese
specification machines> specification machines>
2 : Inch <default on USA specification machines> 2 : Inch <default on USA specification machines>
Drum Code Entry Drum Code Entry
Sets the print drum information on the EEPROM of Sets the print drum information on the EEPROM of
the Drum PCB. the Drum PCB.
Setting: 113: A3 114: B4 Setting:
115: A4 / Letter 116: A4-R / Letter-R [ EZ2/EV2 Series ]
1210
117: Ledger 98: B4 99: A4 / Letter
Default : 0 102: Legal / Foolscap
[ EZ3/EV3 Series ]
113: A3 114: B4 115: A4 / Letter
117: Ledger
Default : 0
Drum Serial Code Entry 1 Drum Serial Code Entry 1
Inputs the first 4 -digits of the print drum serial Inputs the first 4 -digits of the print drum serial
number number
1211
Unit : 1 Unit : 1

IMAGETEC

Drum Serial Code Entry 2 Drum Serial Code Entry 2
Inputs the last 4 -digits of the print drum serial Inputs the last 4 -digits of the print drum serial
number number
1212
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
Drum Color Code Entry Drum Color Code Entry
Sets the print drum color information on the Sets the print drum color information on the
EEPROM of the Drum PCB. EEPROM of the Drum PCB.
Setting: Setting:
0: Not Specified <default> 1: Black 2: Blue 0: Not Specified <default> 1: Black 2: Blue
3: Medium Blue 4: Red 5: Bright Red 3: Medium Blue 4: Red 5: Bright Red
6: Riso Federal Blue 7: Purple 6: Riso Federal Blue 7: Purple
8: Riso Marine Red 9: Burgundy 10: Green 8: Riso Marine Red 9: Burgundy 10: Green
1214 11: Teal 12: Brown 13: Yellow 11: Teal 12: Brown 13: Yellow
14: Light Grey 15: Grey 14: Light Grey 15: Grey
16: Fluorescence Pink 16: Fluorescence Pink
17: Fluorescence Orange 18: Orange 17: Fluorescence Orange 18: Orange
19: Flat Gold 20: Hunter Green 19: Flat Gold 20: Hunter Green
21: Crimson 30: Custom 21: Crimson 30: Custom
31: Order (with specified paper) 31: Order (with specified paper)
32: Order (without specified paper) 32: Order (without specified paper)
63: Any Color 63: Any Color
Scanner Adjustment (1) Scanner Adjustment (1)
Vertical scan skip amount adjustment. (Factory Vertical scan skip amount adjustment. (Factory
adjustment) adjustment)
Adjusts the vertical scanning skip amount. Adjusts the vertical scanning skip amount.
1220 (Factory adjustment) (Factory adjustment)
Range : 0 to 255 (-3mm to +3mm) Range : 68 to 188 (-3mm to +3mm)
(+ values increase the scan skip amount) (+ values increase the scan skip amount)
Unit : 1 (0.0508mm) Unit : 1 (0.0508mm)
Horizontal scan position adjustment. (Factory Horizontal scan position adjustment. (Factory
adjustment) adjustment)
Adjusts the horizontal scanning position. Adjusts the horizontal scanning position.
(Factory adjustment) (Factory adjustment)
1221
Range : 0 to 255 (-3mm to +3mm) Range : 92 to 164 (-3mm to +3mm)
(+ values move the scanning position to (+ values move the scanning position to
the right --- printed image shifts to left.) the right --- printed image shifts to left.)
Unit : 1 (0.0423mm for 600 dpi) Unit : 1 (0.0847mm for 300 dpi)

IMAGETEC

Vertical image elongation/shrinkage adjustment. Vertical image elongation/shrinkage adjustment.
Adjusts the vertical image elongation/shrinkage. Adjusts the vertical image elongation/shrinkage.
1222 (Factory adjustment) (Factory adjustment)
Range : 0 to 100 (-5% to +5%) Range : 0 to 100 (-5% to +5%)
(+ values shrinks the image) (+ values shrinks the image)
Unit : 1 (0.1%) Unit : 1 (0.1%)
Scanner Adjustment (4) Offset adjustment. Scanner Adjustment (4) Offset adjustment.
Offset adjustment of the scanner. Offset adjustment of the scanner.
Range : -255 to 255 Range : -255 to 255
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
1223 Default : -255 Default : -255
Note: Note:
The input number changes to another number The input number changes to another number
after the test mode is reactivated. after the test mode is reactivated.
Use the newly displayed value from the next Offset Use the newly displayed value from the next Offset
adjustment for that one particular scanner unit. adjustment for that one particular scanner unit.
Scanner Adjustment (5) Gain adjustment. Scanner Adjustment (5) Gain adjustment.
Gain adjustment of the scanner. Gain adjustment of the scanner.
Unit : 1 Unit : 1
1224 Default : 0 Default : 0
Note: Note:
The input number changes to another number The input number changes to another number
after the test mode is reactivated. after the test mode is reactivated.
Use the newly displayed value from the next Gain Use the newly displayed value from the next Gain
adjustment for that one particular scanner unit. adjustment for that one particular scanner unit.
RLP Activation/Deactivation RLP Activation/Deactivation
Activates or deactivates the RLP function. Activates or deactivates the RLP function.
Panel Contrast Adjustment
Adjusts the contrast of the operation panel display.
1231 Range : -120 to +120
Unit : 1
Default : 0
Panel Back-light Adjustment
Adjusts the back-light of the operation panel
display.
1232
Range : 50 to 115
Unit : 1
Default : 85

IMAGETEC
TPH master-making horizontal position adjustment TPH master-making horizontal position adjustment
Sets the TPH master-making position to the center Sets the TPH master-making position to the center
1233 (+ values bring the master-making image (+ values bring the master-making image
to the left) to the left)
Unit : 1 (0.1mm) Unit : 1 (0.1mm)
TPH resistance input TPH resistance input
Sets TPH resistance. Sets TPH resistance.
1234 Range : 1200 to 2300 (1200 to 2300 ohm) Range : 1200 to 2300 (1200 to 2300 ohm)
Unit : 1 (1 ohm) Unit : 1 (1 ohm)
Default : 1200 (1200 ohm) Default : 1200 (1200 ohm)

IMAGETEC
9. Options (AF) Test Mode

AF-unit connection signal check AF-unit connection signal check
3000
ON: AF connected ON: AF connected
AF Original registration sensor AF Original registration sensor
3001
ON: Original detected ON: Original detected
AF Original IN sensor AF Original IN sensor
3002
AF Original OUT sensor AF Original OUT sensor
3003
AF original detection sensor AF original detection sensor
3004
AF Cover Set SW AF Cover Set SW
3005
ON: AF closed ON: AF closed
AF Original Size Sensor 1
3006
ON: Original detected
AF Original Size Sensor 2
3007
ON: Original detected
AF read pulse-motor CW AF read pulse-motor CW
3030 Activates the AF read pulse-motor in original Activates the AF read pulse-motor in original
feeding direction. feeding direction.
No. Unit Check
AF one cycle action with no Auto Base Control AF one cycle action with no Auto Base Control
Performs one AF scanning cycle. Performs one AF scanning cycle.
1. Picks up original. 1. Picks up original.
2. Scanner unit moves to home position. 2. Scanner unit moves to home position.
3041
3. Shading compensation. 3. Shading compensation.
4. Scanner unit moves to scanning position. 4. Scanner unit moves to scanning position.
5. Feeds and ejects the original. 5. Feeds and ejects the original.
6. Carriage returns to the home position. 6. Carriage returns to the home position.
AF original feed action AF original feed action
3042
Performs AF original feed operation　 Performs AF original feed operation　
Original IN Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment Original IN Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
3044
Sensitivity adjustment on the Original IN Sensor. Sensitivity adjustment on the Original IN Sensor.
AF Original Guide Minimum Width
3045 Sets the VR value when the paper guides are
brought to the minimum-width position.
AF Original Guide Maximum Width
3046 Sets the VR value when the paper guides are
brought to the maximum-width position.
No. Data Check
AF Guide width A/D data
3060
AF Guide width AF 10 bit data.
AF Original Size Code
Displays the size of the original set on AF unit.
00: No detection 01: A3 02: B4 03: A4

3061 04: A4-R 05: B5 06: B5-R 07: A5
08: A5-R 09: B6 11: Postcard 13: Ledger
14: Legal 15: Letter 16: Letter-R
17: Statement 18: Statement-R
19: Foolscap 53: Custom

IMAGETEC
No. Data Setting

Mirror carriage scanning position adjustment. Mirror carriage scanning position adjustment.
(AF scanning) (AF scanning)
Adjusts the position of the mirror carriage for AF Adjusts the position of the mirror carriage for AF
scanning. scanning.
3070 Range : -20 to +20 (-2.0mm to +2.0mm) Range : -20 to +20 (-2.0mm to +2.0mm)
(+ values move the Mirror carriage back --- moves (+ values move the Mirror carriage back --- moves
the image up) the image up)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : 0 (0 mm ) Default : 0 (0 mm )
Mirror carriage position adjustment for Auto-Base- Mirror carriage position adjustment for Auto-Base-
Control. (AF scanning) Control. (AF scanning)
Adjusts the position of the mirror carriage for AF Adjusts the position of the mirror carriage for AF
Auto Base Control scanning. Auto Base Control scanning.
3071 Range : 0 to +30 (0mm to +3.0mm) Range : 0 to +30 (0mm to +3.0mm)
(+ values move the Mirror carriage back --- moves (+ values move the Mirror carriage back --- moves
the image up) the image up)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
AF scanning horizontal centering position adjustment AF scanning horizontal centering position adjustment
Adjusts the horizontal scanning position when the Adjusts the horizontal scanning position when the
original is scanned on AF. original is scanned on AF.
3072 Range : -30 to +30 (-3.0mm to +3.0mm) Range : -30 to +30 (-3.0mm to +3.0mm)
(+ values move the image to the left) (+ values move the image to the left)
Unit : 5 (0.5 mm) Unit : 5 (0.5 mm)
Scanning start-position adjustment. (AF scanning) Scanning start-position adjustment. (AF scanning)
Adjusts the scanning start position against the Adjusts the scanning start position against the
original when the original is scanned using the AF. original when the original is scanned using the AF.
(Adjusts how much area to skip from the top of the (Adjusts how much area to skip from the top of the
3073 original when the scanning starts.) original when the scanning starts.)
(+ values move the image up) (+ values move the image up)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm) Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Scanning-speed adjustment to control Elongation & Scanning-speed adjustment to control Elongation &
Shrinkage in scanning. (AF scanning) Shrinkage in scanning. (AF scanning)
Adjusts the speed of the AF-Read pulse motor to Adjusts the speed of the AF-Read pulse motor to
control the speed of the Original through the AF. control the speed of the Original through the AF.
3074
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0% to +5.0%) Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0% to +5.0%)
(+ values elongate the image) (+ values elongate the image)
Unit : 1 (0.1%) Unit : 1 (0.1%)
Default : 0 (0 % ) Default : 0 (0 % )
AF Scanning End Signal Output Timing AF Scanning End Signal Output Timing
Adjusts original scanning end position. Adjusts original scanning end position.
Range: –63 to +63 (–6.3 mm to +6.3 mm) Range: –63 to +63 (–6.3 mm to +6.3 mm)
3076
* (<+> for adjustment down) * (<+> for adjustment down)
Unit: 1 (0.1 mm) Unit: 1 (0.1 mm)
Default: 0 (0 mm) Default: 0 (0 mm)

IMAGETEC
10. Options (Job Separator) Test Mode

Job separator tape jam sensor Job separator tape jam sensor
3100
ON: Jammed tape is detected ON: Jammed tape is detected
Job separator tape detection sensor Job separator tape detection sensor
3101
ON: Tape is detected ON: Tape is detected
Job separator power switch Job separator power switch
3102
ON: Power is supplied to the Job separator ON: Power is supplied to the Job separator
Job separator connection signal Job separator connection signal
3103
ON: Job separator is connected ON: Job separator is connected
No. Unit Check
Tape output (Job Separator) Tape output (Job Separator)
3140
Outputs one tape. Outputs one tape.
No. Data Setting
Stamping quantity Stamping quantity
Sets number of times the stamper stamps per one Sets number of times the stamper stamps per one
tape cut by test mode No. 3140. tape cut by test mode No. 3140.
3170
0: No stamping <default> 0: No stamping <default>
1: One stamping 1: One stamping
2: Two stamping 2: Two stamping
Activate or deactivate the tape jammed message Activate or deactivate the tape jammed message
Activates or deactivates the Tape Jam message Activates or deactivates the Tape Jam message
3171 while using the Job Separator. while using the Job Separator.
0: Does not show the jammed message. 0: Does not show the jammed message.
1: Shows the jammed message. <default> 1: Shows the jammed message. <default>

IMAGETEC
11. Options (Memory) Test Mode
No. Unit Check

Storage Memory Composition Change
Processing for changing the card used on model
RP to a configuration compatible with the current
machine.
3340
CAUTION:
1) The card will no longer be RP compatible.
2) Insert only one card in the slot. Do not insert
two cards.
PS7R Status Print
3341
Prints out the PS7R status.
No. Data Clear
Storage Memory Initialize (32M)
Initializes the storage device to delete data from
the 32M storage device or when an error related to
3355
storage device prevents data restoration.
CAUTION: Insert only one card in the slot.
Cannot initialize two cards at one time.
Storage Memory Initialize (128M)
Initializes the storage device to delete data from
the 128M storage device or when an error related
3356
to storage device prevents data restoration.
Cannot initialize two cards at one time.
No. Data Check
Storage Memory Information
Displays the volume label, capacity, area used,
3361 and available storage area.
Cannot check two cards at one time.

IMAGETEC
12. Options (Linked Printer) Test Mode

No. Data Setting
Linked printer - Print position adjustment (horizontally)
Horizontal print position adjustment on all the
linked printers.
The setting applies to all the RLP.
3570
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0mm to +5.0mm)
(+ values move the image to the left.)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : 0 (0 mm )
Linked printer - Print position adjustment (vertically)
Vertical print position adjustment on all the linked
printers.
The setting applies to all the RLP.
3571
Range : -50 to +50 (-5.0mm to +5.0mm)
(+ values move the image to the top.)
Unit : 1 (0.1 mm)
Default : 0 (0 mm )
Zero print master-making warning
With the printer-auto-selection activated, master-
making will be made, but the selection can be
made to display the warning message [F60] or not
3572
when the print quantity is selected as zero (0) in
scanner mode.
0: No warning displayed. <default>
1: Warning displayed.
Link Duplex Print Auto-Repeat
The selection to keep the duplex printing mode
activated or to deactivate the mode after the
3579
duplex print job is finished on a linked printer.
0: Deactivate
1: Keep activated <default>

IMAGETEC
13. Options (Vender) Test Mode
No. Data Setting

Vender Selection
(Japan market machine only) Selection between
3770 coin vender or card vender.
0: Coin vender <default>
1: Card vender

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 19: OTHER PRECAUTIONS
Contents
1. Machine Setup During the Installation.................................................2

Set-up Wizard........................................................................................2
2. Sales Test Mode.....................................................................................4
3. Firmware Downloading Procedure.......................................................6
EZ5.............................................................................................6
EZ2 & EZ3..................................................................................8
EV5...........................................................................................10
EV2 & EV3................................................................................12
4. Firmware Downloading Status...........................................................13
5. Power-Saving (Low-Power) Mode......................................................15
6. To Display the Download File Contents............................................15
7. Compatibility of USB Memory for Data Printing...............................15
8. USB Memory for Authentication........................................................15
9. Removing the USB Memory from the Machine.................................16
10. Copy Count Control by the User Name (optional Key Card
Counter)...............................................................................................16
11. Administrator’s Password.................................................................16
12. Replacing the Mechanical control PCB...........................................17
13. Replacing the Battery........................................................................18
14. Replacing the NeoROSA PCB...........................................................18
15. Replacing the Drum PCB..................................................................19
16. Print position adjustment procedures.............................................19

IMAGETEC
1. Machine Setup During the Installation EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
X X O X X O
Set-up Wizard
Set-up wizard is designed for enhancing customer satisfaction with his or her EZ5/EV5 unit, depending
on the type of customer account.
Until the Set-up wizard is completed at the time of the machine installation, the Set-up wizard display
keeps popping up each time the machine power is turned ON.
Set-up wizard is deeply related in providing maximum functionality with the RISO i Quality System
benefits.
In order to take the maximum advantage of the RISO i Quality System, the [setting of the machine
clock] is essential.
If the Set-up Wizard needs to be initialized (reset), use Test Mode No. 116 [Set-up Wizard Initialize].
Refer to the next page for the Set-up Wizard selections.
1901
[Selections ]
1902
[ Direct Access]

IMAGETEC
Set-up Wizard Selections

(The items included in each User Category may differ on the actual machine.)
Model EZ5 Series

(This is a sample chart. Actual items on the list may differ on the actual machine.)
Master Making Link Basic
User Category Area Name Print Basic Screen Scan Basic Screen
Basic Screen Screen
Dot Process Renew Page Dot Process Preview
Reservation Reservation Dot Process
DIRECT ACCESS
Multi-Up Print Interval Book Shadow
Editor Editor
STANDARD Job Memory Job Memory Job Memory
Confidential Confidential Book Shadow
SELECTIONS Idling Action Idling Action Preview
Book Shadow
Program
DIRECT ACCESS
Book Shadow Editor
SCHOOL Job Memory Job Memory Job Memory
Confidential Confidential Book Shadow
SELECTIONS Idling Action Idling Action Preview
Program
Editor
DIRECT ACCESS
Editor
Job Memory Job Memory Job Memory
PRINT SHOP Confidential Confidential Book Shadow

Idling Action Idling Action Preview
SELECTIONS Book Shadow Top Margin
Top Margin
Program
Editor 1903EZ
Model EV5 Series

(This is a sample chart. Actual items on the list may differ on the actual machine.)
Master Making Link Basic
User Category Area Name Print Basic Screen Scan Basic Screen
Basic Screen Screen
Multi-Up Print Renew Page Book Shadow Preview
DIRECT ACCESS
Book Shadow
STANDARD Confidential Confidential Top Margin
SELECTIONS Interval Interval Dot Process
Book Shadow Book Shadow Contrast Adjustment
Contrast Adjustment Contrast Adjustment
2 Up Renew Page Book Shadow Preview
DIRECT ACCESS
Book Shadow
SCHOOL Confidential Confidential Top Margin
SELECTIONS Interval Interval Dot Process
Book Shadow Book Shadow Contrast Adjustment
Contrast Adjustment Contrast Adjustment
2 Up Renew Page Preview
DIRECT ACCESS
Book Shadow
LEAFLET
Confidential Confidential Top Margin
SELECTIONS
Book Shadow Book Shadow Dot Process
Ink Saving Contrast Adjustment
Renew Page Book Shadow Preview
DIRECT ACCESS
Interval Book Shadow
Confidential Confidential Job Memory
PRINT SHOP
Contrast Adjustment Contrast Adjustment Top Margin
SELECTIONS
Top Margin Top Margin Dot Process
Side Margin Side Margin Contrast Adjustment 1903EV

IMAGETEC
2. Sales Test Mode EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

X X O X X O
Easy access to change the machine settings by the Sales person and Field technical person.
Turn the machine power ON, while pressing the + key and x key on the Operation Panel.
The [Sales Test Mode] is essential in setting the machine to the best condition to suit each customer.
The activation of the Sales Test Mode helps troubleshooting the minor troubles on the machine. There
are total of 27 items under the Sales Test Mode. The first 4 items, starting with P are linked to the Admin.
(user mode), and the remaining 23 items are linked to the serviceman test mode. The [Sales Test
Mode] is for the use by the Sales person and the Field technical person only, and is not intended for the
customer (operator) use.
Code No. Item

P001 Displayed Language
P002 Link-Free Volume
P003 Base IP Address
P004 Beep Sound
0080 Test Print A
0095 System Configuration Data Output
0110 Clear Error Status Data
0116 Set-up Wizard Initialize
0126 Optional Configuration Check
0146 Quick Scanning Selection
0150 Print Quantity Repeat Setting
0154 Min. Print Quantity Control
0159 Warning Display Control
0160 Auto Multi-Up Recovery
0161 Program Print Repeat Setting
0166 Max. Print Quantity Control
0167 Paper ID Auto-Repeat Control
0168 Fine Adjustment Button Display Control
0169 Admin. Display Control
0170 Consumable Storage Indication
0199 Software Option Enable Control
0951 Ink Color Code
0977 Vertical and Horizontal Motion Distance Switching
1201 Standard of Measurement Unit Selection
1229 RLP Mode Enable Control
3572 Zero Print Master Making Warning
3579 Link Duplex Print Auto-Repeat 1904

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
3. Firmware Downloading Procedure EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

EZ5 X X O X X X
See the sketch and photographs on the next page for the reference to the instructions.
(1) Switch OFF the machine power.
(2) The firmware can be downloaded by using either a CF Card or USB Memory.
CF CARD:
Remove the Download slot cover from the side of the Rear cover, on the paper-feed side
of the machine, by removing one screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
Insert the downloading CF Card containing appropriate firmware for the Mechanical
control PCB and NeoROSA PCB for the specific machine model.
USB MEMORY:
Insert the downloading USB Memory containing appropriate firmware for the Mechanical
control PCB and NeoROSA PCB for the specific machine model onto the USB host
connector on the machine.
(3) Download the Firmware Programs
- Normal case
Activate the Test Mode No. 90 (Firmware download) to proceed the firmware download.
- Special case
If the firmware download fails, or stops by accidental power down, switch ON the machine
power again while pressing the <WAKE UP> key. The firmware download re-starts again.
(4) The Mechanical control PCB program will download first and NeoROSA PCB program downloads
the next. The two firmware programs downloads automatically, one after the other.
(5) The downloading result can be checked by looking at the three LED status. The three LEDs are
found at the entrance of the CF Card inserting slot on the NeoROSA PCB.
The three LEDs are: LED1 (green), LED2 (green) and LED3 (red).
[Normal Downloading Condition]
1. During the Mechanical control PCB firmware program downloading:
LED2 blinks and LED1 and LED3 are OFF.
2. During the NeoROSA PCB firmware program downloading:
LED1 blinks, LED2 lights and LED3 is OFF.
3. At the completion of the two firmware program downloading:
LED1 and LED2 light and LED3 is OFF.
[Abnormal Downloading Condition]
LED1 and LED2 show error status and LED3 blinks.
LED1 and LED2 show error status and LED3 lights.
The abnormal (error) status of the three LEDs are described on Page 19-13.
(6) Remove either the CF Card or USB Memory in following procedure.
CF Card: Turn OFF the machine power, remove the CF Card and mount the Download slot cover
back on the Rear cover of the machine.
USB Memory: Unplug the USB memory from the USB slot on the machine.
CAUTION:
If either the CF Card or USB Memory contained the same firmware program versions to those
already in the two PCBs, the firmware downloading action will not take place. The LED1 and
LED2 stay OFF and LED3 blinks. In this case, remove either the CF Card (turn OFF the machine
power first) or USB Memory from the machine. The machine will operate with the existing firmware
program.

IMAGETEC
Opening for LED status checking
EZ5 < NeoROSA PCB >

LED location
NeoROSA PCB LED 1

LED 2
LED 3
1914
CF Card Slot
CF card slot
1905
1906
USB Host Connector
1922
1923

IMAGETEC
EZ2 & EZ3 EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O X X X X
(2) Remove the Download slot cover from the side of the Rear cover, on the paper-feed side of the
machine, by removing one screw (M3x6 screw; 1 pc).
(3) Insert the downloading CF Card containing appropriate firmware for the Mechanical control PCB for
the specific machine model.
- Normal case
- Special case
found at the entrance of the CF Card inserting slot on the Mechanical control PCB.
The three LEDs are: LED1 (red), LED2 (green) and LED3 (green).
2. At the completion of the firmware program downloading:
LED2 lights and LED1 and LED3 are OFF.
(6) Remove the CF Card in following procedure.
CF Card: Turn OFF the machine power, remove the CF Card and mount the Download slot cover
back on the Rear cover of the machine.
CAUTION:
If the CF Card contained the same firmware program versions to that already in the Mechanical
control PCB, the firmware downloading action will not take place. The LED2 and LED3 stay OFF
and LED1 blinks. In this case, remove the CF Card from the machine (turn OFF the machine power
first). The machine will operate with the existing firmware program.

IMAGETEC
Opening for LED status checking
CF card slot
1915
EZ2 & EZ3 < Mechanical Control PCB >

LED location
LED 3
LED 2
Mechanical Control PCB
LED 1
CF Card Slot
1924
< OPTION >
EZ2 & EZ3 < OPTIONAL NeoROSA PCB >

LED location
LED 1
NeoROSA PCB
LED 2
LED 3
CF Card Slot
1916
1925

IMAGETEC
EV5 EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

X X X X X O
(2) Remove the Rear cover from the machine.
(3) Insert the downloading CF Card containing appropriate firmware for the Mechanical control PCB and
NeoROSA PCB for the specific machine model in a PC card adopter.
(4) Insert the CF Card + PC card adopter in the Downloading Jig.
(5) Attach the Downloading Jig on the Mechanical control PCB.
- Normal case
- Special case
(7) The Mechanical control PCB program will download first and NeoROSA PCB program downloads
the next. The two firmware programs downloads automatically, one after the other.
found on the NeoROSA PCB.
The three LEDs are: LED1 (green), LED2 (green) and LED3 (red).
LED1 blinks, LED2 lights and LED3 is OFF.
3. At the completion of the two firmware program downloading:
LED1 and LED2 light and LED3 is OFF.
LED1 and LED2 show error status and LED3 lights.
(9) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the Downloading Jig from the Mechanical control PCB
and attach the Rear cover back on the machine.
CAUTION:
If the CF Card contained the same firmware program versions to those already in the two PCBs, the
firmware downloading action will not take place. The LED1 and LED2 stay OFF and LED3 blinks.
In this case, turn OFF the machine power and remove the Downloading Jig from the Mechanical
control PCB and attach the Rear cover back on the machine. The machine will operate with the
existing firmware program.

IMAGETEC
NOTE:
The actual Mechanical Control
PCB may look different from
the photograph.
Downloading Jig
PC Card adaptor with
CF Card inserted
Mechanical control
PCB 1917
1918
Insert the PC Card adaptor + CF Card into the Downloading Jig
Downloading Jig
(Rear View)
Mechanical
control PCB
1919 1921
Attach a Spacer to keep the
Downloading Jig level.
The Spacer must be of an
insulating material to avoid
electrical shortage.
Completion of attachment
1920

IMAGETEC
EV2 & EV3 EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

X X X O O X
See the sketch and photographs on the previous page for the reference to the instructions.
(2) Remove the Rear cover from the machine.
(3) Insert the downloading CF Card containing appropriate firmware for the Mechanical control PCB for
the specific machine model in a PC card adopter.
(4) Insert the CF Card + PC card adopter in the Downloading Jig.
(5) Attach the Downloading Jig on the Mechanical control PCB.
- Normal case
- Special case
found on the Mechanical control PCB.
The three LEDs are: LED1 (red), LED2 (green) and LED3 (green).
2. At the completion of the firmware program downloading:
LED2 lights and LED1 and LED3 are OFF.
(6) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the Downloading Jig from the Mechanical control PCB
and attach the Rear cover back on the machine.
CAUTION:
If the CF Card contained the same firmware program versions to that already in the Mechanical
control PCB, the firmware downloading action will not take place. The LED2 and LED3 stay OFF
and LED1 blinks. In this case, turn OFF the machine power and remove the Downloading Jig from
the Mechanical control PCB and attach the Rear cover back on the machine. The machine will
operate with the existing firmware program.

IMAGETEC
4. Firmware Downloading Status EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

O O O O O O
The ERROR status of the firmware download can be recognize by 3 LEDs.
EZ5 / EV5 Mechanical control PCB Firmware Download ERROR Status

Error Status LED1 (Green) LED2 (Green) LED3 (Red)
Error (Unmatched model) Blinking OFF Blinking
Error (Data malfunction) OFF Blinking Blinking
Error (Downloading failed) Blinking Blinking Blinking
Error (Data Size) ON OFF Blinking
Error (File System) OFF ON Blinking
Error (PCB Communication) ON Blinking Blinking
Error (Others) ON ON Blinking 1907
EZ5 / EV5 NeoROSA PCB Firmware Download ERROR Status

Error (Unmatched model) Blinking OFF ON
Error (Data malfunction) OFF Blinking ON
Error (Downloading Failed /
Blinking Blinking ON
Program unmatched)
Error (Data Size) ON OFF ON
Error (File System) OFF ON ON
Error (PCB Communication) ON Blinking ON
Error (Others) ON ON ON 1908
Action to take against the error

Error Type Action
Check that the machine model for the firmware program to download
Error (Unmatched model)
matches with the actual machine model.
Error (Data malfunction) Re-write the program in the CF Card or the USB Memory.
Check the physical connection between the machine and CF Card or
Error (Downloading Failed / the USB Memory.
Program unmatched) Check that the CF Card or USB Memory contrain correct firmware
program for that machine.
Error (Data Size) Re-write the program in the CF Card or the USB Memory.
Error (File System)
the USB Memory.
Error (PCB Communication) Check the connection (wires, connectors).
Error (Others)
the USB Memory.
Take the action to the error after checking the LED error status and turning the machine power OFF.
1909

IMAGETEC
EZ2 / EZ3 / EV2 / EV3 Mechanical control PCB Firmware Download ERROR Status
Error Status LED1 (Red) LED2 (Green) LED3 (Green)
Error (Unmatched model) Blinking OFF Blinking
Error (Data malfunction) Blinking Blinking OFF
Error (Downloading failed) Blinking Blinking Blinking
Error (Data Size) Blinking OFF ON
Error (File System) Blinking ON OFF
Error (PCB Communication) Blinking Blinking ON
Error (Others) Blinking ON ON 1926
EZ2 / EZ3 / EV2 / EV3 Optional NeoROSA PCB Firmware Download ERROR Status
Error (Unmatched model) Blinking OFF ON
Error (Data malfunction) OFF Blinking ON
Error (Downloading Failed) Blinking Blinking ON
Error (Data Size) ON OFF ON
Error (File System) OFF ON ON
Error (PCB Communication) ON Blinking ON
Error (Others) ON ON ON 1927
Action to take against the error

Error Type Action
Check that the machine model for the firmware program to download
Error (Unmatched model)
matches with the actual machine model.
Error (Data malfunction) Re-write the program in the CF Card.
Error (Downloading Failed) Check the physical connection between the machine and CF Card.
Error (Data Size) Re-write the program in the CF Card.
Error (File System) Check the physical connection between the machine and CF Card.
Error (PCB Communication) Check the connection (wires, connectors).
Error (Others) Check the physical connection between the machine and CF Card.
Take the action to the error after checking the LED error status and turning the machine power OFF.
1928

IMAGETEC
5. Power-Saving (Low-Power) Mode O O O O O O
With no error status on the machine, if no operation is made on the machine for 30 seconds, the 24 volt
supply to the machine components is terminated. This must be kept in mind when using a multi-meter
to check the 24 volts on the machine. Whether the machine is in the Power-Saving Mode or not can be
confirmed by looking at the heart-beat-LED on the Mechanical Control PCB. The blinking of the LED is
fast in normal condition, and slow in the Power-Saving Mode. The machine will not go into the Power-
Saving Mode when in Test Mode.

6. To Display the Download File Contents X X O X X O
The contents of the download file can be seen by activating the Test Mode No.132 [Download File
Information] with the CF Card connected to the PCB. (Test Mode No.132 does not apply on USB
Memory at this moment.)

7. Compatibility of USB Memory for Data Printing
X X O X X X
- Mass storage device class support USB flash memory 1.1 or 2.0.
- FAT16 or FAT32 are supported (Example: NTFS is not supported).
- Only mass storage device USB is supported (Example: USB HUB, USB Mouse, USB Printer Device,
etc. are not supported.)
- Following USB Memory cannot be used:
USB Memory with Media Converter function
USB Memory supporting multiple drive connection
USB Memory with Media Reader/Writer function
USB Memory with Authentication system

8. USB Memory for Authentication X X O X X X
- An USB Memory with the same specification explained on above item-7 should work for the
Authentication purpose. But certain USB Memories missing Vender ID, Product ID, iSerial Number,
etc. may not work..

IMAGETEC
9. Removing the USB Memory from the Machine X X O X X X
In printing the data from the USB Memory, the operation panel of the machine indicates that the USB
Memory is being accessed. If the USB Memory is unplugged from the machine while being accessed,
the data in the USB Memory may be damaged. In the worst case, the USB Memory may need to be
reformatted with a PC, erasing all the data contained in the USB Memory. Make sure that the USB
Memory is not accessed when unplugging it from the machine.

X X O X X O
10. Copy Count Control by the User Name (optional Key Card Counter)
Precaution on the Test Mode No.111 [Clearing User Memory].
The Key Card Counter can control the copy count of each user registered. A copy count data is
memorized in the EEPROM on the Key Card Counter PCB, but the user name data is memorized
separately in the Flash memory on the NeoROSA PCB.
This user name data will disappear when the NeoROSA PCB fails or by activation of Test Mode No. 111
[Clearing User Memory].

11. Administrator’s Password X X O X X O
Precaution on the Test Mode No.118 [Clearing authentication setting].
If the user loose or forget administrator’s password, the user can clear administrator’s password for re-
setting by activating Test Mode No. 118 (Clearing authentication setting), however this will clear all user
information that the customer registered.
If the Administrator of the machine forgets the Administrator Password, the serviceman can initialize
the authentication setting for the customer by using Test Mode No.118 [Clearing authentication setting].
However, if this test mode is used, not only the password is initialized, but all the user administrator
information are cleared at the same time. Caution must be paid before activating this test mode.

IMAGETEC
12. Replacing the Mechanical control PCB EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O O O O
The Mechanical control PCB controls the ON/OFF information command of the sensors and switches,
and also does the image processing job.
Make sure to discharge the static electricity from the body before touching the PCB.
(1) Turn OFF the machine power. Remove the EEPROM and BATTERY from the existing Mechanical
control PCB.
(2) Mount the EEPROM and BATTERY removed from the existing PCB onto the new Mechanical control
PCB, and mount the new PCB on the machine.
(3) Download the Mechanical control PCB firmware software onto the new Mechanical control PCB.
(4) Turn OFF the machine power. Then turn the machine power back ON in Test Mode.
(5) Activate Test Mode No.9874 to go into the protected area test mode and activate Test Mode
No.1198 to initialize the PCB. Then turn the machine power OFF.
(6) Turn ON the machine power again in Test Mode to set the correct time on the machine by using Test
Modes No.171, 172 and 173. Activate Test Mode No.101 at the end for the activation of the new
time setting made by the previous Test Modes No.171, 172 and 173.
(7) Turn OFF the machine power and turn it back ON.
(8) If the machine starts up in normal condition, the work is completed.
NOTE:
Only on EZ5 and EV5, the date and time can be input from the operation panel in user-mode, above
step No. 6 can be skipped. In that case, make sure to input the correct date and time from the user-
mode at the very end.

* The DRUM-FREE button on the Mechanical control PCB is for the free rotation of the Print Drum.
< Battery > 1911
< EEPROM > 1912
DRUM-FREE Button
< Mechanical control PCB > 1910

IMAGETEC

13. Replacing the Battery
O O O O O O
Replace the battery on the Mechanical control PCB with the machine power ON.
*If the battery is removed from the machine with the machine power OFF, in certain conditions the
internal clock of the machine initializes to programmed default and clock adjustment becomes necessary.

14. Replacing the NeoROSA PCB X X O X X #
EV5 EV5 does not have USB host connector.
EV5 needs to use PC Card adopter and
The NeoROSA PCB mainly controls the PC interface. Downloading JIG, and download the Firmware
from the Mechanical Control PCB.
Make sure to discharge the static electricity from the body before touching the PCB.
(1) Turn OFF the machine power. Then insert a blank CF (compact flash) Card, with no data inside, into
the card slot on the NeoROSA PCB or blank USB Memory on the machine.
(2) Turn ON the machine power in Test Mode and activate Test Mode No. 103 [Machine Test Mode Data
Recording].
(3) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the CF Card or USB Memory.
(4) Replace the existing NeoROSA PCB with a new one.
(5) Download system firmware program onto the new NeoROSA PCB.
(6) Turn OFF the machine power once the firmware is downloaded onto the new NeoROSA PCB.
(7) Turn the machine power back ON in Test Mode. Activate Test Mode No. 9874 to access into the
protected area test mode.
(8) Without turning the power OFF, activate test modes No.110 [Jam status clear], No.112 [test mode
data clear], No. 111 [user area memory clear] and No. 1193 [REv data clear] in the order given.
(9) Turn OFF the machine power and insert the previous CF Card or USB memory.
(10) Turn the machine power back ON in Test Mode and activate Test Mode No.105 to download the
stored test mode settings into new NeoROSA PCB).
(11) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the CF Card or USB memory.
(12) Turn ON the machine power, and if the machine starts up in normal condition, the PCB replacement
job is completed.
Note:
Since the user settings cannot be recorded on the CF card nor USB Memory, memo down the user
settings before replacing the PCB. Manually input the user settings in the machine after the PCB is
replaced.
< NeoROSA PCB > 1913

IMAGETEC
15. Replacing the Drum PCB EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5
O O O # # #
EV Series machines need to use PC
Card adopter and Download JIG.
Make sure to discharge the static electricity from the body before touching the PCB
(1) Turn OFF the machine power. Then insert a blank CF (compact flash) Card, with no data inside, into
the card slot on either the Mechanical control PCB or NeoROSA PCB, depending on the machine
model.
(2) Turn ON the machine power in Test Mode and activate Test Mode No.104 [Print Drum Test Mode
Data Recording].
(3) Pull out the Print drum from the unit and replace the Drum PCB.
(4) Insert the Print drum back in the machine.
(5) Activate Test Mode No.9874 to access into the protected area test mode.
(6) Then activate test modes No.1211 and No. 212 to enter the drum serial number.
(7) Activate Test Mode No.106 [Print Drum Test Mode Data Restore].
(8) Turn OFF the machine power and remove the CF Card out from the machine.
(9) Turn ON the machine power, and if the machine starts up in normal condition, the PCB replacement
job is completed.
16. Print position adjustment procedures O O O O O O
Conduct the print positioning adjustment in the order of steps given below.
(1) Adjust the clamp amount. [Chapter 16]
(2) Adjust the writing start position. [Chapter 15]
(3) Adjust the print start position. [Chapter 6]
(4) Adjust the FB scanning start position. [Chapter 12]
(5) Adjust the master making image elongation and shrinkage. [Chapter 15]
(6) Adjust FB scanning image elongation and shrinkage. [Chapter 12]
Precaution in adjustment
Before making above test mode adjustments, it is important that all the mechanical components, such as
the main drive area, paper feed area, print drum area, etc. are adjusted first.
If the machine is equipped with the optional Auto Document Feeder (AF), the test mode adjustment on
the AF unit should be made after the adjustments on the FB (flatbed) scanning is made.

IMAGETEC
MEMO

IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 20: WIRING DIAGRAMS
Contents
1. EZ2 & EV2...............................................................................................3

1) Connection between PCBs [EZ2 & EV2].........................................3
2) Power Supply Unit [EZ2 & EV2]......................................................4
3) Master Making Area [EZ2 & EV2]....................................................5
4) Paper Feed Area [EZ2 & EV2].........................................................6
5) Scanner Area [EZ2 & EV2]..............................................................7
6) Paper Receiving Area [EZ2 & EV2].................................................8
7) Main Unit Area [EZ2 & EV2]............................................................9
8) Master Removal Area [EZ2 & EV2]...............................................10
9) Operation Panel Area [EZ2 & EV2]...............................................11
10) Print Drum Area [EZ2 & EV2]........................................................12
11) Options-1 [EZ2 & EV2]..................................................................13
12) Options-2 [EZ2 & EV2]..................................................................14
2. EZ3 & EV3.............................................................................................15
1) Connection between PCBs [EZ3 & EV3].......................................15
2) Power Supply Unit [EZ3 & EV3]....................................................16
3) Paper Feed Area [EZ3 & EV3].......................................................17
4) Scanner Area [EZ3 & EV3]............................................................18
5) Paper Receiving Area [EZ3 & EV3]...............................................19
6) Main Unit Area [EZ3 & EV3]..........................................................20
7) Master Removal Area [EZ3 & EV3]...............................................21
9) Options-1 [EZ3 & EV3]..................................................................23
10) Options-2 [EZ3 & EV3]..................................................................24
11) Master Making Area [EZ3 & EV3]..................................................25
- continues on next page -

IMAGETEC
- continued from previous page -
3. EZ5 & EV5.............................................................................................27

1) Connection between PCBs [EZ5 & EV5].......................................27
2) Power Supply Unit [EZ5 & EV5]....................................................28
3) Paper Feed Area [EZ5 & EV5].......................................................29
4) Scanner Area [EZ5 & EV5]............................................................30
5) Paper Receiving Area [EZ5 & EV5]...............................................31
9) Options-1 [EZ5 & EV5]..................................................................35
10) Options-2 [EZ5 & EV5]..................................................................36

< Model EZ2 / EV2 > Model EZ2 : MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;LL 046-50503-xxx
Model EV2 : MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;LL (C) 046-50507-xxx
Connection between PCBs (Drawing No. 046-50103-01)
CN23
1. EZ2 & EV2
INTERLOCK
PAPER FEED AREA 1
MASTER REMOVAL AREA
CN4
(Paper feed tray & Sensors)
CN20
(Motors)
PAPER FEED AREA MASTER REMOVAL AREA
Drawing No. 046-50103-04 Drawing No. 046-50103-08

PAPER FEED AREA 2 MASTER REMOVAL AREA
(Clutch & Solenoids) (Sensors)
CN17
CN22
MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;LL
HEL SIGNAL
CN3
SCANNER SENSORs
CN14
PRINT DRUM AREA SCANNER AREA
PRINT DRUM AREA
MACHINE FRONT AREA SCANNER I/F
CN6
CN15
(Switchs & Sensors)
1) Connection between PCBs [EZ2 & EV2]
MACHINE FRONT AREA SUCTION UNIT
CN16
CN21
(Counter & Solenoids) (Main Motor FG sensor)
MAIN UNIT AREA PAPER RECEIVING AREA
Drawing No. 046-50103-07 SEPARATION FAN UNIT Drawing No. 046-50103-06
20 -
MACHINE REAR AREA (Pressure Control Pulse Motor,
CN18
CN19
(Motors) Press Solenoid)
IMAGETEC
POWER CONTROL
CN2
(Rear Sensors) OPERATION PANEL AREA
OPTIONAL RIP I/F
CN9
CN2 Drawinig No. 046-50103-09
MAIN MOTOR RELAY
CN6
CN7
CN30
MASTER MAKING AREA CN13
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
MASTER MAKING AREA
Drawing No. 046-50103-02
Drawing No. 046-50103-03
POWER INPUT
CN3
CN1
MASTER MAKING AREA
CN25
CN5
(TPH)
AF AF JOB KEY CARD
CN9 CN5 SIGNAL POWER SEPARATOR COUNTER
CN10 CN11 CN1 CN7 CN34 CN27
OPTIONS
Drawing No. 046-50103-11
to MAIN MOTOR
Drawing No. 046-50103-12
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
POWER SUPPLY UNIT (Drawing No. 046-50103-02)

CT3P Main Motor FG Sensor
1 3 GND
to PAPER RECEIVING AREA 2 2 OUT Interrupt
3 1 5V Type
(Drawing No. 046-50103-06) TPH Drawer Connector H (G) QR/P1 24P
046-53014-xxx
Main Motor DF1B20P 1
VL2P VL2P -S

1 2
M-OUT(+) 2 GNDh(+18V GND) 3
2 2 2
DC CN3 3 GNDh(+18V GND) 4
1 1 M-OUT(-) 1
4 GNDh(+18V GND) 5
Main Motor Junction Wire Harness 5 GNDh(+18V GND) 6
6 GNDh(+18V GND) 7
046-53011-xxx GNDh(+18V GND)
7 8
8 GNDh(+18V GND) 9
9 N.C 10
10 N.C 11 to MASTER MAKING AREA
12
XR4P XR4P CN5 13 (Drawing No. 046-50103-03)
1 IL-RL 4 11 N.C 14
2 N.C N.C 3 12 N.C 15

CN30 3 N.C N.C 2 CN7 13 Vh(+18V) 16
4 IL-24V 1 14 Vh(+18V) 17
[Model: EZ2] 15 Vh(+18V) 18
FB Upper Wire Harness Vh(+18V)
16 19
046-53008-xxx Vh(+18V)
2) Power Supply Unit [EZ2 & EV2]
mini CT30P 17 20
MECHANICAL CONTROL 18 Vh(+18V) 21
19 Vh(+18V) 22
1(A1) +S
PCB; LL 046-50503-xxx 20 23
24
to MAIN UNIT AREA
[Model: EV2] (Drawing No. 046-50103-07)
POWER SUPPLY UNIT Ground Wire TPH Power Drawer Connector
MECHANICAL CONTROL 15(A15)

< PS19-NWW >
16(B1) N.C VH3P
PCB; LL (C) 046-50507-xxx 17(B2) N.C 046-50510-xxx 1 N.C
18(B3) N.C
19(B4) N.C CN9 2 N.C
20(B5) N.C
CT10P (100V / 200V) 3 N.C
20 -
CN2 21(B6) GND(24V) 10
22(B7) /PF 9
IMAGETEC
23(B8) /TPH CTL 8

24(B9) +24V-ON 7 < PS15-N200 >
25(B10) SLEEP 6
26(B11) DA CLK 5 023-50073-xxx
CN2
27(B12) DA LAT 4
28(B13) DA DATA 3
29(B14) GND 2
(200V only)
30(B15) PWM 1
FB Upper Wire Harness
046-53008-xxx
VH10P VH9P
1 GND(+5.1V GND) 1
2 GND(+5.1V GND) 2
3 +5.1V 3
4 +5.1V 4
5 GND(+24V GND) 5
6 GND(+24V GND) 6 CN1 CN6 power pin layout
CN25 VH7P
7 +24V-B 7
+24V-A AC(L)-SW-IN 1 1
8 8
+24V-OP 2
9 N.C 9
AC(N)-SW-IN 3 3 Power Cord (E) 488-00048-xxx
10 FB Upper Wire Harness CN6 4
046-53008-xxx AC(N)-SW-OUT 4 5 Power Cord (U) 488-00050-xxx
6
7 Power Cord (C) 488-00049-xxx
AC(L)-SW-OUT 6
Main Switch
2
XR2P CT2P 5 6
+
to MAIN UNIT AREA 2 5
- 4
6 3 4 3
1
(Drawing No. 046-50103-07) 1 2 1
Auto Shut OFF 444-20002-006
AJ8R2021BBC
Main Power Switch Wire Harness

046-50013-xxx
< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
MASTER MAKING AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-03)
Position-B
Mini CT36PIN Sensor
CT3P white
1(A1) GND FE30P FE30P
3 MasterMaking Mini CT5P
GND MASTER MAKING UNIT
2(A2) Position-B 2 INTERRUPT 1 +5V (Cut Off) 30 CT3P
OUT
3(A3) +5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE CT13P Junction PCB 2 N.C 29 1 GND 3
5V GND REFLECTIVE & Master Detection Sensor
4(A4) +5V (Cut Off) 13 3 CNTSCK 28 2 Master Detection & Master End Sensors (send) 2
023-28218-xxx OUT TRANSMITTIVE
5(A5) N.C 12 4 CNTLAT 27 3 +5V (Cut Off) 1 VCC (SEND) &
6(A6) CNTSCK 11 5 CNTENB 26
CN4 4 N.C
7(A7) CNTLAT 10 6 CNTDAT 25 5 N.C Master Making RF Wire Harness Master End Sensor (send)
8(A8) CNTENB 9 7 SENSCK 24 046-28038-xxx
9(A9) CNTDAT 8 8 SENLAT 23
10(A10) SENSCK 7 9 SENDAT 22
11(A11) SENLAT 6 10 +5VH 21 CT6P
12(A12) SENDAT 5 11 +5VH 20 6 A
13(A13) +5VH 4 12 GND 19 5
CN2 B
14(A14) +5VH 3 13 GND 18 +24V
15(A15) GND 2 14 DETECTION SIGNAL 17 PM
+24V Write Pulse Motor
16(A16) GND 1 15 RUN 16 2
Mini CT8P /A
17(A17) N.C CN3 16 WRITE A 15 CN5 1 /B
18(A18) N.C 17 WRITE B 14 1 Write Pulse A phase
18 WRITE/A 13 2 Write Pulse B phase CT6P
CN13 19(B1) HEL_RESET 17 19 WRITE/B 12 3 Write Pulse /A phase 6
A
20(B2) HEL_RUN 16 20 WRITEPD 11 4 Write Pulse /B phase 5
CN2 B
21(B3) WRITE A 15 21 GND 10 5 Load Pulse Motor A
+24V
22(B4) WRITE B 14 22 GND 9 6 Load Pulse Motor B PM
+24V Load Pulse Motor
23(B5) WRITE/A 13 23 GND 8 7 Load Pulse Motor /A 2
/A
24(B6) WRITE/B 12 24 GND 7 8 Load Pulse Motor /B 1 /B
25(B7) CURRENT CONTROL 11 25 +24V-A 6
26(B8)
Master Making Unit Wire Harness
GND 10 26 +24V-A 5
27(B9) GND 9 27 +24V-A 4
023-28239-xxx
28(B10) GND 8
CN1 28 +24V-A 3
29(B11) GND 7
Mini CT20P
29 RxD 2
[Model: EZ2] 30(B12) +24V-A 6 30 TxD 1 1 Cutter Stop Pos. SW GND 4 1 N.C
(brown)
31(B13) +24V-A 5 2 Cutter Stop Pos. SW 3 2 N.C
MECHANICAL (orange)
32(B14) +24V-A 4 Master Making Unit Flexible Cable 3 Cutter HP Switch GND 2 CT4PIN 3 Cutter Switch
CONTROL 33(B15) +24V-A 3 4 Cutter HP Switch 1 4
34(B16) HEL_RxD 2 023-28238-xxx
3) Master Making Area [EZ2 & EV2]
PCB; LL 35(B17) 5 Cutter Motor 2 1 Cutter Motor (red)

HEL_TxD 1
CN4 6 Cutter Motor 1 CT2PIN 2 Cutter Motor (black) DC
046-50503-xxx 36(A18) N.C MASTER-MAKING Cutter Motor
Mini CT17P
TPH Drawer Connector H (G) CT3P
PCB 7 Vled 6 1 Vled 3
[Model: EV2] VCC REFLECTIVE Master
046-53014-xxx 8 GND 5 CT6PIN 2 GND 2 GND (PRISM) Positioning
MECHANICAL CN5 046-28001-xxx 9 Master Pos. Sensor 4 (blue) 3 Master Positioning Sensor 1 TYPE
OUT Sensor
CONTROL M.-M Unit Upper
10 Cover Safety SW 3 4 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW 1
PCB; LL (C) QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN 11 GND 2 5 N.C Master Making
Male Housing Female Housing
CN1 M.-M Unit Upper 6 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW
12 Cover Safety SW 1 3 Unit Upper Cover
046-50507-xxx 1 1 N.C NRD16PIN Master Positioning Sensor Wire Harness Safety SW
N.C To TPH
2 2 -S 1 046-28026-xxx
3 3 GND(+18V-TPH) 2 CT3P
CT8PIN
4 4 GND(+18V-TPH) 3 13 GND 8 1 GND 3
GND Thermal
5 5 GND(+18V-TPH) 4 14 Thermal Pressure Sensor 7 2 Thermal Pressure Sensor 2 INTERRUPT
OUT Pressure
6 6 GND(+18V-TPH) 5 6 +5V (Cut Off) TYPE
20 -
Ground Wire (U3-80-R3) 15 +5V (Cut Off) 3 1 VCC
7 7 GND(+18V-TPH) 6 16 Thermal Pressure Motor 5 4 Thermal Pressure Motor Sensor
GND(+18V-TPH)
488-90030-xxx
8 8 7 17 Thermal Pressure Motor 4 5 Thermal Pressure Motor CT2P
IMAGETEC
9 9 N.C 18 GND 3 6 GND 2 Thermal

N.C 10 10 N.C 19 Master End Sensor (receive) 2 7 Master End Sensor (receive) 1 DC Pressure
To POWER SUPPLY UNIT N.C 11 11 N.C 20 +5V (Cut Off) 1 8 +5V (Cut Off) Motor
N.C 12 12 N.C
(Drawing No. 046-50103-02) N.C 13 13 N.C
TPH Power Master
CT3P Master Making Unit Wire Harness M.-M Upper Unit Wire Harness 3
N.C 14 14 N.C Connector Positioning 023-28240-xxx GND
N.C
Monitor 1 023-28239-xxx 2 OUT TRANSMITTIVE
Master End
15 15 N.C Sensor TYPE (RECEIVE)
GND 2 CN6 1 VCC Sensor (receive)
16 16 N.C Voltage GND 3
17 17 V-TPH(+18V) 8 CT3P
V-TPH(+18V)
Monitor
18 18 9
19 19 V-TPH(+18V) 10
20 20 V-TPH(+18V) 11
21 21 V-TPH(+18V) 12
V-TPH(+18V)
To: MASTER
22 22 13
23 23 +S 14
MAKING UNIT
24 24 CZ 6P SH 6P
TPH Drawer Connector U (G) 6
TPH 1 +5V
046-28037-xxx 2 GND 5
(Thermal Print Head) 3 RxD 4 RFM;B5J-0171
Mini CT28PIN Mini CT14P Mini CT14P 4 TxD
DF11 28PIN CN7 3
TPH256R51 5 _RST 2 444-59008
1(A1) TPH_CODE2 14 1(A1) TPH_CODE2 1
2(A2) 2(A2) 6 RUN 1
TPH_CODE3 13 TPH_CODE3 3 444-80004-xxx
4(A4) STB1 11 4(A4) STB1 7
To: M.-M. UNIT
5(A5) 5(A5) UPPER COVER Master Making RF Wire Harness
LAT1 10 LAT1 9
6(A6) GND 9 6(A6) GND 11
046-28038-xxx
7(A7) GND 8 7(A7) GND 13
8(A8) +5V 7 8(A8) +5V 15
9(A9) STB2 6 9(A9) STB2 17
10(A10) LAT2 5 10(A10) LAT2 19
11(A11) STB3 4 11(A11) STB3 21
12(A12) LAT3 3 12(A12) LAT3 23
13(A13) STB4 2 13(A13) STB4 25
14(A14) LAT4 1 14(A14) LAT4 27
Mini CT30PIN Mini CT30PIN
CN5 Drawer Plug(w/o hood) Drawer Plug(w/hood)
TPH Signal
15(B1) DI4 16 1(B1) DI4 28
16(B2)
Connector
CLK4 15 2(B2) CLK4 26
17(B3) DI3 14 3(B3) DI3 24
18(B4) CLK3 13 4(B4) CLK3 22
19(B5) DI2 12 5(B5) DI2 20
20(B6) CLK2 11 6(B6) CLK2 18
21(B7) +5V 10 7(B7) +5V 16
22(B8) +5V 9 8(B8) +5V 14
23(B9) GND 8 9(B9) GND 12
24(B10) DI1 7 10(B10) DI1 10
25(B11) CLK1 6 11(B11) CLK1 8
26(B12) TPH_CODE1 5 12(B12) TPH_CODE1 6
27(B13) THERMISTOR 4 13(B13) THERMISTOR 4
N.C 2 15(B15) N.C
N.C 1 16(B16) N.C
TPH Drawer Connector U (G)
TPH Drawer Connector H (G) Mini CT16P 046-28037-xxx
046-53014-xxx

Mini CT16P
< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
PAPER FEED AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-04)

Paper Feed Tray
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness Mini CT9P
Paper Feed Tray CT3P
046-53005-xxx 01 (purple) GND 03
CZ 20P CZ 17P Junction PCB II GND REFLECTIVE Paper Size
FE5P FE5P 02 (purple) Paper Size Sensor 02
01 GND 17 03 (purple) OUT
+5VS 01 TYPE
02 Paper Volume Detection Sensor B 16 01 (white) 046-12202-xxx VCC Sensor
GND 05
03 +5V (Cut Off) 15 02 (white) Paper Size Sensor 04
04 Paper Volume Detection Sensor A 14 03 (white) Paper Detection Sensor 03 CT3P
Paper Size Detection Sensor 13 CN4 CN1 04 (purple) GND 03
05 04 (white) Paper Width Potentiometer 02 GND REFLECTIVE Paper Detection
Paper Detection Sensor 12 05 (purple) Paper Detection Sensor 02
06 05 (white) +5VS 01 CN2 OUT
Paper Width Potentiometer 11 06 (purple) +5VS 01 TYPE
07 VCC Sensor
08 +5VS 10 Paper Feed Tray Flat Wire Cable

09 Upper Limit Sensor A 09 024-12607-xxx
CN4 Upper Limit Sensor B 08 CN1 CT3P
10
Paper Feed Pressure Sensor 07 07 (purple) GND 03 VCC
11 Paper Width
Paper Sensor (receive) 06 CZ6P 08 (purple) Paper Width Potentiometer 02 OUT
12
+5V (Cut Off) 05 09 (purple) +5VS 01 GND
13 Potentiometer
Paper Sensor (send) 04 01 GND
14 Paper Feed Tray Wire Harness
Paper Feed Tray Button (LED) 03 02 Paper Volume Detection Sensor B
15 046-12700-xxx
[Model: EZ2] 02 03 +5V (Cut Off)
16 GND
17 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 01 CN3
MECHANICAL 18 GND
Optional Special Stripper XR 3P 04 GND
CONTROL 19 Unit Detection Sensor CZ3P 05 Paper Volume Detection Sensor A
20 +5 (Cut Off) 3 1 3 Optional Special 06 +5V (Cut Off)
PCB; LL 2 2 2 GND INTERRUPT
1 3 1 OUT TYPE
Stripper Unit
046-50503-xxx VCC
Detection Sensor
Special Stripper Unit Wire harness CZ19P CZ18P

Paper Feed Area
CT2P
046-12705-xxx 01 GND 18 01 GND 02 01 Paper Feed Paper Sensor (Lower)
4) Paper Feed Area [EZ2 & EV2]
[Model: EV2] CT4P CT4P 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 17 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 01 02 Tray Button
03 Tray Button LED + 16 03
Wire Harness
Scraper Clutch +24V-A2 2 1 4 N.C Switch
MECHANICAL Paper Feed JunctionII 04 Tray Button LED - 15 04 N.C 046-12703-xxx
CT2P 3 Scraper
CONTROL 2 1 2 CL ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Send)
1 2 Scraper Clutch 1 2 1 Clutch PCB
PCB; LL (C) CT2P CT2P 03
05 Paper Sensor (send) 14 05 Paper Sensor (Send) 02 01 02 01 02 GND TRANSMITTING
Mini CT13P Wire Harness (Optional for Japan only) 046-12203-XXX
045-12612-xxx 06 +5V (Cut Off) 13 06 01 02 01 02 01 OUT
046-50507-xxx +5V (Cut Off) TYPE (Send)
01 Paper Sensor (Lower) VCC
02 Junction Harness
03 N.C CT3P 046-12704-xxx ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Receive)
04 N.C 07 GND 12 07 GND 03 01 N.C 03
05 Paper Feed Anti-Reverse Solenoid +24V-A 08 Paper Sensor (receive) 11 08 Paper Sensor (Receive) 02 02 02 GND TRANSMITTING
CN17 OUT
06 Paper Feed Anti-Reverse Solenoid 09 +5V (Cut Off) 10 09 +5V (Cut Off) 01 03 01 TYPE (Receive)
07 VCC
CT2P
08 2 1 Paper Sensor (Upper) Wire Harness
Anti-Reverse CN2
09 04 1 2 SOL 046-12702-xxx
10 03 Solenoid 10 GND 09 10 N.C
Paper Feed Paper Feed Pressure Sensor 08
11 02 11 11 N.C
Fan
20 -
12 01 12 +5V (Cut Off) 07 12 N.C
13 N.C CT4P
CT4P
IMAGETEC
4
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness 3 CT3P
046-53005-xxx Paper Feed 13 GND 06 13 GND 03
2 CL 14 Upper Limit Sensor B 05 14 Upper Limit Sensor B 02 GND INTERRUPT
1 Clutch 04 01 OUT Upper Limit Sensor B
15 +5V (Cut Off) 15 +5V (Cut Off) TYPE
VCC
16 GND 03 16 N.C
17 Upper Limit Sensor A 02 17 N.C
18 +5V (Cut Off) 01 18 N.C
19 N.C Safety Switch Junction
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness Wire Harness 046-12706-xxx
046-53005-xxx
CZ3P RELAY
CZ19P CONNECTOR CT4P Safety Switch Junction CT4P
Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch
Wire Harness 046-12706-xxx
19 01 01 04 01 04 01
18 GND 02 02 N.C 03 02 03 02 Paper Feed Tray
17 Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch +5V 03 03 02 03 02 03 Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch
16 N.C 01 04 01 04 Lead Wire Harness Upper Safety Switch
15 Paper Feed Safety Switch Wire Harness Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness 023-53023-xxx
14 046-53009-xxx CT4P
13 046-53005-xxx 04 01
12 N.C 03 02 N.C
CN23 11 N.C 02 03 N.C Paper Feed Tray
10 01 04
09 to MAIN UNIT AREA & to MASTER REMOVAL AREA Lower Safety Switch
08 Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch
07 (Drawing No. 046-50103-07) (Drawing No. 046-50103-08)
06 Lead Wire Harness
05 023-53023-xxx
04
03
02
01
NOTE: Elevator Motor for the Paper Feed Tray is listed on MASTER REMOVAL AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-08).

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
SCANNER AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-05)
NOTE:
FB Stage Cover Sensor and FB Read Pulse Motor is
REFLECTIVE
TYPE
on the MAIN UNIT AREA Drawing No. 046-50103-07
(USHIO)
LAMP
VCC
OUT
GND
CT3P
1
3
2
Original Detection
Sensor
UXFL-08YG37P2
5) Scanner Area [EZ2 & EV2]
1
2
3
1
4
VH4P
CT3P
1
3
2

046-53008-xxx
CN2
Mini CT12P Mini CT7P

RELAY PCB CT3P
1 GND 7 1 +5V
2 /LAMP 6 2 Original Detection Sensor
CN1
3 +24V-A 5 CN3 3 GND

Inverter
PXZ170E4-B
(USHIO)
CN3 4 GND 4
5 Original Detection Sensor 3
CN1
1
2
3
4
6 +5V 2
7 FB/AF HP Sensor 1
[Model: EZ2] 8 +24V-A
5597 4P
9 +5V 5597 4P
Detailed Drawing MECHANICAL 10
20 -
OUT For Original Illumination (SPARE) CT3P 1 +24V
CONTROL 11 GND 2 ON/OFF
1
12
IMAGETEC
N.C 2 CN2 3 GND

PCB; LL CN4 4 FG
[Model: EZ2] 01 (A1) +5V 01 3
046-50503-xxx
MECHANICAL 02 (B1) GND 02
03 (A2) SD0 03
CONTROL 04 (B2) GND 04
PCB; LL 05 (A3) SD1 05 [Model: EV2] 1
06 (B3) GND 06 OUT
046-50503-xxx MECHANICAL 2
GND
INTERRUPT
07 (A4) SD2 07 3 TYPE FB/AF HP Sensor
08 (B4) GND 08 CONTROL VCC
09 (A5) SD3 09 PCB; LL (C)
[Model: EV2] 10 (B5) GND 10
11 (A6) SD4 11 046-50507-xxx
MECHANICAL 12 (B6) GND 12 HIF3BA34P HIF3BA34P
CONTROL 13 (A7) SD5 13
01 (A1) 01
14 (B7) GND 14 CCD PCB
PCB; LL (C) 02 (B1) 02
15 (A8) SD6 15
03 (A2) 03
046-50507-xxx 16 (B8) GND 16 CCD PCB
17 (A9) SD7 17
18 (B9) GND 18 CN6 CN1
CN3 19 (A10) DCLK 19
CN1
20 (B10) GND 20 32 (B16) 32
21 (A11) /LST 21 33 (A17) 33
22 (B11) GND 22 34 (B17) 34
23 (A12) TRIG 23
24 (B12) /AKEN 24 Scanner Unit
25 (A13) SDIN 25
26 (B13) SDOUT 26 Lead Harness
27 (A14) SDCLK 27
28 (B14) /GAEN 28
29 (A15) /RESET 29
30 (B15) GND 30 SCANNER UNIT
31 (A16) +5V 31
32 (B16) GND 32
33 (A17) +24V-A 33
34 (B17) GND 34 046-30001-xxx

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
PAPER RECEIVING AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-06)
CZ32P
1(A1) N.C.
2(A2)
N.C.
3(A3) Suction Unit Wire Harness; L
N.C. Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness
4(A4)

N.C. Panel Mount
5(A5) N.C. 046-21803-xxx
6(A6)
046-53017-xxx CZ19P
N.C. XR4P/CT4P
7(A7) Suction Fan +24V-A 19 1 4 1
8(A8) Suction Fan GND 18 2 3 2
9(A9) N.C. 17 3 2 3 N.C
10(A10) Suction Fan PWM 16 4 1 4
Suction Fan
11(A11) Paper Ejection Motor +24V-B 15 5
12(A12) Paper Ejection Motor GND 14 6 XR2P/CT2P
13(A13) N.C. N.C. 13 7 N.C. 2
14(A14) N.C. 12 8 N.C. 1 DC
N.C.
15(A15) N.C. 11 9 N.C.
Paper Ejection Motor
N.C.
16(A16) N.C. 10 10 N.C.
N.C.
CN21
XR3P
17(B1) GND 9 11 3
6) Paper Receiving Area [EZ2 & EV2]
GND
18(B2) Paper Ejection FG Sensor 8 12 2 OUT INTERRUPT
19(B3) +5V (Cut Off) 7 13 1 VCC TYPE Paper Ejection FG Sensor
20(B4) N.C. 6 14
N.C. N.C.
21(B5) N.C. N.C. 5 15 N.C.
22(B6) N.C. 4 16
N.C. N.C.
23(B7) GND 3 17
[Model: EZ2] 24(B8) Paper Ejection Sensor 2 18
25(B9) +5V (Cut Off) 1 19
MECHANICAL 26(B10) GND CZ 3P XR 3P
Yellow Yellow XR3P/CT3P CT3P
27(B11) Main Motor FG Sensor 3 1 3 3 1 3
GND
28(B12) +5V (Cut Off) 2 2 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 2 2 2
OUT REFLECTIVE
20 -
CONTROL PCB; LL 29(B13) 1 3 1 3 1
N.C. (Drawing No. 046-50103-02) 1 VCC TYPE Paper Ejection Sensor
30(B14) N.C.
IMAGETEC
046-50503-xxx 31(B15) N.C. Paper Ejection Sensor

32(B16) N.C.
Wire Harness
023-21703-xxx
[Model: EV2]
SUCTION UNIT
MECHANICAL
CONTROL PCB; LL (C)
046-50507-xxx
CT4P/XR4P
Separation Fan 1 +24V 4 1
Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness Separation Fan 1 GND 3 2
CZ18P XR3P
046-53017-xxx N.C 2 3 N.C
1 Separation Fan 1 +24V-BIL 3 1 Separation Fan 1 PWM 1 4
Separation Fan 1
2 Separation Fan 1 GND 2 2
3 Separation Fan 1 PWM 1 3
4 N.C Separation Fan
5 N.C Wire Harness
6 N.C 046-21802-xxx
7 N.C
8 N.C
9 N.C
10 Pressure Solenoid +24V-A
CN19 11 Pressure Solenoid
12 N.C XR2P/CT2P
13 N.C 2 1
14 N.C
1 2 SOL
15 N.C
SEPARATION FAN UNIT
16 N.C
17 N.C
18 N.C
Pressure Solenoid 1
< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
MAIN UNIT AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-07)

Clamp Wire Harness
Clamp Unit 023-26018-xxx CAUTION:
FB Upper Wire Harness Relay
CT6P CT3P (white) Note that the two PH11P
046-53008-xxx 6 1 3 GND wires are crossed 1
MCT30P 5 2 2 INTERRUPT 2
1(A1) GND 4 3 1 OUT Clamp Sensor A Mini CT14P
TYPE CT6P 3
2(A2) Clamp Sensor A VCC 4
1 Read Pulse Motor A +24V-A 4 1
3(A3) +5V (Cut Off) CT3P (blue) 5
4(A4) 3 4 2 Read Pulse Motor B 3 2
6
GND 3 GND 3 Read Pulse Motor /A 2 3 PM
Read Pulse
5(A5) Clamp Sensor B 2 5 2 INTERRUPT 7
6(A6) 1 6 OUT Clamp Sensor B 4 Read Pulse Motor /B 1 4 8
+5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE Motor
7(A7) GND VCC Pulse Motor 9
8(A8) FB Stage Cover Sensor CT3P FB Upper Wire Harness Lead Wire; MZ 10
9(A9) +5V 3 024-53057-xxx 11
10(A10)
GND 045-53008-xxx
CN2 GND 2 INTERRUPT FB Stage Cover
11(A11) Vertical Print Positioning HP Sensor 1 OUT
TYPE
12(A12) +5V (Cut Off) VCC Sensor CT6P
13(A13)
CT6P
GND CT6P (blue) CT3P 5 6 A
V.-Print Positioning Motor A +24V-A 6 1
14(A14) Lower Limit Sensor 6 1 3 Vertical Print
15(A15)
GND 6 V.-Print Positioning Motor B 5 2 5 B
+5V (Cut Off) 5 2 2 INTERRUPT Vertical Print
OUT Positioning 7 N.C N.C 4 3 N.C N.C 4
[Model: EZ2] 16(B1) 4 3 1 TYPE 8 N.C N.C 3 4 N.C N.C 3 PM
VCC HP Sensor Positioning
MECHANICAL CN18 9 V.-Print Positioning Motor /A 2 5 2 /A
CT3P 10 1 6 1
to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 4 3 V.-Print Positioning Motor /B /B
3 GND Lower Pulse Motor
CONTROL (Drawing No. 046-50103-02) 5 11 N.C
2 2 INTERRUPT 12 CT2P
30(B15) 1 6 1 OUT Limit N.C
PCB; LL TYPE 13
7) Main Unit Area [EZ2 & EV2]
VCC Clamp Motor +24-BIL 2 1

Sensor 14 Clamp Motor 1 2 DC
046-50503-xxx Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness
046-53005-xxx [Model: EZ2] Vertical Pos. Motor
Clamp Unit Junction Harness
[Model: EV2] Relay Connector MECHANICAL FB Upper Wire Harness
Panel Mount Clamp Motor 046-53012-xxx
CZ17P CZ17P XR 2P (grey)
045-53008-xxx
MECHANICAL CONTROL
1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 17 1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT
CONTROL 2 Auto Shut OFF 16 2 Auto Shut OFF 1 PCB; LL
PCB; LL (C) (Drawing No. 046-50103-02) 046-50503-xxx 4 1 Rear Cover Safety Switch (Left)
Auto Shut OFF N.C 3 CT
046-50507-xxx XR 2P (grey) N.C 2 4P < on the paper ejection side >
3 Copy Counter +24V-B 15 3 Copy Counter +24V-B
[Model: EV2] 1 4
2 CZ19P
4 Copy Counter 14 4 Copy Counter 1 COUNTER Copy Counter MECHANICAL Rear Cover Safety SW Lead Wire 023-53026-xxx
5 Master Counter +24V-B 13 5 Master Counter +24V-B 1 Rear Cover Safety Switch 4 1
6 Master Counter 12 6 Master Counter XR 2P (yellow) CONTROL N.C 3 CT
2 N.C
7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 11 7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 2 N.C 2 4P
8 M-M-Unit Lock SOL 10 8 1 COUNTER Master Counter PCB; LL (C) 3 Rear Cover Safety Switch 1 4
Rear Cover Safety Switch (Right)
M-M-Unit Lock SOL
XR 2P (yellow) 046-50507-xxx 4 Master Disp. Box Safety SW < on the paper feeding side >
20 -
CN16 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A 9 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A 2 1 Master Making Unit 5 GND to MASTER REMOVAL AREA
10 Drum Lock SOL 8 10 Drum Lock SOL
7
1 2 SOL 6 Master Disp. Box Safety SW (Drawing No. 046-50103-08)
11
IMAGETEC
N.C N.C 11 Lock Solenoid

12 Horizontal Pulse Motor A +24V-BIL 6 12 XR 2P (yellow) 7 Master Making Unit Safety SW 6 1 6 1 4 1
13 Horizontal Pulse Motor B 5 13 2 1 Print Drum 5 5 GND
4 8 2 Master Making Unit
3 XR
14 N.C N.C 14 GND 2
3
1 2 SOL N.C 2 4P
15 N.C N.C 15 Lock Solenoid Master Making Unit Safety SW 3 4 3
2 9 4 1 4 Safety Switch
16 Horizontal Pulse Motor /A 16 Lower F (G) Wire Harness CZ CZ
17 Horizontal Pulse Motor /B 1 17 CN23 10 Print Drum Safety SW 3 6P 4 3 6P 4 4 1
046-53015-xxx 11 5 2 5 GND 3 Print Drum
GND 2
Lower R (G) Wire Harness N.C 2 XR
12 Print Drum Safety SW 1 6 1 6 1 4P 4 Safety Switch
046-53016-xxx 13 Paper Jam SW Lower R (G) Wire Harness Lower F (G) Wire Harness
N.C 046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx
14
Mini Relay 15 Paper Jam SW Jumper Wire
Mini CT40P CT40P 16 N.C
1(A1) 20(A20) 1(A1)
17 P.-Feed Tray Safety SW
18 GND to PAPER FEED AREA
20(A20) 1(A1) 20(A20) to PRINT DRUM AREA 19 P.-Feed Tray Safety SW
(Drawing No. 046-50103-04)
21(B1) 40(B20) 21(B1) (Drawing No. 046-50103-10)
Interlock Wire Harness
26(B6) 35(B15) 26(B6) CT3P 046-53009-xxx
27(B7) GND 34(B14) 27(B7) GND 3
28(B8) 33(B13) 28(B8)
GND INTERRUPT Master Making
M-M-Unit Lock Sensor M-M-Unit Lock Sensor 2
29(B9) +5V 32(B12) 29(B9) +5V 1 OUT TYPE Unit Lock Sensor
CN15 VCC
CT3P
30(B10) GND 31(B11) 30(B10) 3
31(B11) Front Door Set Sensor 30(B10) 31(B11)
GND
2 INTERRUPT
32(B12) +5V 29(B9) 32(B12) 1 OUT
TYPE
33(B13) Drum Release Switch 28(B8) 33(B13) VCC Front Cover Sensor
34(B14) Drum Release GND 27(B7) 34(B14)
35(B15) Drum Release LED+ 26(B6) 35(B15) CT4P (white)
36(B16) Drum Release LED- 25(B5) 36(B16) 4 1
37(B17) M-M-Unit Release Switch 24(B4) 37(B17) 3 2
38(B18) M-M-Unit Release GND 23(B3) 38(B18) 2 3
39(B19) 22(B2) 39(B19)
Print Drum Release Button Switch
M-M-Unit Release LED+ 1 4 LED
40(B20) M-M-Unit Release LED- 21(B1) 40(B20)
CT4P
4 1
Lower R (G) Wire Harness 3 2
2 3
046-53016-xxx 1 4 LED
Master Making Unit Release Button Switch
Lower F (G) Wire Harness
046-53015-xxx

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
MASTER REMOVAL AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-08)
Master Removal Unit

CZ15P (yellow) CZ30P XR 3P (yellow)
01 GND (A15) 15 01 (A1) GND 03
02 Master Compression FG Sensor 14 02 Master Compression FG Sensor 02 GND INTERRUPT Master Compression
03 +5V (Cut Off) 13 03 +5V (Cut Off) 01 OUT TYPE
04 GND 12 04 GND VCC FG Sensor
05 Master Removal Sensor 11 05 Master Removal Sensor
06 +5V (Cut Off) 10 06 +5V (Cut Off) XR 3P (yellow)
GND

07 GND 09 07 03
08 Master Loading Sensor 08 08 Master Loading Sensor 02 GND ACTUATOR Master Removal
CN22 09 +5V (Cut Off) 07 09 +5V (Cut Off) 01 OUT TYPE
10 GND 06 10 GND VCC Sensor
11 Master Compression HP Sensor 05 11 Master Compression HP Sensor
13 GND 03 13 GND 03
14 Master Removal Motor FG Sensor 02 14 Master Removal Motor FG Sensor 02 GND REFLECTIVE Master Loading
15 +5V (Cut Off) (A1) 01 15 (A15) +5V (Cut Off) 01 OUT TYPE
VCC Sensor
M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness M.-Rmv. Unit Wire Harness
XR 3P (grey)
046-53019-xxx 046-24200-xxx 03
CZ13P (yellow) 02 GND INTERRUPT Master Compression
01 OUT
VCC TYPE HP Sensor

01 GND (B15) 30 16 (B1) GND
02 Master Disposal Box Set Sensor 29 17 Master Disposal Box Set Sensor
03 +5V 28 18 +5V XR 3P (grey)
04 N.C 27 19 03
Master Compression Motor +24V-BIL N.C N.C Master Compression Motor +24V-BIL 02 GND INTERRUPT Master Removal
05 26 20
06 Master Compression Motor 25 21 Master Compression Motor 01 OUT
VCC TYPE Motor FG Sensor
07 N.C 24 22
Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL N.C N.C Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL
08 23 23
8) Master Removal Area [EZ2 & EV2]
CN20 09 Master Removal Motor 22 24 Master Removal Motor

10 N.C 21 25
Elevator Motor +24V-A N.C N.C M.-Rmv. Unit Wire Harness
11 20 26
12 N.C 19 27 046-24200-xxx
Elevator Motor N.C N.C XR 3P (yellow)
13 18 28
17 29 03
N.C N.C 02 GND INTERRUPT Master Disposal
(B1) 16 30 (B15)
[Model: EZ2] M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness N.C N.C 01 OUT TYPE
VCC Box Set Sensor
MECHANICAL 046-53019-xxx
XR 2P (yellow)
CONTROL 02
01 DC
Master Compression
20 - 10
PCB; LL Elevator Unit Motor
CT3P/XR 3P
IMAGETEC
046-50503-xxx (grey)
CT2P
03 01 Elevator Motor XR 2P (grey)
01 02 02
[Model: EV2] Elevator Motor DC 02 01 03 Elevator Motor +24V-A 02 Master Removal
01 DC
MECHANICAL Motor
CONTROL to Machine
Elevator Motor Wire Harness
PCB; LL (C) 023-12602-xxx
046-50507-xxx
CZ19P(yellow)
1 Rear Cover Safety SW
2 N.C to MAIN UNIT AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-07)
3 Rear Cover Safety SW CZ 4P(yellow) XR4P(yellow)/CT4P
4 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 04 01 04 01 Master Disposal
5 GND 03 02 03 02
N.C 02 03 02 03
6 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 01 04 01 04 Box Safety SW
7 Master Making Unit Safety SW Master Disposal Box Lead Wire
8 GND M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness 023-53025-xxx
9 Master Making Unit Safety SW 046-53019-xxx
CN23 10 Print Drum Safety SW
11 GND
12 Print Drum Safety SW
13 Paper Jam SW to PAPER FEED AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-04)
14 N.C
15 Paper Jam SW
to MAIN UNIT AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-07)
16 N.C
18 GND
M.-Rmv. Safety SW Wire Harness

046-53009-xxx
< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
OPERATION PANEL AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-09)
Operation Panel Unit

FE30P FE30P
01 GND2 01
02 GND2 02
03 VCC2 03
04 VCC2 04
05 COM0 05
06 COM1 06 Connector soldered
07 COM2 07
08 COM3 08 directly on the PCB.
09 SW 09
[Model: EZ2] 10 SOUT 10
11 SCK 11
MECHANICAL 12 LATCH 12
CZ10P CZ9P 13 /SEG10 13
CONTROL 14 /SEG11 14
01 WAKE_UP_LED 09 15 /SEG12 15
PCB; LL WAKE_UP_SW 08
9) Operation Panel Area [EZ2 & EV2]
02 CN3 16 /SEG13 16 CN5

046-50503-xxx 03 GND 07 17 GND2 17
04 GND 06 18 /KOUT0 18
05 /RESET 05 19 /KOUT1 19
[Model: EV2] CN8 06 PANEL_RXD 04 CN1 20 /KOUT2 20
07 PANEL_TXD 03 21 /KOUT3 21
MECHANICAL 08 +5VS 02 22 /KIN0 22
09 +5VS 01 23 /KIN1 23
CONTROL 10 N.C 24 /KIN2 24
PCB; LL (C) M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness 25 /KIN3 25
26 /KIN4 26
20 - 11
046-50507-xxx 046-53019-xxx 27 /KIN5 27
28 WUP_LED 28
IMAGETEC
29 /WAKE_UP 29
30 GND2 30
FFC MAIN-SW-PCB
023-37022-xxx
FE21P FE21P
01 /KIN5 01
02 /KIN4 02
03 /KIN3 03
04 /KIN2 04
05 /KIN1 05
Connector soldered
06 /KIN0 06 directly on the PCB.
07 /KOUT7 07
08 /KOUT6 08
09 /KOUT5 09
10 /KOUT4 10
CN4 11 LATCH 11 CN6
12 SCK 12
13 SOUT 13
14 COM3 14
15 COM2 15
16 COM1 16
17 COM0 17
18 VCC2 18
19 VCC2 19
20 GND2 20
21 GND2 21
LED-PNL-CTL-PCB FFC SUB-SW-PCB-LL
046-37001-xxx 046-37002-xxx

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
PRINT DRUM AREA (Drawing No. 046-50103-10)
TMP-2P
1 N.C
PRINT DRUM UNIT
CN4 2 N.C
Drum Drawer H (G) Wire Harness Drum Drawer Unit Wire Harness DRUM PCB II
Lower F (G) Wire Harness CT5P
Lower R (G) Wire Harness 046-17100-xxx 046-17178-xxx 5
046-53018-xxx Mini CT Drawer 4/12P Inking Motor GND
046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx 4 OUT Ink Sensor

Mini CT40P 3 OUT
Mini CT40P Mini CT12P Mini CT5P Mini CT5P 2 Assembly
Mini CT16P OUT
1(A1) Inking Motor OUT 20(A20) 1(A1) Inking Motor OUT 12 1 5 1 Inking Motor OUT 12 1 N.C 1 VCC
2(A2) Inking Motor +24V 19(A19) 2(A2) Inking Motor +24V 11 2 4 2 Inking Motor +24V 11 2 N.C
3(A3) Inking Motor FG Signal 18(A18) 3(A3) Inking Motor FG Signal 10 3 3 3 Inking Motor FG Signal 10 3 N.C Bottle Set SW1
4(A4) 17(A17) 4(A4)
1
Bottle Set Switch Bottle Set Switch 9 4 2 4 Bottle Set Switch 9 4 GND
5(A5) Temperature Sensor 16(A16) 5(A5) Temperature Sensor 8 5 1 8 2
5 Temperature Sensor 5 Overflow Sensor N.C
6(A6) 15(A15) 6(A6) Ink Sensor Ink Sensor 3
Ink Sensor 6
7(A7) Overflow Sensor 14(A14) 7(A7) Overflow Sensor Mini CT7P Mini CT7P 7 Temperature Sensor
8(A8) HEL5-RUN 13(A13) 8(A8) HEL5-RUN 7 6 7 1 Ink Sensor 7 8 +5VH 1 Bottle Set SW2
CT3P
9(A9) EEPCDI 12(A12) 9(A9) EEPCDI 6 7 6 2 Overflow Sensor 6 CN3 9 GND 3 1 2
10(A10) EEPCD0 11(A11) 10(A10) EEPCD0 HEL5-RUN N.C
5 8 5 3 5 10 Bottle Set Switch 2 2 3
11(A11) EEPCLK 10(A10) 11(A11) EEPCLK 4 9 4 4 EEPCDI 4 11 +5VH 1
EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCD0 CN1 3 N.C Bottle Set SW Assembly
12(A12) 9(A9) 12(A12) 3 10 5 3 12 GND
3 023-17026-xxx
13(A13) GND 8(A8) 13(A13) N.C 2 11 2 6 EEPCLK 2 13 Inking Motor FG CT3P
14(A14) +5VH 7(A7) 14(A14) N.C 1 12 1 7 EEPCS/HEL5-RESET 1 14 +5VH 3
Twist the RF-TAG GND
10) Print Drum Area [EZ2 & EV2]
15(A15) +5VH 6(A6) 15(A15) +5VH 15 Inking Motor +24V 2 INTERRUPT Inking Motor
Antenna cord. OUT
CN15 16(A16) GND 5(A5) 16(A16) GND Mini CT4P Power PIN Power PIN 16 Inking Motor OUT 1 TYPE
Soldered VCC
17(A17) HEL5-RXD 4(A4) 17(A17) HEL5-RXD 4 1 4 4 GND 5 XA-5P
FG Sensor
18(A18) HEL5-TXD 3(A3) 18(A18) HEL5-TXD 3 2 3 3 HEL5-RXD 4 Drum Unit (G) Wire Harness CT2P
19(A19) EEPCS/HEL5-RESET 2(A2) 19(A19) N.C 2 3 2 2 HEL5-TXD 3 2
20(A20) HEL5-RUN 1(A1) 20(A20) N.C 2 046-17101-xxx
N.C 1 4 1 1 +5VH CN2 1 DC Inking Motor
1
CT3P (AWG22)
21(B1) GND 40(B20) 21(B1)
AWG22 is used
[Model: EZ2] GND 3
22(B2) 39(B19) 22(B2)
GND GND Sequential Pin SH 6P
Print Drum Lock Sensor Drum Lock Sensor 2 INTERRUPT Print Drum CZ 6P
MECHANICAL 23(B3) +5V 38(B18) 23(B3) +5V 1 OUT TYPE (1P - 3P AWG20) 1 +5V 6
24(B4) GND 37(B17) 24(B4) N.C VCC Lock Sensor 2 GND 5
CONTROL 25(B5) Horizontal HP Sensor 36(B16) 25(B5) N.C 3 RxD 4
26(B6) +5V (Cut Off) 35(B15) 26(B6) N.C CN5 4 TxD 3 RFM;B5J-0171
PCB; LL 27(B7) 34(B14) 27(B7) 5 _RST 2
6 RUN 1
444-59008
20 - 12
046-50503-xxx to MAIN UNIT AREA
IMAGETEC
40(B20) 21(B1) 40(B20)

[Model: EV2]
(Drawing No. 046-50103-07)
MECHANICAL
CONTROL
PCB; LL (C)
046-50507-xxx
Mini CT8P
1 HEL3 +5V N.C
2 HEL3 GND N.C
3 HEL3 TXD N.C
4 HEL3 RXD N.C
CN14 5 HEL3 /RESET N.C
6 HEL3 STOP N.C
7 HEL3 RUN N.C
8 HEL3 Connection Signal N.C
< Model EZ2 / EV2 >
OPTIONS (Drawing No. 046-50103-11)
MI2-8P MI2-8P AFVI Inner Junction Connector

N.C 7A 1A N.C 045-50200-xxx
AF-VI Inner Junction Connector
N.C 6A 2A N.C
045-50200-xxx N.C 5A 3A N.C
N.C 4A 4A N.C 53253-1010
Mini CT11P Mini CT10P Mini CT10P
+5V (normal) 3A 5A +5V (normal)
1 GND 10 1 GND 2A 6A GND 10
3 +5V (normal) 8 3 N.C 8B 1B N.C 8
4 +5V (normal) 7 4 +5V (normal) 7B 2B +5V (normal) 7
5 TXD 6 5 TXD 6B 3B TXD 6
CN10 6 RXD 5 6 RXD 5B 4B RXD 5
11) Options-1 [EZ2 & EV2]
7 /RTS 4 7 /RTS 4B 5B /RTS 4

8 /CTS 3 8 /CTS 3B 6B /CTS 3 AF-VI II
9 /AF IRQ 2 9 /AF IRQ 2B 7B /AF IRQ 2
10 EXIST 1 10 EXIST 1B 8B EXIST 1
11 N.C
DF1B 6P DF1B 3P DF1B 3P MI2-7P MI2-7P 53258-0220

1 GND 1 1 4 4 GND 1
2 N.C N.C 2 2 N.C 3 3 +24V-C 2
3 N.C 3 3 N.C 2 2 N.C
CN11 4 N.C to MECHA-CTLK 1 1 to AF-FG
5 N.C PCB FG
6 +24V-C
AF Unit VI Connection Kit
XH12P XH12P
CN34 GND 1
1
2 N.C 2
3 A Signal 3 Job Separator IV;N II
4 B Signal 4
5 GND 5
20 - 13
6 +5V 6
[Model: EZ2] CN1 7 GND 7 CN10
IMAGETEC
8 +24V-OP 8
MECHANICAL 9 BUSY 9
10 Tape Jam 10
CONTROL 11 Tape Detection 11
12 Sorter Detection 12
PCB; LL JS Junction Wire Harness Assembly
046-50503-xxx 046-91000-xxx
Mini CT17P Mini Junction CT17P
[Model: EV2]
1 17 1 GND(5V) 15
MECHANICAL 2 16 2 GND(5V) 14
3 15 3 CC-CLK 13
CONTROL 4 14 4 /CC-LST 12
5 13 5 /CC-DATA 11
PCB; LL (C) 6 12 6 /CARD-REQ 10
7 11 7 RXD 9
046-50507-xxx 8 10 8 TXD 8 Key/Card Counter IV; N
9 9 9 /CUNT-OP 7
10 8 10 /CUNT-SET 6
11 7 11 /Master Count 5
CN7 12 6 12 /Copy Count 4
13 5 13 /CARD-ACK 3
14 4 14 +5V 2
15 3 15 +5V 1
16 /CARD_EXIST N.C 2 16 N.C
17 /EXIST_GND N.C 1 17 N.C
Key/Card Counter IV Wire harness

112-51007-xxx
CN27

< Model EZ2 / EV2 >

CZ 30P CZ 30P
1(A1) IPF_DATA 15(A15) 1 D0 1
2(A2) ROSA_EXIT 14(A14) D2
2 2
3(A3) GND 13(A13) D4
3 3 [Model: EZ2]
4(A4) SH_TXD 12(A12) D6
4 4
5(A5) SH_CTS 11(A11) 5 GND(3.3V) 5 Ethernet-PCB
6(A6) SH_RXD 10(A10) 6 D8 6

7(A7) SH_RTS 9(A9)
7 D10 7
046-50512-xxx
8(A8) SH_SCK 8(A8) D12
8 8
9(A9) PS_SLEEP 7(A7) D14
9 9
10(A10) PRINT_INT 6(A6) 10 +3.3V 10
11(A11) SCAN_INT 5(A5) +3.3V
[Model: EV2]
11 11
12(A12) WP_SW 4(A4) 12 A0 12 Ethernet-PCB(C)
13(A13) WP_SNR 3(A3) A2
13 13
14(A14) WP_LED 2(A2) 14 A4 046-50514-xxx
14
15(A15) ROSA_SLEEP 1(A1) GND(3.3V)
15 15
16(B1) AXU 30(B15) A6
CN9 CN2 16 16
17(B2) IFS_DATA3 29(B14) 17 A8 17
18(B3) IFS_DATA2 28(B13) 18 A10 18
19(B4) IFS_DATA1 27(B12) 19 A12 19
20(B5) IFS_DATA0 26(B11) 20 GND(3.3V) 20
21(B6) GND 25(B10) 21 /BUSY 21
22(B7) IFS_DCLK 24(B9) 22 /OE 22
23(B8) GND 23(B8) 23 /LB 23
24(B9) IFS_HE 22(B7) 24 GND(3.3V) 24
25(B10) IFS_LST 21(B6) 25 /INTRET 25
26(B11) IFP_VSYNC 20(B5) 26 D1 26
27(B12) GND 19(B4) D3
20 - 14
27 27
28(B13) IFP_DCLK 18(B3) CN8 28 D5 28
IMAGETEC
29(B14) IFP_LST 17(B2) 29 D7 29

30(B15) IFP_HE 16(B1) 30 GND(3.3V) 30
31 D9 31
32 D11 32
33 D13 33
[Model: EZ2] NeoROSA Wire Harness 34 D15 34
35 +3.3V 35
046-53010-xxx [Model: EZ2] 36 +3.3V 36
MECHANICAL CONTROL NeoROSA-PCB; OP 37 A1 37
38 A3 38
PCB; LL 046-50503-xxx 046-50515-xxx 39 A5 39
40 GND(3.3V) 40
41 A7 41
42 A9 42
[Model: EV2] [Model: EV2] 43 A11 43
NeoROSA-PCB; OP(C) 44 /RESET 44
MECHANICAL CONTROL 45 GND(3.3V) 45
046-50516-xxx 46 /CE 46
47 R/W 47
PCB; LL (C) 046-50507-xxx 48 /UB 48
49 /CONNECT 49
50 /INT 50
BOARD to BOARD
XA 4P
1 N.C
2 N.C
CN7 3 N.C
4 N.C

< Model EZ3 / EV3 > Model EZ3 : MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;L 046-50504-xxx
Model EV3 : MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;L (C) 046-50508-xxx
CN23
INTERLOCK
2. EZ3 & EV3
PAPER FEED AREA 1

MASTER REMOVAL AREA
CN4
(Paper feed tray)
CN20
(Motors)

(Clutch & Solenoids) (Sensors)
CN17
CN22
MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB;L
HEL SIGNAL
CN3
SCANNER SENSORs
CN14
PRINT DRUM AREA
MACHINE FRONT AREA SCANNER I/F
CN6
CN15
(Switchs & Sensors)
CN16
CN21
(Counter & Solenoids) (Main Motor FG sensor)

Drawing No. 046-50102-07 SEPARATION FAN UNIT Drawing No. 046-50102-06
MACHINE REAR AREA (Pressure Control Pulse Motor,
CN18
CN19
(Motors)
20 - 15
Press Solenoid)
IMAGETEC
POWER CONTROL
CN2
(Rear Sensors) OPERATION PANEL AREA
OPTIONAL RIP I/F
CN9
MAIN MOTOR RELAY
CN6
CN7
CN30
MASTER MAKING AREA
CN13
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
MASTER MAKING AREA
Drawing No. 046-50102-02
Drawing No. 046-50102-13
POWER INPUT
CN3
CN1
MASTER MAKING AREA
CN25
CN5
(TPH)
AF AF JOB KEY CARD
OPTIONS
Drawing No. 046-50102-11
to MAIN MOTOR
Drawing No. 046-50102-12

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

CT3P Main Motor FG Sensor
to PAPER RECEIVING AREA 1 3 GND
2 2 OUT Interrupt
(Drawing No. 046-50102-06) 3 1 5V Type TPH Drawer Connector H (G)
QR/P1 24P
046-53014-xxx
VL2P VL2P -S
1 2
2 2 2
1 1 M-OUT(-) 1

4 GNDh(+18V GND) 5
5 GNDh(+18V GND) 6
7 GNDh(+18V GND) 8
046-53011-xxx GNDh(+18V GND)
8 9
9 N.C 10
10 N.C 11
12
XR4P XR4P CN5 13
1 IL-RL 4 11 N.C 14
2 N.C N.C 3 12 N.C 15
CN30 3 N.C N.C 2 CN7 13 Vh(+18V) 16
4 IL-24V 1 14 Vh(+18V) 17 to MASTER MAKING AREA
15 Vh(+18V) 18
[Model: EZ3] FB Upper Wire Harness
16 Vh(+18V) 19
mini CT30P
046-53008-xxx 17 Vh(+18V) 20
(Drawing No. 046-50102-13)
MECHANICAL CONTROL 18 Vh(+18V) 21
19 Vh(+18V) 22
1(A1) +S
PCB; L 046-50504-xxx 20 23
24
to MAIN UNIT AREA

[Model: EV3] (Drawing No. 046-50102-07) POWER SUPPLY UNIT Ground Wire TPH Power Drawer Connector
15(A15)
MECHANICAL CONTROL 16(B1) N.C < PS19-NWW > VH3P
17(B2) N.C
PCB; L (C) 046-50508-xxx 18(B3) N.C 1 N.C
19(B4) N.C 046-50510-xxx CN9 2 N.C
CT10P 3 N.C
20(B5) N.C
CN2 21(B6) GND(24V) 10
22(B7) /PF 9 (100V / 200V)
23(B8) /TPH CTL 8
24(B9) +24V-ON 7
25(B10) SLEEP 6
26(B11) DA CLK 5
CN2
27(B12) DA LAT 4
20 - 16
28(B13) DA DATA 3
GND
IMAGETEC
29(B14) 2
30(B15) PWM 1

046-53008-xxx
VH10P VH9P
1 GND(+5.1V GND) 1
2 GND(+5.1V GND) 2
3 +5.1V 3
4 +5.1V 4
5 GND(+24V GND) 5
CN25 VH7P
7 +24V-B 7
8 8
+24V-OP 2
9 N.C 9
AC(N)-SW-IN 3 3
10 Power Cord (E) 488-00048-xxx
CN6 4
FB Upper Wire Harness AC(N)-SW-OUT 4 5
6
Power Cord (U) 488-00050-xxx
046-53008-xxx AC(L)-SW-OUT 6 7
Power Cord (C) 488-00049-xxx
Main Switch
2
XR2P CT2P 5 6
+
- 4
6 3 4 3
1
(Drawing No. 046-50102-07) 1 2 1
AJ8R2021BBC

046-50013-xxx
< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

Paper Feed Tray
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness Paper Feed Tray Mini CT9P CT3P
CZ 20P
046-53005-xxx CZ 17P Junction PCB II 01 (purple) GND 03
02 (purple) Paper Size Sensor GND REFLECTIVE Paper Size
FE5P FE5P 02
01 GND 17 046-12202-xxx 03 (purple) OUT
+5VS 01 TYPE
02 Paper Volume Detection Sensor B 16 01 (white) VCC
GND 05 Sensor
03 +5V (Cut Off) 15 02 (white) Paper Size Sensor 04
Paper Size Detection Sensor 13 CN4 Paper Width Potentiometer CN1 04 (purple) GND 03
05 04 (white) 02 GND REFLECTIVE
Paper Detection Sensor 12 05 (purple) Paper Detection Sensor 02 Paper Detection
07 VCC Sensor
09 Upper Limit Sensor A 09 024-12607-xxx
10
11 Paper Width
12
+5V (Cut Off) 05 09 (purple) +5VS 01 GND
13
Paper Sensor (send) 04 01 GND Potentiometer
[Model: EZ3] 14 Paper Feed Tray Wire Harness
15 046-12700-xxx
02 03 +5V (Cut Off)
MECHANICAL 16 GND
CONTROL 18 GND
19 Unit Detection Sensor CZ3P
PCB; L 05 Paper Volume Detection Sensor A
20 +5 (Cut Off) 3 1 3 Optional Special 06 +5V (Cut Off)
2 2 2 GND INTERRUPT Stripper Unit
046-50504-xxx 1 3 1 OUT TYPE
VCC Detection Sensor
Special Stripper Unit Wire harness

Paper Feed Area
CZ19P CZ18P CT2P
[Model: EV3]
046-12705-xxx 01 GND 18 01 GND 02 01 Paper Feed Paper Sensor (Lower)

MECHANICAL CT4P CT4P 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 17 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 01 02 Tray Button
Wire Harness
CONTROL Paper Feed 04 Tray Button LED - 15 04 N.C 046-12703-xxx
CT2P 3
PCB; L (C) 2 1 2 CL Scraper Clutch ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Send)
1 2 Scraper Clutch 1 2 1
Junction II CT2P CT2P 03
046-50508-xxx 05 Paper Sensor (send) 14 05 Paper Sensor (Send) 02 01 02 01 02 GND TRANSMITTING
Mini CT13P Wire Harness (Optional for Japan only)
045-12612-xxx
PCB 06 +5V (Cut Off) 13 06 01 02 01 02 01 OUT
+5V (Cut Off) TYPE (Send)
01 Paper Sensor (Lower) VCC
02 046-12203-xxx Junction Harness
03 N.C CT3P 046-12704-xxx ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Receive)
04 N.C 07 GND 12 07 GND 03 01 N.C 03
CN17 OUT
07 VCC
CT2P Paper Sensor (Upper) Wire Harness
08 2 1 Anti-Reverse 046-12702-xxx
09 04 1 2 SOL
CN2 CT3P
10 03 Solenoid 10 GND 09 10 GND 03
Paper Feed Paper Feed Pressure Sensor 08 02 GND INTERRUPT
11 02 11 11 Paper Feed Pressure Sensor
20 - 17
Fan OUT
12 01 12 +5V (Cut Off) 07 12 +5V (Cut Off) 01 TYPE
Paper Feed Pressure Sensor
13 N.C
VCC
IMAGETEC
CT4P CT4P
4
1 Clutch 04 01 OUT
15 +5V (Cut Off) 15 +5V (Cut Off) TYPE Upper Limit Sensor B
VCC
CT3P
16 GND 03 16 GND 03
17 Upper Limit Sensor A 02 17 Upper Limit Sensor A 02 GND INTERRUPT
18 +5V (Cut Off) 01 18 +5V (Cut Off) 01 OUT Upper Limit Sensor A
VCC TYPE
046-53005-xxx
CZ3P RELAY
19 01 01 04 01 04 01
15 Paper Feed Safety Switch Wire Harness Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness 023-53023-xxx
14 CT4P
13 046-53009-xxx 046-53005-xxx 04 01
12 N.C 03 02 N.C
10 01 04
09 Lower Safety Switch
08 to MAIN UNIT AREA & to MASTER REMOVAL AREA
07 Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch
06
(Drawing No. 046-50102-07) (Drawing No. 046-50102-08) Lead Wire Harness
05
04 023-53023-xxx
03
02
01

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

NOTE:
REFLECTIVE
TYPE
LAMP
(USHIO)

VCC
OUT
Original Detection
Sensor
GND
CT3P
1
3
2
UXFL-08YG37P2
1
2
3
1
4
VH4P
CT3P
3
2

046-53008-xxx
CN2
Mini CT12P Mini CT7P

RELAY PCB CT3P
1 GND 7 1 +5V
CN1
3 +24V-A 5 CN3 3 GND

Inverter
PXZ170E4-B
(USHIO)
CN3 4 GND 4
CN1
1
2
3
4
6 +5V 2
7 FB/AF HP Sensor 1
[Model: EZ3] 8 +24V-A
5597 4P
9 +5V 5597 4P
Detailed Drawing MECHANICAL 10 OUT 1 +24V
For Original Illumination (SPARE) CT3P
11 GND 2 ON/OFF
CONTROL 12
1
N.C 2 CN2 3 GND
PCB; L CN4 4 FG
01 (A1) +5V 01 3
02 (B1) GND 02
046-50504-xxx
20 - 18
03 (A2) SD0 03
IMAGETEC
04 (B2) GND 04 [Model: EV3]

05 (A3) SD1 05 1
06 (B3) GND 06 MECHANICAL OUT
2 INTERRUPT
MECHANICAL 07 (A4) SD2 07 CONTROL GND FB/AF HP Sensor
3 TYPE
08 (B4) GND 08 VCC
CONTROL 09 (A5) SD3 09 PCB; L (C)
10 (B5) GND 10 046-50508-xxx
PCB; L 11 (A6) SD4 11
12 (B6) GND 12 HIF3BA34P HIF3BA34P
046-50504-xxx 13 (A7) SD5 13 CCD PCB
01 (A1) 01
14 (B7) GND 14
02 (B1) 02
15 (A8) SD6 15
03 (A2) 03
16 (B8) GND 16 CCD PCB
17 (A9) SD7 17
18 (B9) GND 18 CN6 CN1
CN3 19 (A10) DCLK 19
CN1
20 (B10) GND 20 32 (B16) 32
21 (A11) /LST 21 33 (A17) 33
22 (B11) GND 22 34 (B17) 34
23 (A12) TRIG 23
25 (A13) SDIN 25
27 (A14) SDCLK 27
28 (B14) /GAEN 28
29 (A15) /RESET 29
31 (A16) +5V 31
32 (B16) GND 32
33 (A17) +24V-A 33
34 (B17) GND 34 046-30001-xxx
< Model EZ3 / EV3 >
[Model: EZ3] CZ32P
MECHANICAL 1(A1) N.C.

2(A2)
N.C. Suction Unit Wire Harness; L
3(A3) Pre-Suction Fan +24V-A N.C. Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness
CONTROL PCB; L 4(A4) Pre-Suction Fan GND N.C.
5(A5)
Panel Mount 046-21803-xxx
N.C. N.C. 046-53004-xxx
046-50504-xxx 6(A6) Pre-Suction Fan PWM N.C. CZ19P XR4P/CT4P
7(A7) Suction Fan +24V-A 19 1 4 1
9(A9) N.C. 17 3 2 3 N.C
10(A10) Suction Fan PWM 16 4 1 4
Suction Fan
[Model: EV3] 11(A11) Paper Ejection Motor +24V-B 15 5
13(A13) Wing Pulse Motor A +24V 13 7 N.C. 2
MECHANICAL 14(A14) Wing Pulse Motor B 12 8 N.C. 1 DC
15(A15) Wing Pulse Motor / A 11 9 N.C.
CONTROL PCB; L (C) 16(A16) Wing Pulse Motor / B 10 10 N.C.
046-50508-xxx
CN21
XR3P
17(B1) GND 9 11 3
GND
19(B3) +5V (Cut Off) 7 13 1 VCC TYPE Paper Ejection FG Sensor
20(B4)
GND 6 14 N.C.
21(B5) Paper Ejection Wing HP Sensor 5 15 N.C.
22(B6) +5V (Cut Off) 4 16 N.C.
23(B7) GND 3 17
24(B8) Paper Ejection Sensor 2 18
25(B9) +5V (Cut Off) 1 19
26(B10) GND CZ 3P XR 3P
27(B11) Main Motor FG Sensor 3 1 3 3 1 3
GND
28(B12) +5V (Cut Off) 2 2 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 2 2 2
OUT REFLECTIVE
29(B13) 1 3 1 1 3 1
Separation Pump Solenoid 1 +24V-C N.C.
(Drawing No. 046-50102-02) VCC TYPE Paper Ejection Sensor
30(B14) Separation Pump Solenoid 1 N.C.
31(B15) Separation Pump Solenoid 2 +24V-A N.C. Paper Ejection Sensor
32(B16) Separation Pump Solenoid 2
20 - 19
N.C. Wire Harness
023-21703-xxx
IMAGETEC
SUCTION UNIT
CT4P/XR4P
Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness Separation Fan 1 +24V 4 1

Separation Fan 1 GND 3 2
CZ18P XR6P
046-53004-xxx N.C 2 3 N.C Separation Fan 1
4 Separation Fan 2 +24V-BIL 3 4
5 Separation Fan 2 GND CT4P/XR4P
2 5
6 Separation Fan 2 PWM 1 6 Separation Fan 2 +24V 4 1
7 N.C Separation Fan 2 GND 3 2
8 Pressure Solenoid +24V-C N.C 2 3 N.C
9 N.C Separation Fan 2 PWM
Separation Fan 2
Pressure Solenoid 1 4
N.C
10 Pressure Solenoid +24V-A Separation Fan
CN19 11 Pressure Solenoid Wire Harness
12 Pressure Control Pulse Motor A
XR2P/CT2P 046-21800-xxx
13 Pressure Control Pulse Motor B Pressure
2 1
14 Pressure Control Pulse Motor /A
1 2 SOL
15 Pressure Control Pulse Motor /B
16 Solenoid 1 SEPARATION FAN UNIT
17
18 PH11P
1
2
XR4P/CT4P 3
4 1 4
3 2 5
2 3 6
Pressure Control
7 PM
1 4
8 Pulse Motor
9
CAUTION: 10
Note that the wires cross 11
on the wire harness to
the Pressure Control
Pulse Motor. 3 XR3P
GND
GND
Pressure HP Sensor 2 OUT
INTERRUPT
+5V (Cut Off) 1 VCC TYPE Pressure HP Sensor

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >
Clamp Wire Harness
Clamp Unit
Relay 023-26018-xxx CAUTION:
FB Upper Wire Harness CT6P CT3P (white) Note that the two PH11P
TYPE CT6P 3
GND 3 6
5(A5) 5
GND 3 Read Pulse Motor /A 2 3 PM Read Pulse Motor
Clamp Sensor B 2 2 INTERRUPT 7
+5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE

9(A9) +5V 3 024-53057-xxx 11
10(A10)
GND 045-53008-xxx
CN2 GND 2 INTERRUPT FB Stage Cover
TYPE
12(A12) +5V (Cut Off) VCC Sensor CT6P
13(A13)
CT6P
[Model: EZ3] 14(A14) Lower Limit Sensor 6 1 3
15(A15)
GND Vertical Print 6 V.-Print Positioning Motor B 5 2 5 B
+5V (Cut Off) 5 2 2 INTERRUPT
OUT 7 N.C N.C 4 3 N.C N.C 4
MECHANICAL 16(B1) 4 3 1 Positioning Vertical Print Positioning
TYPE 8 N.C N.C 3 4 N.C N.C 3 PM
VCC
CONTROL HP Sensor CN18 9 V.-Print Positioning Motor /A 2 5 2 /A
CT3P 10 1 6 1
to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 4 3 V.-Print Positioning Motor /B /B Pulse Motor
PCB; L 3 GND
(Drawing No. 046-50102-02) 5 11 N.C
2 2 INTERRUPT Lower 12 CT2P
30(B15) 1 6 1 OUT N.C
046-50504-xxx TYPE 13 1
VCC Limit Clamp Motor +24-BIL 2

14 Clamp Motor 1 2
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness Sensor [Model: EZ3] DC

046-53005-xxx MECHANICAL Vertical Pos. Motor
[Model: EV3] Clamp Unit
CONTROL FB Upper Wire Harness Panel Mount Junction Harness
MECHANICAL Relay Connector Clamp Motor
CZ17P XR 2P (grey)
045-53008-xxx 046-53012-xxx
CZ17P PCB; L
CONTROL 1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 17 1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT
2 Auto Shut OFF 16 2 Auto Shut OFF 1 046-50504-xxx
PCB; L (C) (Drawing No. 046-50102-02)
4 1 Rear Cover Safety Switch (Left)
046-50508-xxx Auto Shut OFF N.C 3 CT
XR 2P (grey) [Model: EV3] N.C 2 4P < on the paper ejection side >
3 Copy Counter +24V-B 15 3 Copy Counter +24V-B 1 4
2 MECHANICAL CZ19P
4 Copy Counter 14 4 Copy Counter 1 COUNTER Copy Counter Rear Cover Safety SW Lead Wire 023-53026-xxx
5 Master Counter +24V-B 13 5 Master Counter +24V-B CONTROL 1 Rear Cover Safety Switch 4 1
6 Master Counter 12 6 Master Counter XR 2P (yellow) N.C 3 CT
2 N.C
7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 11 7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 2 PCB; L (C) N.C 2 4P
8 M-M-Unit Lock SOL 10 8 M-M-Unit Lock SOL 1 COUNTER Master Counter 3 Rear Cover Safety Switch 1 4
Rear Cover Safety Switch (Right)
046-50508-xxx 4 Master Disp. Box Safety SW < on the paper feeding side >
XR 2P (yellow)
CN16 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A 9 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A to MASTER REMOVAL AREA
2 1 5 GND
10 Drum Lock SOL 8 10 Drum Lock SOL Master Making Unit
7
1 2 SOL 6 Master Disp. Box Safety SW (Drawing No. 046-50102-08)
11 N.C N.C 11
20 - 20
12 Horizontal Pulse Motor A +24V-BIL 6 12
Lock Solenoid
XR 2P (yellow) 7 Master Making Unit Safety SW 6 1 6 1 4 1
Horizontal Pulse Motor B 5
IMAGETEC
13 13 2 Master Making Unit

4
1 8 5 2 5 GND 3 XR
14 N.C N.C 14 Print Drum GND 2
3
1 2 SOL N.C 2 4P
15 N.C N.C 15 Master Making Unit Safety SW 3 4 3
16 Horizontal Pulse Motor /A 16 Lock Solenoid CZ CZ
17 Horizontal Pulse Motor /B 1 17 CN23 10 Print Drum Safety SW 3 6P 4 3 6P 4 4 1
Lower F (G) Wire Harness 11 5 2 5 GND 3
GND 2
Lower R (G) Wire Harness N.C 2 XR Print Drum
046-53015-xxx 12 Print Drum Safety SW 1 6 1 6 1 4P 4
046-53016-xxx
13 Paper Jam SW Lower R (G) Wire Harness Lower F (G) Wire Harness Safety Switch
N.C 046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx
14
1(A1) 20(A20) 1(A1)
to PRINT DRUM AREA 18 GND to PAPER FEED AREA
20(A20) 1(A1) 20(A20)
(Drawing No. 046-50102-14) (Drawing No. 046-50102-04)
21(B1) 40(B20) 21(B1)

26(B6) 35(B15) 26(B6) CT3P 046-53009-xxx
27(B7) GND 34(B14) 27(B7) GND 3
28(B8) 33(B13) 28(B8)
29(B9) +5V 32(B12) 29(B9) +5V 1 OUT TYPE
CN15 VCC Unit Lock Sensor
CT3P
30(B10) GND 31(B11) 30(B10) 3
GND
2 INTERRUPT
32(B12) +5V 29(B9) 32(B12) 1 OUT
TYPE Front Cover Sensor
33(B13) Drum Release Switch 28(B8) 33(B13) VCC
39(B19) M-M-Unit Release LED+ 22(B2) 39(B19) 1 4 LED
CT4P
4 1
2 3 Master Making Unit Release Button Switch
046-53016-xxx 1 LED
4

046-53015-xxx
< Model EZ3 / EV3 >
Master Removal Unit

01 GND (A15) 15 01 (A1) GND 03
04 GND 12 04 GND VCC
FG Sensor
07 GND 09 07 GND 03
10 GND 06 10 GND VCC
Sensor
13 GND 03 13 GND 03
VCC
Sensor
046-53019-xxx 046-24200-xxx XR 3P (grey)
03
01 OUT TYPE
VCC
01 GND (B15) 30 16 (B1) GND HP Sensor
03 +5V 28 18 +5V XR 3P (grey)
04 N.C 27 19 03
05 26 20
VCC TYPE
07 N.C 24 22
7) Master Removal Area [EZ3 & EV3]
08 Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL N.C

23 23
N.C Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL
Motor FG Sensor
10 N.C 21 25
Elevator Motor +24V-A N.C N.C
11 20 26 M.-Rmv. Unit Wire Harness
12 N.C 19 27 N.C 046-24200-xxx
Elevator Motor N.C XR 3P (yellow)
13 18 28
17 29 03
N.C N.C 02 GND INTERRUPT
M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness (B1) 16 30 (B15) Master Disposal
N.C N.C 01 OUT TYPE
046-53019-xxx VCC
[Model: EZ3]
Box Set Sensor
XR 2P (yellow)
MECHANICAL 02
20 - 21
01 DC
Master Compression
CONTROL
IMAGETEC
Elevator Unit CT3P/XR 3P Motor

PCB; L (grey)
046-50504-xxx CT2P
03 01 Elevator Motor XR 2P (grey)
01 02 02
Elevator Motor DC 02 01 03 Elevator Motor +24V-A 02 Master Removal
01 DC
[Model: EV3]
Motor
MECHANICAL
CONTROL Elevator Motor Wire Harness to Machine
PCB; L (C) 023-12602-xxx
046-50508-xxx
CZ19P(yellow)
4 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 04 01 04 01 Master Disposal
5 GND 03 02 03 02
N.C 02 03 02 03
6 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 01 04 01 04 Box Safety SW
11 GND
15 Paper Jam SW
16 N.C
18 GND

046-53009-xxx

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

FE30P FE30P
01 GND2 01
02 GND2 02
03 VCC2 03
04 VCC2 04
05 COM0 05
06 COM1 06 Connector soldered
07 COM2 07
08 COM3 08 directly on the PCB.
09 SW 09
10 SOUT 10
[Model: EZ3] 11 SCK 11
12 LATCH 12
MECHANICAL CZ10P CZ9P 13 /SEG10 13
CONTROL 14 /SEG11 14
01 WAKE_UP_LED 09 15 /SEG12 15
PCB; L 02 WAKE_UP_SW 08 CN3 16 /SEG13 16 CN5
046-50504-xxx 03 GND 07 17 GND2 17
04 GND 06 18 /KOUT0 18
05 /RESET 05 19 /KOUT1 19
[Model: EV3]
CN8 06 PANEL_RXD 04 CN1 20 /KOUT2 20
07 PANEL_TXD 03 21 /KOUT3 21
MECHANICAL 08 +5VS 02 22 /KIN0 22
CONTROL 09 +5VS 01 23 /KIN1 23
10 N.C 24 /KIN2 24
PCB; L (C) /KIN3 25
20 - 22
M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness 25
046-50508-xxx 26 /KIN4 26
IMAGETEC
046-53019-xxx 27 /KIN5 27
28 WUP_LED 28
29 /WAKE_UP 29
30 GND2 30
FFC(white) MAIN-SW-PCB
023-37022-xxx
FE21P FE21P
01 /KIN5 01
02 /KIN4 02
03 /KIN3 03
04 /KIN2 04
05 /KIN1 05
Connector soldered
06 /KIN0 06 directly on the PCB.
07 /KOUT7 07
08 /KOUT6 08
09 /KOUT5 09
10 /KOUT4 10
CN4 11 LATCH 11 CN6
12 SCK 12
13 SOUT 13
14 COM3 14
15 COM2 15
16 COM1 16
17 COM0 17
18 VCC2 18
19 VCC2 19
20 GND2 20
21 GND2 21
LED-PNL-CTL-PCB SUB-SW-PCB-L
FFC
046-37001-xxx 023-37023-xxx
< Model EZ3 / EV3 >
[Model: EZ3]
MECHANICAL
CONTROL
MI2-8P MI2-8P AFVI Inner Junction Connector
PCB; L
N.C 7A 1A N.C 045-50200-xxx
046-50504-xxx AF-VI Inner Junction Connector N.C 6A 2A N.C
045-50200-xxx N.C 5A 3A N.C
N.C 4A 4A N.C 53253-1010
[Model: EV3] Mini CT11P Mini CT10P Mini CT10P
MECHANICAL 1 GND 10 1 GND 2A 6A GND 10
CONTROL 3 +5V (normal) 8 3 N.C 8B 1B N.C 8
PCB; L (C) 5 TXD 6 5 TXD 6B 3B TXD 6
CN10 6 RXD 5 6 RXD 5B 4B RXD 5
046-50508-xxx /RTS 4 /RTS 4B 5B /RTS 4
7 7 AF-VI II
8 /CTS 3 8 /CTS 3B 6B /CTS 3
9 /AF IRQ 2 9 /AF IRQ 2B 7B /AF IRQ 2
10 EXIST 1 10 EXIST 1B 8B EXIST 1
11 N.C
DF1B 6P DF1B 3P DF1B 3P MI2-7P MI2-7P 53258-0220

1 GND 1 1 4 4 GND 1
2 N.C N.C 2 2 N.C 3 3 +24V-C 2
3 N.C 3 3 N.C 2 2 N.C
CN11 4 N.C to MECHA-CTLK 1 1
5 N.C to AF-FG
PCB FG
6 +24V-C
XH12P XH12P
1 GND 1
CN34 2 N.C 2
3 A Signal 3 Job Separator IV;N II
4 B Signal 4
5 GND 5
6 +5V 6
20 - 23
CN1 7 GND 7
8 +24V-OP 8
CN10
IMAGETEC
9 BUSY 9
10 Tape Jam 10
11 Tape Detection 11
12 Sorter Detection 12
JS Junction Wire Harness Assembly
046-91000-xxx
Mini CT17P Mini Junction CT17P
1 17 1 GND(5V) 15
2 16 2 GND(5V) 14
3 15 3 CC-CLK 13
4 14 4 /CC-LST 12
5 13 5 /CC-DATA 11
6 12 6 /CARD-REQ 10
7 11 7 RXD 9
8 10 8 TXD 8 Key/Card Counter IV; N
9 9 9 /CUNT-OP 7
CN7 10 8 10 /CUNT-SET 6
11 7 11 /Master Count 5
12 6 12 /Copy Count 4
13 5 13 /CARD-ACK 3
14 4 14 +5V 2
15 3 15 +5V 1
16 /CARD_EXIST N.C 2 16 N.C
17 /EXIST_GND N.C 1 17 N.C Key/Card Counter IV Wire harness
112-51007-xxx
CN27

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

CZ 30P CZ 30P
1(A1) IPF_DATA 15(A15) 1 D0 1
2(A2) ROSA_EXIT 14(A14) D2
2 2
3(A3) GND 13(A13) D4
3 3
4(A4) SH_TXD 12(A12) D6
4 4
5(A5) SH_CTS 11(A11) 5 GND(3.3V) 5

6(A6) SH_RXD 10(A10) 6 D8 6
7(A7) SH_RTS 9(A9) D10
7 7
8(A8) 8(A8)
SH_SCK 8 D12 8
9 9
10(A10) PRINT_INT 6(A6) 10 +3.3V 10
[Model: EZ3]
11(A11) SCAN_INT 5(A5) 11 +3.3V 11
12(A12) WP_SW 4(A4) A0
Ethernet-PCB
12 12
13(A13) WP_SNR 3(A3) A2 046-50512-xxx
13 13
14(A14) WP_LED 2(A2) 14 A4 14
15 15
16(B1) AXU 30(B15) A6
CN9 CN2 16 16
17(B2) IFS_DATA3 29(B14) 17 A8 17
[Model: EV3]
18(B3) IFS_DATA2 28(B13) 18 A10 18
19(B4) 27(B12)
Ethernet-PCB(C)
IFS_DATA1 19 A12 19
20(B5) IFS_DATA0 26(B11) 20 GND(3.3V) 20 046-50514-xxx
21(B6) GND 25(B10) 21 /BUSY 21
22(B7) IFS_DCLK 24(B9) 22 /OE 22
23(B8) GND 23(B8) 23 /LB 23
24(B9) IFS_HE 22(B7) 24 GND(3.3V) 24
25(B10) IFS_LST 21(B6) 25 /INTRET 25
20 - 24
26(B11) IFP_VSYNC 20(B5) 26 D1 26
27(B12) GND 19(B4) 27 D3 27
IMAGETEC
28(B13) IFP_DCLK 18(B3) CN8 28 D5 28

29(B14) IFP_LST 17(B2) 29 D7 29
[Model: EZ3] 30(B15) IFP_HE 16(B1) 30 GND(3.3V) 30
31 D9 31
MECHANICAL 32 D11 32
33 D13 33
NeoROSA Wire Harness 34 D15 34
CONTROL PCB; L 35 +3.3V 35
046-53010-xxx [Model: EZ3] 36 +3.3V 36
046-50504-xxx 37 A1 37
NeoROSA-PCB; OP 38 A3 38
39 A5 39
046-50515-xxx 40 GND(3.3V) 40
41 A7 41
[Model: EV3] 42 A9 42
43 A11 43
MECHANICAL [Model: EV3] 44 /RESET 44
45 GND(3.3V) 45
NeoROSA-PCB; OP(C) 46 /CE 46
CONTROL PCB; L (C) 47 R/W 47
046-50516-xxx 48 /UB 48
046-50508-xxx 49 /CONNECT 49
50 /INT 50
BOARD to BOARD
XA 4P
1 N.C
2 N.C
CN7 3 N.C
4 N.C
< Model EZ3 / EV3 >
Mini CT36PIN Position-B Sensor

CT3P white FE30P FE30P
1(A1) GND 3
GND
Master Making Mini CT5P MASTER MAKING UNIT
OUT
3(A3) +5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE CT13P
Junction PCB 2 N.C 29 1 GND 3
5V GND REFLECTIVE &
4(A4) +5V (Cut Off) 13 3 CNTSCK 28 2 Master Detection & Master End Sensors (send) 2 Master Detection Sensor
5(A5) N.C 12 4 CNTLAT 27 3 +5V (Cut Off) 1 VCC (SEND)
CN4 4 N.C
&
7(A7) CNTLAT 10 6 CNTDAT 25 5 N.C Master Making RF Wire Harness Master End Sensor (send)
11(A11) SENLAT 6 10 +5VH 21 CT6P
12(A12) SENDAT 5 11 +5VH 20 6 A
13(A13) +5VH 4 12 GND 19 5
CN2 B
14(A14) +5VH 3 13 GND 18 +24V
15(A15) GND 2 14 DETECTION SIGNAL 17 PM
+24V Write Pulse Motor
16(A16) GND 1 15 RUN 16 2
Mini CT8P /A
17(A17) N.C CN3 16 WRITE A 15 CN5 1 /B
A
CN2 B
+24V
/A
26(B8)
GND 10 26 +24V-A 5
27(B9) GND 9 27 +24V-A 4
023-28239-xxx
28(B10) GND 8
CN1 28 +24V-A 3
29(B11) GND 7
Mini CT20P
29 RxD 2
30(B12) +24V-A 6 30 TxD 1 1 Cutter Stop Pos. SW GND 4 1 N.C
(brown)
(orange)
32(B14) +24V-A 4 3 Cutter HP Switch GND 2 CT4PIN 3
Cutter Switch
[Model: EZ3] 33(B15) +24V-A 3

Master Making Unit Flexible Cable 4 Cutter HP Switch 1 4
34(B16) HEL_RxD 2
MECHANICAL 35(B17) 1
023-28238-xxx 5 Cutter Motor 2 1 Cutter Motor (red)
HEL_TxD CT2PIN
CONTROL 36(A18) N.C CN4 MASTER-MAKING 6 Cutter Motor 1 2 Cutter Motor (black) DC Cutter Motor
Mini CT17P
PCB; L TPH Drawer Connector H (G) PCB CT3P
7 Vled 6 1 Vled 3
046-50504-xxx 046-28001-xxx VCC REFLECTIVE
046-53014-xxx 8 GND 5 CT6PIN 2 GND 2 GND (PRISM) Master Positioning Sensor
CN5 9 Master Pos. Sensor 4 (blue) 3 Master Positioning Sensor 1 TYPE
OUT
[Model: EV3] M.-M Unit Upper
10 Cover Safety SW 3 4 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW 1
MECHANICAL QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN GND 2
Master Making
11 5 N.C
Male Housing Female Housing
CN1 M.-M Unit Upper 6 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW Unit Upper Cover
CONTROL 12 Cover Safety SW 1 3
1 1 N.C NRD16PIN Master Positioning Sensor Wire Harness Safety SW
N.C To TPH
PCB; L (C) 2 2 -S 1 046-28026-xxx
3 3 GND(+18V-TPH) 2 CT3P
046-50508-xxx CT8PIN
4 4 GND(+18V-TPH) 3 13 GND 8 1 GND 3
GND
5 5 GND(+18V-TPH) 4 14 Thermal Pressure Sensor 2 Thermal Pressure Sensor INTERRUPT
20 - 25
7 2 OUT Thermal Pressure Sensor
6 6 GND(+18V-TPH) 5 Ground Wire (U3-80-R3) 15 +5V (Cut Off) 6 3 +5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE
VCC
7 7 GND(+18V-TPH) 6 16 Thermal Pressure Motor 5 4 Thermal Pressure Motor
IMAGETEC
GND(+18V-TPH)
488-90030-xxx
9 9 N.C 18 GND 3 6 GND 2
To POWER SUPPLY UNIT N.C N.C Thermal Pressure
10 10 19 Master End Sensor (receive) 2 7 Master End Sensor (receive) 1 DC
(Drawing No. 046-50102-02) N.C 11 11 N.C 20 +5V (Cut Off) 1 8 +5V (Cut Off) Motor
N.C 12 12 N.C
N.C
TPH Power Master
13 13 N.C M.-M Upper Unit Wire Harness
Positioning CT3P Master Making Unit Wire Harness 3
N.C 14 14 N.C Connector GND
Monitor 1 023-28239-xxx 023-28240-xxx 2 Master End
N.C 15 15 N.C Sensor OUT TRANSMITTIVE
GND 2 1 TYPE (RECEIVE)
16 16 N.C Voltage CN6 VCC Sensor (receive)
GND 3
17 17 V-TPH(+18V) 8 CT3P
V-TPH(+18V)
Monitor
18 18 9
19 19 V-TPH(+18V) 10
20 20 V-TPH(+18V) 11
21 21 V-TPH(+18V) 12
V-TPH(+18V)
To: MASTER
22 22 13
23 23 +S 14
MAKING UNIT
24 24 CZ 6P SH 6P
TPH Drawer Connector U (G) TPH 1 +5V 6
046-28037-xxx 2 GND 5
(Thermal Print Head) 3 RxD 4 RFM;B5J-0171
DF11 28PIN CN7 3
A3:TPH303R11 5 _RST 2 444-59008
2(A2) 2(A2) 6 RUN 1
TPH_CODE3 13 TPH_CODE3 3 444-80001-xxx
4(A4) STB1 11 4(A4) STB1 7
B4:TPH260R39 To: M.-M. UNIT Master Making RF Wire Harness
5(A5) LAT1 10 5(A5) LAT1 9 UPPER COVER
6(A6) GND 6(A6) GND
444-80002-xxx 046-28038-xxx
9 11
7(A7) GND 8 7(A7) GND 13
8(A8) +5V 7 8(A8) +5V 15
9(A9) STB2 6 9(A9) STB2 17
10(A10) LAT2 5 10(A10) LAT2 19
11(A11) STB3 4 11(A11) STB3 21
12(A12) LAT3 3 12(A12) LAT3 23
13(A13) STB4 2 13(A13) STB4 25
14(A14) LAT4 1 14(A14) LAT4 27
TPH Signal
15(B1) DI4 16 1(B1) DI4 28 Connector
16(B2) CLK4 15 2(B2) CLK4 26
17(B3) DI3 14 3(B3) DI3 24
18(B4) CLK3 13 4(B4) CLK3 22
19(B5) DI2 12 5(B5) DI2 20
20(B6) CLK2 11 6(B6) CLK2 18
21(B7) +5V 10 7(B7) +5V 16
22(B8) +5V 9 8(B8) +5V 14
23(B9) GND 8 9(B9) GND 12
24(B10) DI1 7 10(B10) DI1 10
25(B11) CLK1 6 11(B11) CLK1 8
N.C 2 15(B15) N.C
N.C 1 16(B16) N.C
TPH Drawer Connector U (G) 046-28037-xxx
TPH Drawer Connector H (G) Mini CT16P
046-53014-xxx
Mini CT16P

< Model EZ3 / EV3 >

TMP-2P
PRINT DRUM UNIT
1 N.C
CN4 2 N.C
Drum Drawer H (G) Wire Harness Drum Drawer Unit Wire Harness DRUM PCB II CT5P
Lower R (G) Wire Harness Lower F (G) Wire Harness 046-53018-xxx 046-17100-xxx 5 GND
Mini CT Drawer 4/12P 046-17178-xxx Inking Motor 4
046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx OUT Ink Sensor
Mini CT40P 3 OUT
Mini CT40P Mini CT12P Mini CT5P Mini CT5P 2
Mini CT16P OUT Assembly

4(A4) 17(A17) 4(A4)
1
6(A6) 15(A15) 6(A6)
3
Ink Sensor Ink Sensor 6 Ink Sensor
8(A8) HEL5-RUN 13(A13) 8(A8) HEL5-RUN 7 6 7 1 Ink Sensor 7 8 +5VH 1 Bottle Set SW2
CT3P
11(A11) EEPCLK 10(A10) 11(A11) EEPCLK 4 9 4 4 EEPCDI 4 11 +5VH 1
EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCD0 CN1 3 N.C Bottle Set SW Assembly
12(A12) 9(A9) 12(A12) 3 10 3 5 3 12 GND
13(A13) GND 8(A8) 13(A13) 2 11 EEPCLK 2 023-17026-xxx
N.C 2 6 13 Inking Motor FG CT3P

Antenna cord. OUT
Soldered VCC FG Sensor
20(A20) HEL5-RUN 1(A1) 20(A20)
N.C 2 046-17101-xxx
1 DC
N.C 4 1 1 +5VH CN2 1 Inking Motor

[Model: EZ3] 1
MECHANICAL
CONTROL CT3P (AWG22)
21(B1) GND 40(B20) 21(B1)
AWG22 is used
GND 3
PCB; L 22(B2) 39(B19) 22(B2)
GND GND Sequential Pin SH 6P
Print Drum Lock Sensor Drum Lock Sensor 2 INTERRUPT Print Drum CZ 6P
23(B3) +5V 38(B18) 23(B3) +5V 1 OUT (1P - 3P AWG20) 1 +5V 6
046-50504-xxx 24(B4) GND 37(B17) 24(B4) N.C VCC TYPE Lock Sensor GND 5
2
25(B5) Horizontal HP Sensor 36(B16) 25(B5) N.C 3 RxD 4
26(B6) +5V (Cut Off) 35(B15) 26(B6) N.C CN5 4 TxD 3
RFM;B5J-0171
27(B7) 34(B14) 27(B7) 5 _RST 2
[Model: EV3] 6 RUN 1
444-59008
20 - 26
MECHANICAL to MAIN UNIT AREA
IMAGETEC
CONTROL 40(B20) 21(B1) 40(B20)

(Drawing No. 046-50102-07)
PCB; L (C)
046-50508-xxx
Mini CT8P
1 HEL3 +5V N.C
2 HEL3 GND N.C
3 HEL3 TXD N.C
4 HEL3 RXD N.C
6 HEL3 STOP N.C
7 HEL3 RUN N.C

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >
CN23
INTERLOCK
3. EZ5 & EV5
PAPER FEED AREA 1

MASTER REMOVAL AREA
CN4
(Paper feed tray)
CN20
ELEVATOR MOTOR AREA
(Clutch & Solenoids)
CN17
CN22
(Sensors)
MECHANICAL CONTROL PCB; ML

046-50502-xxx
RF-TAG SIGNAL
CN3
SCANNER SENSORs
CN14
PRINT DRUM SCANNER I/F
CN6
CN15
CN16
CN21
MACHINE REAR AREA SEPARATION FAN
20 - 27
CN18
CN19
(Motors) PRINT PRESSURE
IMAGETEC
MACHINE REAR AREA
CN2
(Sensors) OPERATION PANEL AREA
OPTIONAL RIP I/F
CN9
MAIN MOTOR RELAY
CN6
CN7
CN30
MASTER MAKING AREA
CN13
POWER SUPPLY UNIT

MASTER MAKING AREA
Drawing No. 046-50101-02
Drawing No. 046-50101-13
POWER INPUT
CN3
CN1
MASTER MAKING AREA
CN25
CN5
(TPH)
AF AF JOB KEY CARD
OPTIONS
Drawing No. 046-50101-11
to MAIN MOTOR
Drawing No. 046-50101-12

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

CT3P Main FG Sensor
1 3 GND
to PAPER RECEIVING AREA 2 2 OUT Interrupt
3 1 5V Type
(Drawing No. 046-50101-06) TPH Drawer Connector H (G) QR/P1 24P
046-53014-xxx

VL2P VL2P -S
1 2
2 2 2
1 1 M-OUT(-)
4 GNDh(+18V GND) 5
5 GNDh(+18V GND) 6
7 GNDh(+18V GND) 8
046-53011-xxx GNDh(+18V GND)
8 9
9 N.C 10
10 N.C 11 to MASTER MAKING AREA
12
XR4P XR4P CN5 13 (Drawing No. 046-50101-13)
1 IL-RL 4 11 N.C 14
3
2 N.C N.C 12 N.C 15

CN30 3 2 CN7 13 Vh(+18V) 16
N.C IL-24V N.C Vh(+18V)
4 1 14 17
15 Vh(+18V) 18
FB Upper Wire Harness 16 Vh(+18V) 19
mini CT30P 046-53008-xxx 17 Vh(+18V) 20
18 Vh(+18V) 21
19 Vh(+18V) 22
1(A1) +S
20 23
24
to MAIN UNIT AREA POWER SUPPLY UNIT TPH Power Drawer Connector
MECHANICAL CONTROL Ground Wire
(Drawing No. 046-50101-07) < PS19-NWW >
PCB; ML 15(A15)
16(B1) N.C VH3P
17(B2) N.C 046-50510-xxx 046-53008-xxx
046-50502-xxx 18(B3) N.C 1 GND
19(B4) N.C CN9 2 +5.1V to OPERATION PANEL to NeoROSA
20(B5)
CT10P (100V / 200V) 3 /PF
N.C 046-50500-xxx
CN2 21(B6) GND(24V) 10
(Drawing No. 046-50101-09)
22(B7) /PF 9
20 - 28
23(B8) /TPH CTL 8
24(B9) +24V-ON
IMAGETEC
7
25(B10) SLEEP 6
26(B11) DA CLK 5
CN2
27(B12) DA LAT 4
28(B13) DA DATA 3
29(B14) GND 2
30(B15) PWM 1

046-53008-xxx
VH10P VH9P
1 GND(+5.1V GND) 1
2 GND(+5.1V GND) 2
3 +5.1V 3
4 +5.1V 4
5 GND(+24V GND) 5
CN25 VH7P
7 +24V-B 7
8 8
+24V-OP 2
9 N.C 9
AC(N)-SW-IN 3 3 Power Cord (E) 488-00048-xxx
10
FB Upper Wire Harness CN6 4
AC(N)-SW-OUT 4 5 Power Cord (U) 488-00050-xxx
046-53008-xxx 6
AC(L)-SW-OUT 6 7 Power Cord (C) 488-00049-xxx
Main Switch
2
XR2P CT2P 5 6
+
- 4
6 3 4 3
1
(Drawing No. 046-50101-07) 1 2 1
AJ8R2021BBC

046-50013-xxx
< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

Paper Feed Tray
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness Mini CT9P
Paper Feed Tray CT3P
046-53005-xxx Junction PCB II 01 (purple) GND 03
CZ 20P CZ 17P Paper Size Sensor GND REFLECTIVE Paper Size
FE5P FE5P 046-12202-xxx 02 (purple) 02
01 GND 17 03 (purple) OUT
+5VS 01 TYPE
02 Paper Volume Detection Sensor B 16 01 (white) VCC Sensor
GND 05
03 +5 (Cut Off) 15 02 (white) Paper Size Sensor 04
Paper Size Detection Sensor 13 CN4 CN1 04 (purple) GND 03
05 04 (white) Paper Width Potentiometer 02 GND REFLECTIVE Paper Detection
Paper Detection Sensor 12 05 (purple) Paper Detection Sensor 02
07 VCC Sensor
09 Upper Limit Sensor A 09
10
11 Paper Width
12
+5 (Cut Off) 05 09 (purple) +5VS 01 GND
13 Potentiometer
Paper Sensor (send) 04 01 GND
14 Paper Feed Tray Wire Harness
15
02 03 +5V (Cut Off) 046-12700-xxx
16 GND
18 GND
19 Unit Detection Sensor CZ3P 05 Paper Volume Detection Sensor A
20 +5 (Cut Off) 3 1 3
Optional Special 06 +5V (Cut Off)
2 2 2 GND INTERRUPT
1 3 1 OUT TYPE Stripper Unit
VCC
MECHANICAL Special Stripper Unit Wire harness
Detection Sensor Paper Feed Area
CZ19P CZ18P CT2P
046-12705-xxx 01 GND 18 01 GND 02 01
CONTROL Paper Feed Paper Sensor (Lower)

CT4P CT4P 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 17 02 Paper Feed Tray Button Switch 01 02 Tray Button
Wire Harness
Paper Feed Junction 04 Tray Button LED - 15 04 N.C 046-12703-xxx
PCB; ML CT2P 3 Scraper Clutch
2 1 2 CL ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Send)
1 2 Scraper Clutch 1 2 1 (Option for PCB II
CT2P CT2P 03
046-50502-xxx Japan only) 05 Paper Sensor (send) 14 05 Paper Sensor (Send) 02 01 02 01 02 GND TRANSMITTING
Mini CT13P Wire Harness (Optional for Japan only) 046-12203-XXX
045-12612-xxx 06 +5 (Cut Off) 13 06 01 02 01 02 01 OUT
+5V (Cut Off) TYPE (Send)
01 VCC
Paper Sensor (Lower)
02 Junction Harness
03 N.C CT3P ZR 3P Paper Sensor (Receive)
04 N.C 07 GND 12 07 GND 03 01 N.C 03
CN17 OUT
07 VCC
CT2P Paper Sensor (Upper) Wire Harness
08 2 1 Anti-Reverse
09 04 1 2 SOL
CN2 CT3P
10 03 Solenoid 10 GND 09 10 GND 03
11 02 Paper Feed 11 Paper Feed Pressure Sensor 08 11 Paper Feed Pressure Sensor 02 GND INTERRUPT
12 01 Fan 12 07 12 01 OUT Paper Feed Pressure Sensor
20 - 29
+5V (Cut Off) +5V (Cut Off) TYPE
13 N.C
VCC
CT4P CT4P
IMAGETEC
4
1 Clutch 15 04 15 01 OUT Upper Limit Sensor B
+5V (Cut Off) +5V (Cut Off) TYPE
VCC
CT3P
16 GND 03 16 GND 03
17 Upper Limit Sensor A 02 17 Upper Limit Sensor A 02 GND INTERRUPT
18 +5V (Cut Off) 01 18 +5V (Cut Off) 01 OUT Upper Limit Sensor A
VCC TYPE
046-53005-xxx
CZ3P RELAY
19 01 01 04 01 04 01
15 Paper Feed Safety Switch Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness
14 046-53005-xxx CT4P
13 Wire Harness 046-53009-xxx 04 01
12 N.C 03 02 N.C
10 01 04
09 to MAIN UNIT AREA & to MASTER REMOVAL AREA Lower Safety Switch
08
07 (Drawing No. 046-50101-07) (Drawing No. 046-50101-08) Paper Feed Tray Safety Switch
06 Lead Wire Harness
05 023-53023-xxx
04
03
02
01

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

NOTE:
REFLECTIVE
TYPE
LAMP

(USHIO)
VCC
OUT
GND
CT3P
1
3
2
Original Detection
Sensor
UXFL-08YG37P2
MECHANICAL
CONTROL
1
2
3
1
4
PCB; ML
VH4P
CT3P
046-50502-xxx
1
3
2
CN2
Mini CT12P
046-53008-xxx Mini CT7P
RELAY PCB CT3P
1 GND 7 1 +5V
CN1
3 +24V-A 5 CN3
Inverter
PXZ170E4-B
(USHIO)
3 GND
CN3 4 GND 4
CN1
1
2
3
4
6 +5V 2
7 FB/AF HP Sensor 1
8 +24V-A
5597 4P
9 +5V 5597 4P
Detailed Drawing 10 OUT For Original CT3P 1 +24V
11 GND Illumination (SPARE) 2 ON/OFF
1
12 N.C CN2 3 GND
2
CN4 4 FG
20 - 30
01 (A1) +5V 01 3
IMAGETEC
02 (B1) GND 02
03 (A2) SD0 03
04 (B2) GND 04
05 (A3) SD1 05 1
06 (B3) GND 06 OUT
2 INTERRUPT
MECHANICAL 07 (A4) SD2 07 GND FB/AF HP Sensor
3 TYPE
08 (B4) GND 08 VCC
CONTROL 09 (A5) SD3 09
PCB; ML 10 (B5) GND 10
11 (A6) SD4 11
046-50502-xxx 12 (B6) GND 12 HIF3BA34P HIF3BA34P
13 (A7) SD5 13 CCD PCB 01 (A1) 01 CCD PCB
14 (B7) GND 14
02 (B1) 02
15 (A8) SD6 15
03 (A2) 03
16 (B8) GND 16
17 (A9) SD7 17
18 (B9) GND 18 CN6 CN1
CN3 19 (A10) DCLK 19
CN1
20 (B10) GND 20 32 (B16) 32
21 (A11) /LST 21 33 (A17) 33
22 (B11) GND 22 34 (B17) 34
23 (A12) TRIG 23
25 (A13) SDIN 25
27 (A14) SDCLK 27
28 (B14) /GAEN 28
29 (A15) /RESET 29
31 (A16) +5V 31
32 (B16) GND 32
33 (A17) +24V-A 33
34 (B17) GND 34 046-30001-xxx

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

CZ32P
1(A1) N.C.
2(A2)
N.C.
3(A3) Pre-Suction Fan +24V-A N.C. Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness
4(A4) Pre-Suction Fan GND N.C.
Suction Unit Wire Harness
5(A5)
Panel Mount
N.C. N.C. 046-53004-xxx
6(A6) Pre-Suction Fan PWM N.C. CZ19P 046-21801-xxx XR4P/CT4P
MECHANICAL 7(A7) Suction Fan +24V-A 19 1 4 1
9(A9) N.C. 17 3 2 3 N.C
CONTROL PCB; ML 10(A10) Suction Fan PWM 16 4 1 4
Suction Fan
11(A11) Paper Ejection Motor +24V-B 15 5
046-50502-xxx 13(A13) Wing Pulse Motor A +24V 13 7 2
14(A14) Wing Pulse Motor B 12 8 1 DC
15(A15) Wing Pulse Motor / A 11 9
16(A16) Wing Pulse Motor / B 10 10 6 XR6P
A
5 B
N.C +24V
N.C +24V PM
2 /A
Paper Ejection Wing Pulse Motor
1
CN21 /B
XR3P
17(B1) GND 9 11 3
GND
19(B3) +5 (Cut Off) 7 13 1 VCC TYPE Paper Ejection FG Sensor
20(B4) GND 6 14
21(B5) Paper Ejection Wing HP Sensor 5 15 XR3P
22(B6) +5 (Cut Off) 4 16 3
GND
23(B7) GND 3 17 2 INTERRUPT
OUT
24(B8) Paper Ejection Sensor 2 18 1 VCC TYPE Paper Ejection Wing HP Sensor
25(B9) +5 (Cut Off) 1 19
26(B10) GND CZ 3P XR 3P
27(B11) Main Motor FG Sensor 3 3 3 1 3
GND
28(B12) +5 (Cut Off) 2 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 2 2 2
OUT REFLECTIVE
20 - 31
29(B13) 1 1 1 3 1
Separation Pump Solenoid 1 +24V-C N.C. (Drawing No. 046-50101-02) VCC TYPE Paper Ejection Sensor
30(B14) Separation Pump Solenoid 1 N.C.
IMAGETEC
31(B15) Separation Pump Solenoid 2 +24V-A N.C. Paper Ejection Sensor

32(B16) Separation Pump Solenoid 2 N.C. Wire Harness
023-21703-xxx
SUCTION UNIT
SEPARATION FAN UNIT

CT4P/XR4P
Paper Ejection Rear Wire Harness Separation Fan 1 +24V 4 1
Separation Fan 1 GND 3 2
CZ18P XR6P
046-53004-xxx N.C 2 3 N.C Separation Fan 1
4 Separation Fan 2 +24V-BIL 3 4
5 Separation Fan 2 GND CT4P/XR4P
2 5
6 Separation Fan 2 PWM 1 6 Separation Fan 2 +24V 4 1
7 N.C Separation Fan 2 GND 3 2
8 Pressure Solenoid +24V-C N.C 2 3 N.C Separation Fan 2
9 N.C Separation Fan 2 PWM
Pressure Solenoid 1 4
N.C
10 Pressure Solenoid +24V-A Separation Fan
CN19 11 Pressure Solenoid Wire Harness
12 Pressure Control Pulse Motor A
XR2P/CT2P 046-21800-xxx
13 Pressure Control Pulse Motor B
2 1
14 Pressure Control Pulse Motor /A
1 2 SOL
15 Pressure Control Pulse Motor /B Pressure Solenoid 1
16
17
18 PH11P
1
2
XR4P/CT4P 3
4 1 4
3 2 5
3 6
2 PM Pressure Control Pulse Motor
7
1 4
8
9
CAUTION: 10
Note that the wires cross 11
on the wire harness to
the Pressure Control
Pulse Motor. 3 XR3P
GND
GND
Pressure HP Sensor 2 OUT
INTERRUPT
+5 (Cut Off) 1 VCC TYPE Pressure HP Sensor

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

Clamp Wire Harness
Clamp Unit
023-26018-xxx
FB Upper Wire Harness Relay CAUTION:
CT6P CT3P (white) Note that the two PH11P
TYPE CT6P 3
GND 3 6
5(A5) 5
GND 3 Read Pulse Motor /A 2 3 PM Read Pulse Motor
Clamp Sensor B 2 2 INTERRUPT 7

+5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE
9(A9) +5V 3 11
10(A10)
GND FB Stage Cover 045-53008-xxx
CN2 GND 2 INTERRUPT
TYPE Sensor
12(A12) +5V (Cut Off) VCC CT6P
13(A13)
CT6P
14(A14) Lower Limit Sensor 6 1 3 Vertical Print
15(A15)
GND 6 V.-Print Positioning Motor B 5 2 5 B
+5V (Cut Off) 5 2 2 INTERRUPT
OUT 7 N.C N.C 4 3 N.C N.C 4
16(B1) 4 3 1 Positioning Vertical Print Positioning
TYPE 8 N.C N.C 3 4 N.C N.C 3 PM
VCC CN18 9 V.-Print Positioning Motor /A 2 5 2 /A Pulse Motor
CT3P HP Sensor 10 V.-Print Positioning Motor /B 1 6 1
3 4 3 /B
GND 11 N.C
5
2 2 INTERRUPT 12 CT2P
MECHANICAL 30(B15) to POWER SUPPLY UNIT 1 6 1 OUT Lower Limit N.C
TYPE 13 Clamp Motor +24-BIL 2 1

VCC Sensor
CONTROL (Drawing No. 046-50101-02) 14 Clamp Motor 1 2 DC
Paper Feed Rear Wire Harness
PCB; ML 046-53005-xxx Clamp Unit
Vertical Pos. Motor
046-50502-xxx FB Upper Wire Harness Panel Mount Junction Harness
Relay Connector MECHANICAL Clamp Motor
CZ17P CZ17P XR 2P (grey)
045-53008-xxx
046-53012-xxx
1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 17 1 Auto Shut OFF +5V 2 to POWER SUPPLY UNIT CONTROL
2 Auto Shut OFF 16 2 Auto Shut OFF 1
(Drawing No. 046-50101-02) PCB; ML
4 1
Auto Shut OFF 046-50502-xxx N.C 3 CT Rear Cover Safety Switch (Left)
XR 2P (grey) N.C 2 4P < on the paper ejection side >
3 Copy Counter +24V-B 15 3 Copy Counter +24V-B 1 4
2 CZ19P
4 Copy Counter 14 4 Copy Counter 1 COUNTER Copy Counter Rear Cover Safety SW Lead Wire 023-53026-xxx
5 Master Counter +24V-B 13 5 Master Counter +24V-B 1 Rear Cover Safety Switch 4 1
6 Master Counter 12 6 Master Counter XR 2P (yellow) N.C 3 CT
11
2 N.C
7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 7 M-M-Unit Lock SOL +24V-B 2 N.C 2 4P Rear Cover Safety Switch (Right)
8 M-M-Unit Lock SOL 10 8 M-M-Unit Lock SOL 1 COUNTER Master Counter 3 Rear Cover Safety Switch 1 4
4 Master Disp. Box Safety SW
< on the paper feed side >
XR 2P (yellow)
9
20 - 32
CN16 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A 9 Drum Lock SOL +24V-A 5
2 1 Master Making Unit GND to MASTER REMOVAL AREA
10 Drum Lock SOL 8 10 Drum Lock SOL 1 2
IMAGETEC
11 N.C N.C 7 11 SOL 6 Master Disp. Box Safety SW (Drawing No. 046-50101-08)
12 Horizontal Pulse Motor A +24V-BIL 6
Lock Solenoid
12 XR 2P (yellow) 7 Master Making Unit Safety SW 6 1 6 1 4 1
13 Horizontal Pulse Motor B 5 13 2 1 5 5 GND Master Making Unit
4 8 2 3 XR
14 N.C N.C 14 Print Drum GND 2
3
1 2 SOL N.C 2 4P
15 N.C N.C 15 Master Making Unit Safety SW 3 4 3
16 Horizontal Pulse Motor /A 16 Lock Solenoid CZ CZ
17 Horizontal Pulse Motor /B 1 17
Lower F (G) Wire Harness CN23 10 Print Drum Safety SW 3 6P 4 3 6P 4 4 1
046-53015-xxx 11 5 2 5 GND 3
GND 2 Print Drum
Lower R (G) Wire Harness N.C 2 XR
12 Print Drum Safety SW 1 6 1 6 1 4P 4
046-53016-xxx Safety Switch
13 Paper Jam SW Lower R (G) Wire Harness Lower F (G) Wire Harness
N.C 046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx
14
1(A1) 20(A20) 1(A1)
18 GND to PAPER FEED AREA
20(A20) 1(A1) 20(A20) to PRINT DRUM AREA 19 P.-Feed Tray Safety SW
(Drawing No. 046-50101-04)
21(B1) 40(B20) 21(B1) (Drawing No. 046-50101-14)
26(B6) 35(B15) 26(B6) CT3P 046-53009-xxx
27(B7) GND 34(B14) 27(B7) GND 3
28(B8) 33(B13) 28(B8)
29(B9) +5V 32(B12) 29(B9) +5V 1 OUT TYPE
CN15 VCC
Unit Lock Sensor
CT3P
30(B10) GND 31(B11) 30(B10) 3
GND
2 INTERRUPT
32(B12) +5V 29(B9) 32(B12) 1 OUT
TYPE
33(B13) Drum Release Switch 28(B8) 33(B13) VCC Front Cover Sensor
39(B19) 22(B2) 39(B19)
M-M-Unit Release LED+ 1 4 LED
CT4P
4 1
2 3 Master Making Unit Release Button Switch
046-53016-xxx 1 4 LED

046-53015-xxx
< Model EZ5 / EV5 >
Master Removal Unit

01 GND (A15) 15 01 (A1) GND 03
04 GND 12 04 GND VCC FG Sensor
07 GND 09 07 GND 03
10 GND 06 10 GND VCC Sensor
13 GND 03 13 GND 03
VCC Sensor
046-53007-xxx 046-24200-xxx XR 3P (grey)
03

01 OUT TYPE
VCC HP Sensor
01 GND (B15) 30 16 (B1) GND
03 +5V 28 18 +5V XR 3P (grey)
04 N.C 27 19 03
05 26 20
VCC TYPE Motor FG Sensor
07 N.C 24 22
Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL N.C N.C Master Removal Motor +24V-BIL
08 23 23
10 N.C 21 25
Elevator Motor +24V-A N.C N.C
11 20 26 M.-Rmv. Unit Wire Harness
12 N.C 19 27 N.C 046-24200-xxx
Elevator Motor N.C XR 3P (yellow)
13 18 28
17 29 03
N.C N.C 02 GND INTERRUPT Master Disposal
M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness (B1) 16 30 (B15)
N.C N.C 01 OUT TYPE
046-53007-xxx VCC Box Set Sensor
XR 2P (yellow)
20 - 33
02 Master Compression
01 DC
IMAGETEC
MECHANICAL Elevator Unit CT3P/XR 3P

Motor
(grey)
CONTROL CT2P
03 Elevator Motor
01 XR 2P (grey)
01 02 02
PCB; ML Elevator Motor DC 02 01 03 Elevator Motor +24V-A 02 Master Removal
01 DC
046-50502-xxx Motor
Elevator Motor Wire Harness to Machine

023-12602-xxx
CZ19P(yellow)
4 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 04 01 04 01
5 GND 03 02 03 02 Master Disposal Box Safety SW
N.C 02 03 02 03
6 Master Disposal Box Safety SW 01 04 01 04
11 GND
15 Paper Jam SW
16 N.C
18 GND

046-53009-xxx

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

NeoROSA-PCB Main Switch Lead Wire
M-Rmv/Panel Wire Harness 023-37139-xxx
NeoROSA Wire Harness 046-50500-xxx CT13P CT13P
046-53007-xxx 1 GND 13
046-53010-xxx 2 WUP_LED 12
CZ30P CZ30P Mini CT40P Mini CT16P

3 /WAKEUP 11
1 IFP_DATA 30 01 /WR 16 4 LATCH 10
2 ROSA_EXIST 29 02 +5V 15 5 SCK 9
3 GND 28 03 /RD 14 6 SOUT 8 CN1
4 TXD 27 04 A5 13 CN4 7 GND 7
MECHANICAL 5 CT 26 05 +5V 12 8 VCC2 6
6 RXD 25 06 A4 11 9 COM3 5 Connector soldered
CONTROL 7 RT 24 07 A3 10 10 COM2 4
8 SCK 23 08 +5V 09 11 COM1 3 directly on the PCB.
9 PS_SLEEP 22 09 A2 08 CN1 12 COM0 2
PCB; ML 10 PRINT_INT 21 10 A1 07 13 GND 1
11 SCAN_INT 20 11 +5V 06
046-50502-xxx 12 WAKE_UP_SW 19 12 A0 05
13 WAKE_UP_SNR 18 13 /CS 04
14 +5V 03 CT15P CT15P
14 WAKE_UP_LED 17
15 SLEEP 16 15 /SLEEP 02 1 15
GND
16 PULL-DOWN 01 2 /KIN5 14
CN9 16 AUX 15 CN2 17 N.C 3 /KIN4 13
17 IFS_DATA 14 18 N.C 4 /KIN3 12
18 IFS_DATA 13 19 N.C 5 /KIN2 11
19 IFS_DATA 12 20 N.C 6 /KIN1 10 CN2
20 IFS_DATA 11 Mini CT20P /KIN0 9
7
21 GND(5V) 10 CN3 21 /WAIT 20 CN5 8 /KOUT6 8
22 IFS_DCLK 9 22 GND 19 9 /KOUT5 7 Connector soldered
23 GND 8 23 GND 18 10 /KOUT4 6
24 IFS_HE 7 24 D0 17 11 /KOUT3 5 directly on the PCB.

25 IFS_LST 6 25 D1 16 12 /KOUT2 4
26 IFS_VSYNC 5 26 GND 15 13 /KOUT1 3
27 GND 4 27 D2 14 14 /KOUT0 2
28 IFP_DCLK 3 28 D3 13 15 GND 1
29 IFP_LST 2 29 GND 12
30 IFP_HE 1 30 D4 11 CN9
31 D5 10 Main Switch Lead Wire
32 GND 09 ML-SW-PCB
33 D6 08
023-37139-xxx
34 D7 07 023-37136-xxx
35 GND 06
36 /RESET 05
37 WAKEUP_LED 04
20 - 34
38 GND 03
39 +5V 02
IMAGETEC
40 /INT 01
CN8 CT2P CT2P

to OPTIONS 1 /KIN6 2
CN6 2 /KOUT7 1 CN6
(Drawing No. 046-50101-12)
MODE-KEY Lead Wire Connector soldered
023-37140-xxx directly on the PCB.
CN7
MODE-KEY-PCB
023-37137-xxx
CN LCD-CTL-PCB
VH3P
2
3
1
023-37143-xxx
GND
+5.1V
/PF
046-53008-xxx
1
2
3
VH3P
CN9
PS19-NWW
046-50510-xxx
Power Supply Unit
(100V / 200V)
< Model EZ5 / EV5 >
53627-0874 52901-0804
MECHANICAL
1(A1) INK_FG_SEN 1(A1)
2(A2) N.C 2(A2)
3(A3) Drum 1 Thermistor 3(A3)
CONTROL PCB; ML
4(A4) N.C 4(A4)
5(A5) DRUM1_E2P_DI 5(A5) 046-50502-xxx
6(A6) DRUM1_E2P_D0 6(A6)
7(A7) DRUM1_E2P_SCK 7(A7) MI2-8P MI2-8P AFVI Inner Junction Connector
8(A8) DRUM1_E2P_CS/HEL5_RESET 8(A8) N.C 7A 1A N.C 045-50200-xxx
9(A9) N.C 9(A9) AF-VI Inner Junction Connector N.C 6A 2A N.C
10(A10) Drum 2 Thermistor 10(A10) N.C N.C
N.C 045-50200-xxx 5A 3A
11(A11) 11(A11) N.C N.C 53253-1010
DRUM1_HEL_TXD Mini CT10P 4A 4A
12(A12) 12(A12) Mini CT11P Mini CT10P
DRUM1_HEL_RXD
13(A13) 13(A13)
DRUM2_HEL_TXD 1 GND 10 1 GND 2A 6A GND 10
14(A14) 14(A14)
DRUM2_HEL_RXD 2 GND 9 2 GND 1A 7A GND 9
15(A15) 15(A15) N.C N.C
Upper Limit Sensor A 3 +5V (normal) 8 3 8B 1B 8
16(A16) 16(A16)
17(A17) Upper Limit Sensor B 17(A17)
EXTENSION-PCB
046-50509-xxx
5 TXD 6 5 TXD 6B 3B TXD 6
18(A18) Extension Connection Signal 18(A18)
N.C 6 RXD 5 6 RXD 5B 4B RXD 5

19(A19) 19(A19) CN10
Paper Sensor (receive) 7 /RTS 4 7 /RTS 4B 5B /RTS 4
20(A20) 20(A20)
N.C 8 /CTS 3 8 /CTS 3B 6B /CTS 3
21(A21) 21(A21) AF-VI II
Paper Sensor (send) 9 /AF IRQ 2 9 /AF IRQ 2B 7B /AF IRQ 2
22(A22) 22(A22)
N.C 10 EXIST 1 10 EXIST 1B 8B EXIST 1
23(A23) 23(A23)
Paper Sensor (receive) 11 N.C
24(A24) 24(A24)
25(A25) N.C 25(A25)
26(A26) Paper Sensor (send) 26(A26) DF1B 6P DF1B 3P DF1B 3P MI2-7P MI2-7P 53258-0220
9P
27(A27) N.C 27(A27)
MAIN_FGA_SEN 1 GND 1 1 4 4 GND 1
1 28(A28) 28(A28)
MAIN_FGB_SEN 2 N.C N.C 2 2 N.C 3 3 +24V-C 2
2 29(A29) 29(A29)
SAYUU_CNTENB 3 N.C 3 3 N.C 2 2 N.C
3 30(A30) 30(A30)
SAYUU_CNTSCK
CN11 4 N.C to MECHA-CTLK 1 1 to AF-FG
4 31(A31) 31(A31)
SAYUU_CNTLAT 5 N.C PCB FG
5 32(A32) 32(A32)
SAYUU_CNTDAT 6 +24V-C
Key/Card Counter 6 CN11 33(A33) 33(A33)
7 34(A34) SAYUU_SENSCK 34(A34)
8 35(A35) SAYUU_SENLAT 35(A35)
9 36(A36) SAYUU_SENDAT 36(A36)
10 37(A37) N.C 37(A37)
11 38(A38) Paper Sensor 38(A38)
39(A39) N.C 39(A39)
40(A40) N.C 40(A40)
XH12P XH12P
41(B1) D7 41(B1)
42(B2) D6 42(B2) 1 GND 1
43(B3) D5 43(B3) CN34 2 N.C 2
CN1 44(B4) D4 44(B4) 3 A Signal 3 Job Separator IV;N II
45(B5) D3 45(B5) 4 B Signal 4
GND
20 - 35
46(B6) D2 46(B6) 5 5
47(B7) D1 47(B7) 6 +5V 6
IMAGETEC
48(B8) D0 48(B8) CN1 7 GND 7

CT15P CT15P 49(B9) N.C 49(B9) 8 +24V-OP 8
CN10
1 GND(5V) 1 50(B10) A8 50(B10) 9 BUSY 9
2 N.C 2 51(B11) A7 51(B11) 10 Tape Jam 10
3 RXD-IN 3 52(B12) A6 52(B12) 11 Tape Detection 11
4 TXD-OUT 4 53(B13) A5 53(B13) 12 Sorter Detection 12
5 /RTS 5 54(B14) A4 54(B14)
6 /CTS 6 55(B15) A3 55(B15) JS Junction Wire Harness Assembly 046-91000-xxx
7 N.C 7 56(B16) A2 56(B16)
8 Connection Signal 8 57(B17) A1 57(B17)
9 N.C 9
CN8 58(B18) A0 58(B18)
10 N.C 10 59(B19) N.C 59(B19) Mini Junction CT17P
Mini CT17P
11 +5V 11 60(B20) CS 60(B20)
12 GND(5V) 12 61(B21) WR 61(B21) 1 17 1 GND(5V) 15
TM2500
13 Sorter Detection 13 62(B22) RD 62(B22) 2 16 2 GND(5V) 14
14 +24V-OP 14 63(B23) RESET 63(B23) 3 15 3 CC-CLK 13
15 GND(24V) 15 64(B24) Main Motor FG Sensor 64(B24) 4 14 4 /CC-LST 12
65(B25) Position-B Sensor 65(B25) 5 13 5 /CC-DATA 11
TM Junction Wire Harness
66(B26) Paper Ejection Sensor 66(B26) 6 12 6 /CARD-REQ 10
046-53023-xxx
67(B27) DRUM_HEL_RESET 67(B27) 7 11 7 RXD 9
68(B28) N.C 68(B28) 8 10 8 TXD 8 Key/Card Counter IV; N
69(B29) RMGA interrupt 0 69(B29) 9 9 9 /CUNT-OP 7
70(B30) RMGA interrupt 1 70(B30) CN7 10 8 10 /CUNT-SET 6
DF1B14P DF1B14P 71(B31) RMGA interrupt 3 71(B31) 11 7 11 /Master Count 5
1 +5V 1 72(B32) Extension RMGA interrupt 72(B32) 12 6 12 /Copy Count 4
2 +5V Paper Feed Signal 2 73(B33) N.C 73(B33) 13 5 13 /CARD-ACK 3
3 Paper Ejection Signal 3 74(B34) Drum 1 Safety SW connection 74(B34) 14 4 14 +5V 2
4 Copy in progress Signal 4 75(B35) Drum 2 Safety SW connection 75(B35) 15 3 15 +5V 1
5 Permit Signal (Relay Output 1) 5 76(B36) DRUM_HEL_RAN 76(B36) 16 /CARD_EXIST N.C 2 16 N.C
6 Size Signal 6 77(B37) N.C 77(B37) 17 /EXIST_GND N.C 1 17 N.C
7 Color Signal 7 78(B38) N.C 78(B38)
8 Duplex Signal 8 CN9 79(B39) N.C 79(B39)
9 EXT1 9 80(B40) N.C 80(B40) Key/Card Counter IV Wire harness
10 GND 10
11 N.C 11
12 Relay Output 2 N.C 12 BOARD to BOARD 112-51007-xxx
Coin Vender
13 GND GND 13
14 GND Ground Wire 14
Ground
Coin vender connection kit.
For Japanese Market Only

EX Wire Harness
046-53020-xxx
XH6P XH6P
1 GND 1
2 GND 2
3 +24V-VC 3
CN5 4 +24V-VC 4 CN27
5 +24VOP 5
6 +24VOP 6

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

MECHANICAL [Model: EZ5]
CZ 30P CZ 30P NeoROSA-PCB [Model: EZ5]
CONTROL PCB; ML 1(A1) IPF_DATA 15(A15) 1 D0 1
2(A2) ROSA_EXIT 14(A14) D2 Ethernet-PCB
046-50500-xxx 2 2
3(A3) GND 13(A13) D4
3 3
4(A4) SH_TXD 12(A12) D6 046-50512-xxx
046-50502-xxx 4 4
5(A5) SH_CTS 11(A11) 5 GND(3.3V) 5
6(A6) SH_RXD 10(A10) [Model: EV5] 6 D8 6

7(A7) SH_RTS 9(A9) D10
7 7
8(A8) SH_SCK 8(A8) D12
NeoROSA-PCB (C) 8 8 [Model: EV5]
9 9
10(A10) PRINT_INT 6(A6) 046-50501-xxx 10 +3.3V 10 Ethernet-PCB(C)
11(A11) SCAN_INT 5(A5) 11 +3.3V 11
12(A12) WP_SW 4(A4) A0 046-50514-xxx
12 12
13(A13) WP_SNR 3(A3) A2
13 13
14(A14) WP_LED 2(A2) A4
14 14
15 15
16(B1) AXU 30(B15) A6
CN9 CN2 16 16
17(B2) IFS_DATA3 29(B14) 17 A8 17
18(B3) IFS_DATA2 28(B13) 18 A10 18
19(B4) IFS_DATA1 27(B12) 19 A12 19
20(B5) IFS_DATA0 26(B11) 20 GND(3.3V) 20
21(B6) GND 25(B10) 21 /BUSY 21
22(B7) IFS_DCLK 24(B9) 22 /OE 22
23(B8) GND 23(B8) 23 /LB 23
24(B9) IFS_HE 22(B7) 24 GND(3.3V) 24
25(B10) IFS_LST 21(B6) 25 /INTRET 25
26(B11) IFP_VSYNC 20(B5) 26 D1 26
27(B12) GND 19(B4) 27 D3 27
28(B13) 18(B3)
20 - 36
IFP_DCLK CN8 28 D5 28
29(B14) IFP_LST 17(B2) 29 D7 29
IMAGETEC
30(B15) IFP_HE 16(B1) 30 GND(3.3V) 30

31 D9 31
32 D11 32
NeoROSA Wire Harness 33 D13 33
34 D15 34
35 +3.3V 35
046-53010-xxx 36 +3.3V 36
37 A1 37
38 A3 38
39 A5 39
40 GND(3.3V) 40
41 A7 41
42 A9 42
43 A11 43
44 /RESET 44
45 GND(3.3V) 45
46 /CE 46
47 R/W 47
48 /UB 48
49 /CONNECT 49
50 /INT 50
BOARD to BOARD
XA 4P
1 VBUS 1
2 D- 2
CN7 3 D+ 3
4 GND 4
USB
USB Inner Cable

046-53013-xxx
CAUTION:
USB Inner Cable 046-53013-xxx is not used on machines to China.
< Model EZ5 / EV5 >
Mini CT36PIN Position-B Sensor

CT3P white
1(A1) GND Master Making FE30P FE30P
3 Mini CT5P MASTER MAKING UNIT
GND
OUT
3(A3) +5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE CT13P
Junction PCB 2 N.C 29 1 GND 3
5V GND REFLECTIVE &
4(A4) +5V (Cut Off) 13 3 CNTSCK 28 2 Master Detection & Master End Sensors (send) 2 Master Detection Sensor
5(A5) N.C 12 4 CNTLAT 27 3 +5V (Cut Off) 1 VCC (SEND) &
CN4 4 N.C Master End Sensor
7(A7) CNTLAT 10 6 CNTDAT 25 5 N.C Master Making RF Wire Harness
11(A11) SENLAT 6 10 +5VH 21 CT6P
12(A12) SENDAT 5 11 +5VH 20 6 A
13(A13) +5VH 4 12 GND 19 5
CN2 B
14(A14) +5VH 3 13 GND 18 +24V
15(A15) GND 2 14 DETECTION SIGNAL 17 PM Write Pulse Motor
+24V
16(A16) GND 1 15 RUN 16 2
Mini CT8P /A
17(A17) N.C CN3 16 WRITE A 15 CN5 1 /B
A
CN2 B
+24V
/A
26(B8)
GND 10 26 +24V-A 5
27(B9) GND 9 27 +24V-A 4
023-28239-xxx
28(B10) GND 8
CN1 28 +24V-A 3
29(B11) GND 7
Mini CT20P
29 RxD 2
30(B12) +24V-A 6 30 TxD 1 1 Cutter Stop Pos. SW 4 1 N.C
(brown)
(orange) Cutter Switch
32(B14) +24V-A 4 3 Cutter HP Switch 2 CT4PIN 3
33(B15) +24V-A 3
Master Making Unit Flexible Cable 4 Cutter HP Switch 1 4
34(B16) HEL_RxD 2 023-28238-xxx
35(B17) 5 Cutter Motor 2 1 Cutter Motor (red)
HEL_TxD 1 MASTER-MAKING
CN4 6 Cutter Motor 1 CT2PIN 2 Cutter Motor (black) DC Cutter Motor
36(A18) N.C
Mini CT17P PCB
TPH Drawer Connector H (G) CT3P
046-28001-xxx 7 Vled 6 1 Vled 3
046-53014-xxx GND 5 GND
VCC REFLECTIVE
Master Positioning
8 CT6PIN 2 2 (PRISM)
GND
CN5 9 Master Pos. Sensor 4 (blue) 3 Master Positioning Sensor 1 TYPE Sensor
OUT
M.-M Unit Upper
MECHANICAL 10 Cover Safety SW 3 4 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW 1
Master Making
QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN QR/P1 Drawer 24PIN 11 GND 2 5 N.C
CONTROL Male Housing Female Housing
CN1 M.-M Unit Upper 6 M.-M Unit Upper Cover Safety SW Unit Upper Cover
12 Cover Safety SW 1 3
1 1 N.C NRD16PIN Master Positioning Sensor Wire Harness Safety SW
PCB; ML N.C To TPH
2 2 -S 1 046-28026-xxx
046-50502-xxx 3 3 GND(+18V-TPH) 2 CT3P
CT8PIN
4 4 GND(+18V-TPH) 3 13 GND 8 1 GND 3
GND
5 5 GND(+18V-TPH) 4 14 Thermal Pressure Sensor 7 2 Thermal Pressure Sensor INTERRUPT Thermal Pressure
20 - 37
2 OUT
6 6 GND(+18V-TPH) 5 Ground Wire (U3-80-R3) 15 +5V (Cut Off) 6 3 +5V (Cut Off) 1 TYPE
VCC Sensor
7 7 GND(+18V-TPH) 6 16 Thermal Pressure Motor 5 4 Thermal Pressure Motor
IMAGETEC
GND(+18V-TPH)
488-90030-xxx
9 9 N.C 18 GND 3 6 GND 2
N.C 10 10 N.C 19 Master End Sensor (receive) 2 7 Master End Sensor (receive) 1 DC
Thermal Pressure
To POWER SUPPLY UNIT N.C 11 11 N.C 20 +5V (Cut Off) 1 8 +5V (Cut Off)
Motor
N.C 12 12 N.C
(Drawing No. 046-50101-02) N.C 13 13 N.C TPH Power Master M.-M Upper Unit
CT3P
Master Making Unit Wire Harness 3
N.C 14 14 N.C Positioning Wire Harness GND
Monitor 1 023-28239-xxx 2 Master End
N.C 15 15 N.C Connector Sensor OUT TRANSMITTIVE
GND 2 023-28240-xxx 1 TYPE (RECEIVE)
16 16 N.C Voltage CN6 VCC Sensor (receive)
GND 3
17 17 V-TPH(+18V) 8 CT3P
V-TPH(+18V)
Monitor
18 18 9
19 19 V-TPH(+18V) 10
20 20 V-TPH(+18V) 11
21 21 V-TPH(+18V) 12
V-TPH(+18V)
To: MASTER
22 22 13
23 23 +S 14
MAKING UNIT
24 24 CZ 6P SH 6P
TPH Drawer Connector U (G)
TPH 1 +5V 6
046-28037-xxx
2 GND 5
(Thermal 3 RxD 4
RFM;B5J-0171
DF11 28PIN CN7 3
1(A1) 1(A1)
Print Head) 5 _RST 2 444-59008
TPH_CODE2 14 TPH_CODE2 1
2(A2) 2(A2) 6 RUN 1
TPH_CODE3 13 TPH_CODE3 3
4(A4) STB1 11 4(A4) STB1 7
To: M.-M. UNIT Master Making RF Wire Harness
5(A5) LAT1 10 5(A5) LAT1 9 UPPER COVER
6(A6) GND 9 6(A6) GND 11
046-28038-xxx
7(A7) GND 8 7(A7) GND 13
8(A8) +5V 7 8(A8) +5V 15
9(A9) STB2 6 9(A9) STB2 17
10(A10) LAT2 5 10(A10) LAT2 19
11(A11) STB3 4 11(A11) STB3 21
12(A12) LAT3 3 12(A12) LAT3 23
13(A13) STB4 2 13(A13) STB4 25
14(A14) LAT4 1 14(A14) LAT4 27
TPH Signal
15(B1) DI4 16 1(B1) DI4 28
16(B2)
Connector
CLK4 15 2(B2) CLK4 26
17(B3) DI3 14 3(B3) DI3 24
18(B4) CLK3 13 4(B4) CLK3 22
19(B5) DI2 12 5(B5) DI2 20
20(B6) CLK2 11 6(B6) CLK2 18
21(B7) +5V 10 7(B7) +5V 16
22(B8) +5V 9 8(B8) +5V 14
23(B9) GND 8 9(B9) GND 12
24(B10) DI1 7 10(B10) DI1 10
25(B11) CLK1 6 11(B11) CLK1 8
N.C 2 15(B15) N.C
N.C 1 16(B16) N.C TPH Drawer Connector U (G)
Mini CT16P 046-28037-xxx
TPH Drawer Connector H (G)
046-53014-xxx Mini CT16P

< Model EZ5 / EV5 >

TMP-2P PRINT DRUM UNIT
1 N.C
CN4 2 N.C
MECHANICAL
CONTROL Drum Drawer H (G) DRUM PCB II
PCB; ML Drum Drawer Unit CT5P
Wire Harness 5
Lower R (G) Wire Harness Lower F (G) Wire Harness Mini CT Drawer 4/12P 046-17178-xxx GND
046-50502-xxx 046-53018-xxx Wire Harness 4 OUT
046-53016-xxx 046-53015-xxx 3
Ink Sensor
Mini CT40P Mini CT5P 046-17100-xxx OUT
Mini CT40P Mini CT12P Mini CT5P 2

Mini CT16P OUT Assembly
4(A4) 17(A17) 4(A4)
1
6(A6) 15(A15) 6(A6) Ink Sensor Ink Sensor 3
Ink Sensor 6
8(A8) 8(A8)
Bottle Set SW2
HEL5-RUN 13(A13) HEL5-RUN 7 6 7 1 Ink Sensor 7 8 +5VH 1
CT3P
11(A11) EEPCLK 10(A10) 11(A11) EEPCLK 4 9 4 4 EEPCDI 4 CN1 11 +5VH 1
EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCS/HEL5-RESET EEPCD0
3 N.C Bottle Set SW Assembly
12(A12) 9(A9) 12(A12) 3 10 3 5 3 12 GND
13(A13) GND 8(A8) 13(A13) 2 11 EEPCLK 2 023-17026-xxx
N.C 2 6 13 Inking Motor FG CT3P

Antenna cord. OUT
Soldered VCC FG Sensor
20(A20) HEL5-RUN 1(A1) 20(A20)
N.C 2 046-17101-xxx
N.C 1 4 1 1 +5VH CN2 1 DC Inking Motor
CT3P (AWG22)
21(B1) GND 40(B20) 21(B1) GND 3 AWG22 is used SH 6P
22(B2) 39(B19) 22(B2)
GND Print Drum GND Sequential Pin
Print Drum Lock Sensor Drum Lock Sensor 2 INTERRUPT CZ 6P
23(B3) +5V 38(B18) 23(B3) +5V 1 OUT (1P - 3P AWG20) 1 +5V 6
TYPE Lock Sensor
24(B4) GND 37(B17) 24(B4) N.C VCC 2 GND 5
25(B5) Horizontal HP Sensor 36(B16) 25(B5) N.C 3 RxD 4
26(B6) +5V (Cut Off) 35(B15) 26(B6) N.C CN5 4 TxD 3
RFM;B5J-0171
27(B7) 34(B14) 27(B7) 5 _RST 2
6 RUN 1 444-59008
to MAIN UNIT AREA
20 - 38
40(B20) 21(B1) 40(B20) (Drawing No. 046-50101-07)
IMAGETEC
Mini CT8P
1 HEL3 +5V N.C
2 HEL3 GND N.C
3 HEL3 TXD N.C
4 HEL3 RXD N.C
6 HEL3 STOP N.C
7 HEL3 RUN N.C
IMAGETEC
CHAPTER 21: ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Contents
1. Motors.....................................................................................................2
2. Fans, Solenoids, Solenoid Clutches....................................................4
3. Photoelectric Sensors...........................................................................6
4. Other Sensors, Switches, Volume Dial................................................8
5. AF (auto document feeder) - Option..................................................10

IMAGETEC
1. Motors
B
G
D
2101
O
(Used only on EZ5 & EV5)
N M
I H
(Not used on EZ2 & EV2)
L 2102

IMAGETEC
Test Mode
Item Part Name Function
No.
A Read pulse motor Drives the Lamp carriage and Mirror carriage. 0284
Drives the Clamp opening cam and Position-A 0863

B Clamp motor
compensation plate. 0864
C Inking motor Drives the Ink pump. ------
D Elevator motor Elevates the Paper feed tray up and down. 0682
E Cutter motor Activates the cutter unit. 0480
F Load pulse motor Drives the Load roller and Master loading roller. 0464
0462
G Write pulse motor Drives the Write roller.
0463
Paper ejection wing pulse motor 0666
H Elevates the Paper ejecton wing up and down.
(Used only on EZ5 & EV5) 0667
I Changes the printing pressure. 0905
J Paper ejection motor Drives the Suction belt. 0660
K Main motor Drives the Main drive. 0861
Vertical print positioning pulse

L Changes the Vertical print position. 0901
motor
M Compression motor Drives the Master compression plate. 0493
N Master removal motor Drives the Master removal rollers. 0470
Elevates the Thermal Print Head (TPH) up and 0460

O Thermal pressure motor
down. 0461
2103

IMAGETEC
2. Fans, Solenoids, Solenoid Clutches
(Only one Separation Fan used on EZ2 & EV2)

A
D
2104
G
2105

IMAGETEC
Test Mode
No.
Separation fan Assists separation of the paper from the Print
A 0662
(Only one FAN used on EZ2 & EV2) drum.
B Master making unit lock solenoid Locks or unlocks the Master making unit. 0488
C Suction fan Pulls the paper onto the Suction belt. 0661
D Print drum lock solenoid Locks or unlocks the Print drum. 0885
ON or OFF of the Pressure roller UP and DOWN

F Pressure solenoid 0886
motion.
Transfers the drive to the Scraper and Pickup
G Paper feed clutch 0688
rollers.
2106

IMAGETEC
3. Photoelectric Sensors
O
N
A M
L (Used only on EZ5 & EV5)
C
D
K
2107
F H I
G
n
o
p
k
q
m
a
c 2108
f
d e

IMAGETEC
Test Mode
Item Part Name Sensor Type Function
No.
A Stage cover sensor Interruptive Checks the open/close condition of the Stage cover. 0209
B FB original detection sensor Reflective Checks the presence of the original on the Stage glass. 0201
Paper feed pressure sensor

C Interruptive Checks the position of the Paper feed pressure lever. 0614
D Upper limit sensor B Interruptive Detects the Paper feed tray upper limit position. 0603
E Paper size detection sensor Reflective Detects the length of the paper on the Paper feed tray. 0601
F Paper detection sensor Reflective Detects the presence of the paper on the Paper feed tray. 0600
Upper limit sensor A

G Interruptive Detects the Paper feed tray upper limit position. 0602
H Paper sensor Transmittive Checks the 1st paper feed area paper feed condition. 0605
I Print drum lock sensor Interruptive Checks the Print drum lock condition. 0807
J Front door set sensor Interruptive Checks the Front door open/close condition. 0817
Master making unit lock

K Interruptive Checks the Master-making unit lock condition. 0408
sensor
Paper ejection wing HP sensor

L Interruptive Detects the home position of the Paper ejection wing. 0618
(Used only on EZ5 & EV5)
M Paper ejection sensor Reflective Checks the paper ejection area paper receiving condition. 0606
N Paper ejection motor FG sensor Interruptive Checks the speed of Paper ejection motor. 0612
O Inking motor FG sensor Interruptive Checks the rotation of the Inking motor. 0812
Pressure HP sensor
a Interruptive Detects the print pressure home position. 0830
b Position-B sensor Interruptive Detects the machine B-position. 0801
c Clamp sensor B Interruptive Checks the Clamp unit operation. 0804
d Clamp sensor A Interruptive Checks the Clamp unit operation. 0803
e Lower limit sensor Interruptive Detects the Paper feed tray lower limit position. 0604
f Vertical print positioning HP sensor Interruptive Detects the home position of the vertical print position. 0831
g Master removal motor FG sensor Interruptive Checks the speed of Master removal motor. 0426
h Master compression HP sensor Interruptive Detects the home position of the Master compression plate. 0421
i Master removal sensor Actuator Checks the master disposal area master disposal condition. 0420
Checks the Master compression plate position and the speed of

j Compression FG sensor Interruptive 0425
the Master compression motor.
k Master loading sensor Reflective Looks for master on the drum. 0806
m Master disposal box set sensor Interruptive Checks for the set condition of Master disposal box. 0424
n Thermal pressure sensor Interruptive Checks the up/down position of the TPH. 0406
Reflective Detects the master waiting position, and checks the master cut
o Master positioning sensor 0400
(prism) status.
p Master detection sensor Reflective Looks for master set in the Master-making unit. 0401
q Master end sensor Transmittive Detects the end of the master material. 0402
2109
IMAGETEC
4. Other Sensors, Switches, Volume Dial
N H
A
G
E
D
B 2110
C
2111
K

IMAGETEC
Test Mode
No.
A Rear cover safety switch Checks the presence of the Rear cover. 0005
Detects the width of the paper on the Paper feed

B Paper width potentiometer ------
tray.
Detects the presence of the Master disposal box.
C Master disposal box safety switch 0423
Acts as interlock safety switch.
Detects the presence of the Print drum.
D Drum safety SW 0820
E Print drum release button Releases the lock on the Print drum. 0818
F Master making unit release button Releases the lock on the Master making unit. 0410
Detects the presence of the Master making unit.

G Master making unit safety switch 0409
H Cutter HP switch Detects the home position of the Cutter blade. 0403
I Ink bottle set switch Detects the presence of the Ink bottle. 0811
Ink sensor Detects the bead of the Ink. 0809

J
Overflow sensor Detects the Ink overflow. 0810
K Paper feed tray lower safety switch Immediate stop of the Elevator motor. 0608
Elevates the Paper feed tray up or down by

L Paper feed tray button 0609
pressing this button.
M Paper feed tray upper safety switch Immediate stop of the Elevator motor. 0607
Master making unit upper cover Set detection of the Master making unit upper
N 0407
safety switch cover.
2112

IMAGETEC
5. AF (auto document feeder) - Option
B
2113
G
D
I
2114
A F
Test Mode
No.
A AF read pulse motor Drives the original transfer rollers on the AF Unit. 3030
B Original registration sensor 3001
Detects the original feeding and transporting.
C Original IN sensor 3002
D Original OUT sensor Detects the original ejection. 3003
E AF original detection sensor Detects if the original is on the AF feed table. 3004
F AF cover set sensor Detects if the AF Unit is opened or closed. 3005
G AF original size sensor 1 Detects the original length. 3006
H AF original size sensor 2 Detects the original length. 3007
I AF width potentiometer Detects the original size (width). -----
2115

IMAGETEC
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
Contents
RISO i Quality System................................................................................2

1) Printing Density Control.....................................................................2
2) Drum Idling Control............................................................................2
3) Thermal Power Control on TPH.........................................................2
4) Elongation and Shrinkage Control in Master Making.........................2
5) Ink and Master Remaining Amount Display is Controlled..................2
6) Inkless Timer Control.........................................................................2
7) Additional Information on the RISO i Quality System........................2
Appendix - EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

IMAGETEC
APPENDIX
RISO i Quality System

With the RF-tag on the master roll and ink bottle, the machine is designed to give best performance for each
operating condition in real time.
Listed below are the major performance feature of the RISO i Quality System.
1) Printing Density Control

Depending on the condition of the machine, the printing speed is controlled before the selected printing
speed is achieved.
This is to produce solid image prints with less wasted printing papers.
2) Drum Idling Control

Depending on the working condition, the condition of the ink in the Drum differs. To give best print outs,
the number of Drum rotation during the Drum idling action is changed to produce solid image prints with
less wasted printing papers.
3) Thermal Power Control on TPH

The TPH thermal power is controlled to match with each master roll and its condition.
4) Elongation and Shrinkage Control in Master Making

Depending on the amount of mater material remaining on the master roll, the speed of the Write pulse
motor is controlled to reduce the image elongation and shrinkage in master making.
5) Ink and Master Remaining Amount Display is Controlled

More precise information is given on the operation panel of the machine on the remaining amount of the
ink and master to the operator.
6) Inkless Timer Control

Depending on the amount of ink left in the ink bottle, the inkless timer is controlled before displaying the
ink bottle replacement panel message to reduce the false replacement message display. The same
control is used also to prevent pumping in excess air into the Drum when the ink amount left in the ink
bottle is close to empty.
7) Additional Information on the RISO i Quality System

In the case when adequate information is not achieved from the RF-tag, the machine panel message
indicates [H] message.
If these [H] displays are indicated, input the necessary parameter setting to continue the printing or
master-making operation.
Refer to Chapter-17 [Panel Message] for a brief detail on the subject, or refer to the Users Guide for finer
detail.
EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 Appendix -

IMAGETEC
IMAGETEC
EZ / EV SERIES
Technical Manual
(Rev. 1.1)
Published December 21, 2007
Reproduction and duplication prohibited.
Edited and published by: RISO Education Center,
Riso Kagaku Corporation.
The contents of this manual are subject to change

without notice to permit product improvements.

EZ SERIES Rev.1.1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EZ SERIES Rev.1.1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IMAGETEC

Copyright: 2007 Riso Kagaku Corporation

RISO INTERNATIONAL GROUP

RISO KAGAKU CORPORATION (JAPAN) RISO DEUTSCHLAND GMBH (GERMANY)

RISO Digital Duplicator

This technical manual includes information on six (6) machine models.

EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

EZ2 EZ3 EZ5 EV2 EV3 EV5

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

[Handling of Lithium Battery]

1. Never let the battery short-circuited.

2. Never heat up the battery.

3. Never disassemble the battery or press it into deformation.

4. Never fail to keep the battery out of reach of children.

[Replacement of the Lithium Battery]

1. The lithium battery must be replaced by a trained and authorized service

3. Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer instructions.

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Important Safety Precautions

1. Always disconnect electrical supply before placing hands in the machine.

II. Protection of the machine:

I. To avoid electrical failure:

II. Protection of the electrical components:

Wire harness connector

Press the ends.

Press the center, firmly.

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

Assembly and Installation

(Protrusions and holes for positioning parts Half pierced section)

[ Standard Tool List ]

Type Tip size Shaft length, etc. Type Remarks

High frequency driver 2.5 mm

5.0 mm 4.0 mm 3.0 mm

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Electrical system work

Reflective (prism) types Reflective types

Receiver Prism Lens Receiver

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

021-16007-005 Screen Spring (2 pieces required)

Jig: 8mm (diameter) x 160mm (length) Jig: 4 mm (diameter) x 120 mm (length)

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Do not install the machine in any of the following locations.

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

4. Exterior Cover Removal

Master making unit front cover

Master making unit front cover

[9] (Elongated hole)

[8] (Round hole)

[6] (Elongated hole) [7] (Elongated hole)

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Side cover (paper ejection)

Rear side cover (paper ejection)

Side cover (paper ejection)

Rear side cover (paper ejection)

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1 - 10

Side cover (paper feed)

Rear side cover (paper feed)

Side cover (paper feed)

Rear cover Rear side cover (paper feed)

1 - 11 EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Scanner cover (paper feed)

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 1-

1- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

2- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 2-

2- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 2-

2- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 2-

2- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1 2-

2- EZ / EV series Rev. 1.1

Auto Document Feeder AF-VI:II